NewzIntel.com

Category: Artificial Intelligence

  • MIL-OSI: ING posts 2Q2025 net result of €1,675 million, with strong growth in lending volumes and fee income

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ING posts 2Q2025 net result of €1,675 million, with strong growth in lending volumes and fee income

     
    2Q2025 profit before tax of €2,369 million with a CET1 ratio of 13.3%
    • Well on track to reach our targets, one year into our ‘Growing the difference’ strategy
    • Continued strong increase in mobile primary customers of over 300,000 to 14.9 million
    • Resilient total income, supported by higher customer balances, with particularly strong growth of our mortgage portfolio
    • Further growth in fee income in both Retail and Wholesale Banking, up 12% year-on-year
    • ING will pay an interim cash dividend of €0.35 per ordinary share
     

    CEO statement
    “During the second quarter of 2025, we have continued to successfully execute our strategy, which we set out one year ago, by accelerating growth, increasing impact and delivering value,” said Steven van Rijswijk, CEO of ING. “The quarter started with heightened market volatility, as well as macroeconomic and geopolitical uncertainty, which still continue to this day. In that context, we are pleased that our customer base has shown significant growth and that our volumes have increased as we further diversified our income streams, with fees now making up almost 20% of our total income. We are well on track to reach our financial targets for 2027.

    “We have seen continued commercial momentum, with significant core lending growth, continued strong deposit gathering and a double-digit increase in fee income. Commercial NII declined year-on-year due to margin pressure and currency fluctuations, leaving total income stable.

    “In Retail Banking, we have gained over 300,000 mobile primary customers during the quarter, and 1.1 million, or 8% growth, year-on-year, with Germany, Spain, Italy, and Romania leading this growth. Net core lending growth has reached a quarterly record of €11.3 billion, including €7.2 billion in mortgages, mainly in the Netherlands, Australia and Germany, and €3.2 billion in Business Banking, driven by higher loan demand from our SME clients. We have attracted €8.9 billion in net customer deposits, partly from seasonal holiday allowances, and achieved a 12% increase year-on-year in retail fee income, primarily from higher investment activity.

    “In Wholesale Banking, net core lending growth was €4.1 billion, driven by strong momentum in Working Capital Solutions and in short-term trade-related financing. Demand for long-term corporate loans has remained subdued due to economic uncertainty, which impacted total income. Fee income has risen 12% year-on-year, driven by Lending, Global Capital Markets and Payments & Cash Management.

    “Costs have developed as expected, increasing moderately year-on-year. Prudent expense management remains a priority and the impact of inflation and investments was partly offset by efficiency measures. As part of this, we are making ongoing improvements to our KYC processes and we have announced the restructuring of our Wholesale Banking workforce, while continuing to invest in our commercial and product capabilities in both Retail and Wholesale Banking.

    “Risk costs were below our through-the-cycle average, reflecting the quality of our loan portfolio. Our CET1 ratio was 13.3%, including the impact of the share buyback programme, which was announced in May 2025 and is well underway. Our 4-quarter rolling average return on equity came out at 12.7%.

    “We continue to find ways to support our customers on their journeys to net zero. We have increased our sustainable volume mobilised to €67.8 billion for the first half of 2025, a 19% increase compared to the first half of 2024. In the Netherlands, we have introduced a new mortgage pricing model tied to energy labels that offers lower interest rates when eligible customers improve the energy label for their homes.

    “We are pleased with our results during a volatile first half of 2025. Although macroeconomic conditions remain challenging we are confident that our strategy sets us on course to become the best European bank and deliver on our targets. I want to thank our customers and clients for their continued trust in us and our employees for their continued dedication.”
     
    Further information
    All publications related to ING’s 2Q 2025 results can be found at the quarterly results page on ING.com.
    For more on investor information, go to www.ing.com/investors.

    A short ING ON AIR video with CEO Steven van Rijswijk discussing our 2Q 2025 results is available on Youtube.
    For further information on ING, please visit www.ing.com. Frequent news updates can be found in the Newsroom or via the @ING_news feed on X. Photos of ING operations, buildings and our executives are available for download at Flickr.
     
    Investor conference call and webcast
    Steven van Rijswijk, Tanate Phutrakul and Ljiljana Čortan will discuss the results in an Investor conference call on 31 July 2025 at 9:00 a.m. CET. Members of the investment community can join the conference call at +31 20 708 5074 (NL), or +44 330 551 0202 (UK) (registration required via invitation) and via live audio webcast at www.ing.com.
     
    Investor enquiries
    E: investor.relations@ing.com

    Press enquiries
    T: +31 20 576 5000
    E: media.relations@ing.com
     
     

    ING PROFILE 
    ING is a global financial institution with a strong European base, offering banking services through its operating company ING Bank. The purpose of ING Bank is: empowering people to stay a step ahead in life and in business. ING Bank’s more than 60,000 employees offer retail and wholesale banking services to customers in over 100 countries. 

    ING Group shares are listed on the exchanges of Amsterdam (INGA NA, INGA.AS), Brussels and on the New York Stock Exchange (ADRs: ING US, ING.N). 

    ING aims to put sustainability at the heart of what we do. Our policies and actions are assessed by independent research and ratings providers, which give updates on them annually. ING’s ESG rating by MSCI was reconfirmed by MSCI as ‘AA’ in August 2024 for the fifth year. As of June 2025, in Sustainalytics’ view, ING’s management of ESG material risk is ‘Strong’ with an ESG risk rating of 18.0 (low risk). ING Group shares are also included in major sustainability and ESG index products of leading providers. Here are some examples: Euronext, STOXX, Morningstar and FTSE Russell. Society is transitioning to a low-carbon economy. So are our clients, and so is ING. We finance a lot of sustainable activities, but we still finance more that’s not. Follow our progress on ing.com/climate.

    IMPORTANT LEGAL INFORMATION
    Elements of this press release contain or may contain information about ING Groep N.V. and/ or ING Bank N.V. within the meaning of Article 7(1) to (4) of EU Regulation No 596/2014 (‘Market Abuse Regulation’). 

    ING Group’s annual accounts are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (‘IFRS- EU’). In preparing the financial information in this document, except as described otherwise, the same accounting principles are applied as in the 2024 ING Group consolidated annual accounts. All figures in this document are unaudited. Small differences are possible in the tables due to rounding. 

    Certain of the statements contained herein are not historical facts, including, without limitation, certain statements made of future expectations and other forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Actual results, performance or events may differ materially from those in such statements due to a number of factors, including, without limitation: (1) changes in general economic conditions and customer behaviour, in particular economic conditions in ING’s core markets, including changes affecting currency exchange rates and the regional and global economic impact of the invasion of Russia into Ukraine and related international response measures (2) changes affecting interest rate levels (3) any default of a major market participant and related market disruption (4) changes in performance of financial markets, including in Europe and developing markets (5) fiscal uncertainty in Europe and the United States (6) discontinuation of or changes in ‘benchmark’ indices (7) inflation and deflation in our principal markets (8) changes in conditions in the credit and capital markets generally, including changes in borrower and counterparty creditworthiness (9) failures of banks falling under the scope of state compensation schemes (10) non-compliance with or changes in laws and regulations, including those concerning financial services, financial economic crimes and tax laws, and the interpretation and application thereof (11) geopolitical risks, political instabilities and policies and actions of governmental and regulatory authorities, including in connection with the invasion of Russia into Ukraine and the related international response measures (12) legal and regulatory risks in certain countries with less developed legal and regulatory frameworks (13) prudential supervision and regulations, including in relation to stress tests and regulatory restrictions on dividends and distributions (also among members of the group) (14) ING’s ability to meet minimum capital and other prudential regulatory requirements (15) changes in regulation of US commodities and derivatives businesses of ING and its customers (16) application of bank recovery and resolution regimes, including write down and conversion powers in relation to our securities (17) outcome of current and future litigation, enforcement proceedings, investigations or other regulatory actions, including claims by customers or stakeholders who feel misled or treated unfairly, and other conduct issues (18) changes in tax laws and regulations and risks of non-compliance or investigation in connection with tax laws, including FATCA (19) operational and IT risks, such as system disruptions or failures, breaches of security, cyber-attacks, human error, changes in operational practices or inadequate controls including in respect of third parties with which we do business and including any risks as a result of incomplete, inaccurate, or otherwise flawed outputs from the algorithms and data sets utilized in artificial intelligence (20) risks and challenges related to cybercrime including the effects of cyberattacks and changes in legislation and regulation related to cybersecurity and data privacy, including such risks and challenges as a consequence of the use of emerging technologies, such as advanced forms of artificial intelligence and quantum computing (21) changes in general competitive factors, including ability to increase or maintain market share (22) inability to protect our intellectual property and infringement claims by third parties (23) inability of counterparties to meet financial obligations or ability to enforce rights against such counterparties (24) changes in credit ratings (25) business, operational, regulatory, reputation, transition and other risks and challenges in connection with climate change, diversity, equity and inclusion and other ESG-related matters, including data gathering and reporting and also including managing the conflicting laws and requirements of governments, regulators and authorities with respect to these topics (26) inability to attract and retain key personnel (27) future liabilities under defined benefit retirement plans (28) failure to manage business risks, including in connection with use of models, use of derivatives, or maintaining appropriate policies and guidelines (29) changes in capital and credit markets, including interbank funding, as well as customer deposits, which provide the liquidity and capital required to fund our operations, and (30) the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the most recent annual report of ING Groep N.V. (including the Risk Factors contained therein) and ING’s more recent disclosures, including press releases, which are available on www.ING.com. 

    This document may contain ESG-related material that has been prepared by ING on the basis of publicly available information, internally developed data and other third-party sources believed to be reliable. ING has not sought to independently verify information obtained from public and third-party sources and makes no representations or warranties as to accuracy, completeness, reasonableness or reliability of such information. 

    Materiality, as used in the context of ESG, is distinct from, and should not be confused with, such term as defined in the Market Abuse Regulation or as defined for Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’) reporting purposes. Any issues identified as material for purposes of ESG in this document are therefore not necessarily material as defined in the Market Abuse Regulation or for SEC reporting purposes. In addition, there is currently no single, globally recognized set of accepted definitions in assessing whether activities are “green” or “sustainable.” Without limiting any of the statements contained herein, we make no representation or warranty as to whether any of our securities constitutes a green or sustainable security or conforms to present or future investor expectations or objectives for green or sustainable investing. For information on characteristics of a security, use of proceeds, a description of applicable project(s) and/or any other relevant information, please reference the offering documents for such security. 

    This document may contain inactive textual addresses to internet websites operated by us and third parties. Reference to such websites is made for information purposes only, and information found at such websites is not incorporated by reference into this document. ING does not make any representation or warranty with respect to the accuracy or completeness of, or take any responsibility for, any information found at any websites operated by third parties. ING specifically disclaims any liability with respect to any information found at websites operated by third parties. ING cannot guarantee that websites operated by third parties remain available following the publication of this document, or that any information found at such websites will not change following the filing of this document. Many of those factors are beyond ING’s control. 

    Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of ING speak only as of the date they are made, and ING assumes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or for any other reason. 

    This document does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to purchase, any securities in the United States or any other jurisdiction.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Planisware: solid H1 2025 financial results despite softer revenue growth amid elongated sales cycles

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Solid H1 2025 financial results despite
    softer revenue growth amid elongated sales cycles

    • Revenue up +11.0% in constant currencies, led by +16% growth of recurring revenue
    • Adjusted EBITDA margin1up by +230bps to 35.8% of revenue reflecting continued operational discipline
    • Strong cash conversion* at 95.9% of adjusted EBITDA*
    • Macroeconomic headwinds and extended decision cycles impacting revenue growth are expected to continue into H2
    • Updated 2025 objectives:
      • Revenue growth in constant currencies now expected at c. 10% (vs. mid-to-high teens)
      • Adjusted EBITDA margin* raised to c. 36% (vs. c. 35%)
      • Cash Conversion Rate* of c. 80% (confirmed)

    Paris, France, July 31, 2025 – Planisware, a leading provider of B2B AI powered SaaS platforms serving the rapidly growing Project Economy, announces today its H1 2025 results. Revenue amounted to € 95.8 million, up by +10.6% in current currencies. In constant currencies, revenue growth reached +11.0% (€+9.1 million), mainly led by the continued success of the Group’s SaaS Model** up by +17.4% in constant currencies (€+11.7 million). In a context of a still challenging economic and geopolitical environment now having tangible impact on delayed customer decision making, recurring revenue amounted to €88.6 million (92% of total revenue) and was up by +16.0% in constant currencies, while non-recurring activities faced high comparison basis.

    Adjusted EBITDA* reached € 34.3 million (up +18.1% vs. H1 2024), representing 35.8% of revenue, higher than the objective of c. 35% adjusted EBITDA margin* for 2025. The year-on-year margin improvement of c. +230 basis points is the result of the translation of revenue growth and a positive mix effect, combined with further operational efficiencies resulting from the Group’s strict financial discipline.

    Current operating profit reached € 27.1 million in H1 2025, up by +15.8% compared to H1 2024 and Profit for the period amounted to € 21.7 million, up by +35.5% compared to H1 2024 that was impacted by IPO costs.

    Cash generation was strong in H1 2025, with adjusted FCF* reaching € 32.9 million, representing a Cash Conversion Rate* of 95.9%, above the objective of c. 80% for 2025 but in line with the usual seasonality in H1 due to SaaS solutions cash collection at the beginning of the year. Net cash position* (excluding lease liabilities) was € 182.0 million as of June 30, 2025, compared to € 176.1 million as of December 31, 2024 and € 156.4 million as of June 30, 2024.

    Loïc Sautour, CEO of Planisware, commented: “In recent months, as uncertainties around global macroeconomic conditions intensified across our key markets, we have observed increased cautiousness from our customers. This has led to longer decision-making cycles weighing on our commercial momentum and revenue growth, primarily in our non-recurring activities and with new logos.

    At the same time, our recurring business lines have continued to deliver solid performance, particularly with existing clients, a testament to the strong demand for our solutions and their sustained business impact.

    Our commercial pipeline continues to expand, supported by a high volume of strategic engagements with both existing customers and new prospects, underscoring the strength and relevance of our competitive value proposition. This provides encouraging mid-term visibility for renewed momentum once market conditions stabilize.

    Despite the softer revenue growth trajectory, Planisware achieved a significant improvement in profitability in H1 2025. Our ongoing focus on operational efficiency and disciplined resource allocation enabled us to enhance margins and maintain best-in-class cash conversion rate, further strengthening the Group’s foundation for the future.

    In light of these dynamics and a more moderate growth outlook for the remainder of 2025, we have prudently revised our 2025 revenue objectives to c. 10%. We now target an adjusted EBITDA margin of 36%, up from 35% previously. This adjustment reflects our commitment to navigating the current environment with discipline while safeguarding profitability and preserving our ability to invest in long-term growth.

    As always, Planisware remains focused on supporting our customers’ strategic priorities and on reinforcing our leadership in project and portfolio management solutions, even in the face of heightened economic headwinds.”

    H1 2025 revenue by revenue stream

    In € million H1 2025 H1 2024 Variation
    YoY    		 Variation
    in cc*
    Recurring revenue 88.6 76.6 +15.5% +16.0%
    SaaS & Hosting 45.6 38.8 +17.6% +18.1%
    Annual licenses 0.1 – N/A N/A
    Evolutive support 27.2 22.9 +18.4% +18.9%
    Subscription support 5.9 5.6 +5.3% +6.1%
    Maintenance 9.7 9.3 +4.8% +5.2%
    Non-recurring revenue 7.2 10.0 -27.7% -27.5%
    Perpetual licenses 2.0 4.1 -52.3% -52.2%
    Implementation & others non-recurring 5.3 5.9 -10.6% -10.4%
    Total revenue 95.8 86.6 +10.6% +11.0%

    * Revenue evolution in constant currencies, i.e. at H1 2024 average exchange rates.

    Reaching € 95.8 million in H1 2025, revenue was up by +10.6% in current currencies and +11.0% in constant currencies. The exchange rates effect was mainly related to the depreciation of the US dollar versus the euro, partially compensated by the appreciation of the Japanese yen and the British pound. In order to reflect the underlying performance of the Company independently from exchange rate fluctuations, the following analysis refers to revenue evolution in constant currencies, applying H1 2024 average exchange rates to H1 2025 revenue figures, unless expressly stated otherwise.

    Recurring revenue

    Representing 92% of H1 2025 total revenue, up by c.+400 basis points versus 88% in H1 2024, recurring revenue reached € 88.6 million, up by +16.0%.

    Revenue growth was led by +17.4% growth of Planisware’s SaaS model (i.e. SaaS & Hosting, Annual licenses, and Evolutive & Subscription support), of which SaaS & Hosting revenue was up by +18.1% thanks to contracts secured with new customers as well as continued expansion within the installed base. Revenue of support activities (Evolutive & Subscription support), intrinsically related to Planisware’s SaaS offering, grew by +16.4%.

    Maintenance revenue was up by +5.2% in the context of the Group’s shift from its prior Perpetual license model to a SaaS model and reflecting the strong demand for licenses in the start of 2024 from customers with specific on-premises needs, in particular in the defense industry.

    Non-recurring revenue

    Non-recurring revenue was down by -27.5% in H1 2025, mostly due to the decline by -52.2% in Perpetual licenses against a particularly strong H1 2024 comparison base and despite several extensions and upgrades sold to customers with specific on-premises needs.

    Implementation declined by -10.4% as a results of Planisware’s continues focus on shorter implementations and faster delivery to customers, combined with the lack of new logo signatures since H2 2024.

    H1 2025 revenue by region

    In € million H1 2025 H1 2024 Variation
    YoY    		 Variation
    in cc*
    Europe 45.5 41.9 +8.6% +8.6%
    North America 41.6 37.6 +10.8% +12.0%
    APAC & ROW 8.6 7.1 +20.7% +20.4%
    Total revenue 95.8 86.6 +10.6% +11.0%

    * Revenue evolution in constant currencies, i.e. at H1 2024 average exchange rates.

    In H1 2025, all key geographies contributed to Planisware’s revenue growth:

    • Representing 43% of H1 2025 Group revenue, North America was the main contributor to H1 2025 Group revenue growth with +12.0% (€+4.5 million) and a steady performance in both Q1 and Q2 2025.
    • Revenue in Europe grew by +8.6% and represented 48% of H1 2025 Group revenue, with contrasted performances across countries. In particular, France recovered from its 2024 low points. This was compensated by softer performance in Germany (notably related to a strong H1 2024 performance in particular in Perpetual licenses) and in the UK.
    • Planisware’s growth in APAC & Rest of the World of +20.4% resulted from a strong commercial momentum in Singapore and the Middle East. Overall, this region represented 9% of H1 2025 Group revenue.

    H1 2025 revenue by pillar

    In € million H1 2025 H1 2024 Variation
    YoY    		 Variation
    in cc*
    Product Development & Innovation 50.5 48.3 +4.5% +5.1%
    Project Controls & Engineering 22.1 16.0 +38.2% +38.8%
    IT Governance & Digital Transformation** 16.3 15.6 +4.8% +5.1%
    Project Business Automation 6.8 6.6 +2.7% +2.7%
    Others 0.1 0.2 -37.1% -36.9%
    Total revenue 95.8 86.6 +10.6% +11.0%

    * Revenue evolution in constant currencies, i.e. at H1 2024 average exchange rates.
    ** Formally named Agility & IT Project Portfolios (A&IT).

    By Pilar, revenue growth in H1 2025 was quite concentrated in Project Controls & Engineering and, to a lesser extent Product Development & Innovation:

    • Product Development & Innovation (“PD&I”) drives R&D and product development teams with a focus on companies in the life sciences, manufacturing and engineering, automotive design and fast-moving consumer goods sectors. In H1 2025, it remained Planisware’s principal pillar with 53% of total revenue and grew by +6.9%, resulting from both new customer wins and the expansion of offerings to existing customers.
    • Project Controls & Engineering (“PC&E”) supports production teams in industries with sophisticated products, plants and infrastructure, such as aerospace and defense, energy and utilities, manufacturing and engineering and life sciences. While still a recent pillar for Planisware, it represented 23% of H1 2025 total revenue and was the main contributor to revenue growth. Supported by the successful roll-out of offerings in North America, PC&E grew by +38.8%.
    • IT Governance & Digital Transformation (“IT&DT)** helps IT teams across all sectors develop comprehensive solutions to automate IT portfolio management, accelerate digital transformation and simplify IT architecture. IT&DT represented 17% of H1 2025 Group revenue and grew by +25.1% on the back of a strong growth delivered in H1 2024 (+27.3%).
    • Project Business Automation (“PBA”) supports companies in all industries that seek to increase their revenue-based projects and enhance their operating results through automated processes. Due to a more recent entry of Planisware in the market relating to this pillar, PBA represented only 7% of H1 2025 total revenue and slightly contributed to Group revenue growth with +2.7%.

    H1 2025 key financial figures

    In € million H1 2025 H1 2024 Variation
    YoY
    Total revenue 95.8 86.6 +10.6%
    Cost of sales -25.7 -24.9 +3.2%
    Gross profit 70.1 61.7 +13.5%
    Gross margin 73.2% 71.3% +190 bps
    Operating expenses -43.0 -68.4 -37.2%
    Current operating profit 27.1 23.4 +15.8%
    Other operating income & expenses – -5.8  
    Operating profit 27.1 17.7 +53.6%
    Profit for the period 21.7 16.0 +35.5%
           
    Adjusted EBITDA* 34.3 29.0 +18.1%
    Adjusted EBITDA margin* 35.8% 33.5% +230 bps
           
    Adjusted FCF* 32.9 36.9 -11.0%
    Cash Conversion Rate* 95.9% 127.2%  
    Net cash position* 182.0 156.4 +16.4%

    * Non-IFRS measure. Non-IFRS measures included in this document are defined in the disclaimer at the end of this document.

    Gross profit and margin

    Reaching € 25.7 million in H1 2025, cost of sales was broadly stable year-on-year. As a percentage of revenue, cost of sales decreased by -190 basis points to 26.8% thanks to a continued strict monitoring of costs and further operational efficiency gains.

    This enabled Planisware to deliver a € 70.1 million gross profit in H1 2025 (+13.5% year-on-year), representing a 73.2% gross margin, a significant improvement of c. +190 basis points compared to 71.3% in H1 2024.

    Operating profit and profit for the period

    R&D expenses, consisting primarily of staff expenses directly associated with R&D teams, as well as amortization of capitalized development costs and the benefits from the French research tax credit, represented 11.7% of revenue and reached € 11.2 million. Planisware intends to maintain a high level of R&D spending, as it believes that its ability to provide innovative products and software solutions, expand its offerings portfolio and promote its offerings in the project management market will have a considerable effect on its revenues and operating results in the future.

    Reaching € 17.4 million in H1 2025 (18.2% of revenue), Sales & marketing expenses increased by €+1.9 million, or +12.5%, compared to € 15.5 million in H1 2024, or +30 basis points, led in particular by the increase in employee-related costs in the salesforce and marketing team. Sales & marketing expenses are expected to continue to increase in the future as Planisware plans on expanding its domestic and international selling and marketing activities in order to strengthen its leading market position.

    Representing 15.0% of revenue in H1 2025, General & administrative expenses reached € 14.3 million (€+2.4 million, or +19.6% compared to € 12.0 million in H1 2024). Two third of this increase was related to employee costs engaged to support the growth of the business, the strengthening of global support functions, and the international expansion of the Group. The remaining third was related to foreign exchange effects on operating assets and liabilities and share base compensation expenses accounted on a significantly higher share price in H1 2025 than in H1 2024 (partially pre-IPO). Planisware expects that, as the Company continues to scale up in the future, General & administrative expenses will slightly decrease as a percentage of revenue.

    As a result, current operating profit reached € 27.1 million in H1 2025, up by +15.8% compared to H1 2024.

    There was no Other operating income & expenses in H1 2025 while it amounted to a net expense of € 5.8 million related to IPO costs in H1 2024. As a results of the above, operating profit reached the same level as current operating profit at € 27.1 million in H1 2025 and showed a +53.6% (or €+9.5 million), compared to € 17.7 million in H1 2024.

    Representing a loss of € 0.8 million in H1 2025, financial results deteriorated compared to a € 1.9 million income recorded in H1 2024. This was primarily driven by foreign exchange losses arising from the revaluation at closing rates of cash and cash equivalents held in foreign currencies for € 2.5 million.

    Income tax expense amounted to € 4.7 million in H1 2025, +30.3% compared to € 3.6 million in H1 2024, slightly less than profit for the period increase.

    As a result of these evolutions, profit for the period reached € 21.7 million in H1 2025, up by +35.5% (€+5.7 million) compared to H1 2024.

    Adjusted EBITDA

    Adjusted EBITDA* reached € 34.3 million, a strong increase compared to H1 2024 (€+5.3 million, or +18.1%). It represented 35.8% of H1 2025 revenue, c. +230 basis points compared to 33.5% in H1 2024. The increase in adjusted EBITDA reflects the translation of revenue growth into profit as the business is fueled by the addition of new customers, a positive mix effect and further operational efficiencies on employee-related costs.

    Cash generation and net cash position

    Change in working capital was €+8.3 million thanks to subscription contracts billed in advance of the services rendered. Capital expenditures totaled € 2.4 million, representing 2.5% of revenue, compared to € 2.1 million in H1 2024 (2.4% of revenue) and in line with the usual c. 3% level targeted over the year. Finally, tax paid in H1 2025 amounted to € 7.5 million compared to € 4.1 million in H1 2024 due to the significant increase of 2024 taxable profit.

    In H1 2025, adjusted Free Cash Flow* reached € 32.9 million, representing a Cash Conversion Rate* of 95.9%. H1 2025 adjusted Free Cash Flow was down by 11.0% year-on-year due to a lower conversion rate related to delays in the collection of some invoices and earlier payment for social security contributions in France than in H1 2024. Nevertheless, it does not question the yearly objective of 80% level that the Group considers being the normative Cash Conversion Rate for the coming years.

    As of June 30, 2025, except for lease liabilities related to offices and datacenter facilities which amounted to € 17.9 million (€ 17.0 million as of December 31, 2024 and € 14.0 million as of June 30, 2024) and small amounts of bank overdrafts, Planisware did not have any financial debt. As a result, the Group’s net cash position* amounted to€ 182.0 million as of June 30, 2025 compared to € 176.1 million as of December 31, 2024 and € 156.4 million as of June 30, 2024.

    Headcount evolution

    Total number of employees by region 30.06.24 31.12.24 30.06.25
    Europe 395 403 429
    North America 167 174 183
    APAC & ROW 152 171 188
    Total 714 748 800

    Total headcount grew by +7.0% (+52 employees) over the first half of the year and by +12.0% (+86 employees) over 12 months.

    Hiring efforts mostly targeted the fastest growing region, APAC & ROW, with headcount net growth by +9.9% (+17 employees) in H1 2025 and by +23.7% (+36 employees) over 12 months.

    By function, besides support teams, the hirings mostly concerned Sales & Marketing with headcount net growth by +10.5% (+14 employees) in H1 2025 and by +18.5% (+23 employees) over 12 months, as part of Planisware’s growth strategy.

    Updated 2025 objectives

    Taking into account further elongation of sales cycles materializing since the start of the year leading to delays in the start of new contracts, Planisware updates its 2025 objectives:

    • c. 10% revenue growth in constant currencies (Mid-to-high teens priorly)
    • c. 36% adjusted EBITDA margin** (c. 35% priorly)
    • Cash Conversion Rate** of c. 80% (confirmed)

    Appendices

    Q2 2025 revenue by revenue stream

    In € million Q2 2025 Q2 2024 Variation
    YoY    		 Variation
    in cc*
    Recurring revenue 44.7 39.5 +13.2% +15.9%
    SaaS & Hosting 22.9 19.9 +15.1% +17.7%
    Annual licenses 0.09 – N/A N/A
    Evolutive support 14.0 12.1 +15.5% +18.0%
    Subscription support 2.9 2.8 +3.9% +8.2%
    Maintenance 4.8 4.7 +3.3% +5.2%
    Non-recurring revenue 3.6 6.2 -42.5% -41.6%
    Perpetual licenses 1.1 3.0 -62.8% -62.2%
    Implementation & others non-recurring 2.5 3.2 -23.8% -22.6%
    Total revenue 48.3 45.7 +5.6% +8.1%

    * Revenue evolution in constant currencies, i.e. at Q2 2024 YTD average exchange rates.

    Non-IFRS measures reconciliations

    In € million H1 2025 H1 2024
    Current operating profit after share of profit of equity-accounted investee 27.1 23.4
    Depreciation and amortization of intangible, tangible and right-of-use assets 4.2 3.5
    Share-based payments 3.0 2.1
    Adjusted EBITDA** 34.3 29.0
    In € million H1 2025 H1 2024
    Net cash from operating activities 36.2 35.2
    Capital expenditures -2.4 -2.1
    Other finance income/costs -1.0 -1.8
    IPO costs paid 0.0 5.6
    Adjusted Free Cash Flow** 32.9 36.9

    Investors & Analysts conference call

    Planisware’s management team will host an international conference call on July 31, 2025 at 8:00am CET to details H1 2025 performance and key achievements, by means of a presentation followed by a Q&A session. The webcast and its subsequent replay will be available on planisware.com.

    Upcoming event

    • October 21, 2025:         Q3 2025 revenue publication

    Contact

    About Planisware

    Planisware is a leading business-to-business (“B2B”) provider of AI powered Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) platforms serving the rapidly growing Project Economy. Planisware’s mission is to provide solutions that help organizations transform how they strategize, plan and deliver their projects, project portfolios, programs and products.

    With circa 800 employees across 18 offices, Planisware operates at significant scale serving around 600 organizational clients in a wide range of verticals and functions across more than 30 countries worldwide. Planisware’s clients include large international companies, medium-sized businesses and public sector entities.

    Planisware is listed on the regulated market of Euronext Paris (Compartment A, ISIN code FR001400PFU4, ticker symbol “PLNW”).

    For more information, visit: https://planisware.com/ and connect with Planisware on LinkedIn.

    Disclaimer

    Forward-looking statements

    This document contains statements regarding the prospects and growth strategies of Planisware. These statements are sometimes identified by the use of the future or conditional tense, or by the use of forward-looking terms such as “considers”, “envisages”, “believes”, “aims”, “expects”, “intends”, “should”, “anticipates”, “estimates”, “thinks”, “wishes” and “might”, or, if applicable, the negative form of such terms and similar expressions or similar terminology. Such information is not historical in nature and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of future performance. Such information is based on data, assumptions, and estimates that Planisware considers reasonable. Such information is subject to change or modification based on uncertainties in the economic, financial, competitive or regulatory environments.

    This information includes statements relating to Planisware’s intentions, estimates and targets with respect to its markets, strategies, growth, results of operations, financial situation and liquidity. Planisware’s forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this document. Absent any applicable legal or regulatory requirements, Planisware expressly disclaims any obligation to release any updates to any forward-looking statements contained in this document to reflect any change in its expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances, on which any forward-looking statement contained in this document is based. Planisware operates in a competitive and rapidly evolving environment; it is therefore unable to anticipate all risks, uncertainties or other factors that may affect its business, their potential impact on its business or the extent to which the occurrence of a risk or combination of risks could have significantly different results from those set out in any forward-looking statements, it being noted that such forward-looking statements do not constitute a guarantee of actual results.

    Rounded figures

    Certain numerical figures and data presented in this document (including financial data presented in millions or thousands and certain percentages) have been subject to rounding adjustments and, as a result, the corresponding totals in this document may vary slightly from the actual arithmetic totals of such information.

    Variation in constant currencies

    Variation in constant currencies represent figures based on constant exchange rates using as a base those used in the prior year. As a result, such figures may vary slightly from actual results based on current exchange rates.

    Non-IFRS measures

    This document includes certain unaudited measures and ratios of the Group’s financial or non-financial performance (the “non-IFRS measures”), such as “Adjusted EBITDA”, “Adjusted EBITDA margin”, “Adjusted Free Cash Flow”, “cash conversion rate”, and “Net cash position”. Non-IFRS financial information may exclude certain items contained in the nearest IFRS financial measure or include certain non-IFRS components. Readers should not consider items which are not recognized measurements under IFRS as alternatives to the applicable measurements under IFRS. These measures have limitations as analytical tools and readers should not treat them as substitutes for IFRS measures. In particular, readers should not consider such measurements of the Group’s financial performance or liquidity as an alternative to profit for the period, operating income or other performance measures derived in accordance with IFRS or as an alternative to cash flow from (used in) operating activities as a measurement of the Group’s liquidity. Other companies with activities similar to or different from those of the Group could calculate non-IFRS measures differently from the calculations adopted by the Group.

    Non-IFRS measures included in this document are defined as follows:

    • Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as Current operating profit including share of profit of equity-accounted investees, plus amortization and depreciation as well as impairment of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, plus either non-recurring items or non-operating items.
    • Adjusted EBITDA margin is the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to total revenue.
    • Adjusted FCF (Free Cash Flow) is calculated as cash flows from operating activities, plus IPO costs paid, if any, less other financial income and expenses classified as operating activities in the cash-flow statement, and less net cash relating to capital expenditures.
    • Cash Conversion Rate is defined as Adjusted FCF divided by Adjusted EBITDA.
    • Net cash position is defined as Cash minus indebtedness excluding lease liabilities.

    1 Non-IFRS measure. Non-IFRS measures included in this document are defined in the disclaimer at the end of this document.
    ** Planisware’s SaaS Model is composed of SaaS & Hosting, Annual Licenses, Evolutive support, and Subscription support reporting lines.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Credit Agricole Sa: Results for the second quarter and first half 2025 – The Group is accelerating its development

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    THE GROUP IS ACCELERATING ITS DEVELOPMENT  
               
      CRÉDIT AGRICOLE S.A. CRÉDIT AGRICOLE GROUP    
    €m Q2 2025 Change Q2/Q2 Q2 2025 Change Q2/Q2  
    Revenues 7,006 +3.1% 9,808 +3.2%  
    Expenses -3,700 +2.2% -5,872 +3.2%  
    Gross Operating Income 3,306 +4.1% 3,936 +3.1%  
    Cost of risk -441 +4.2% -840 -3.7%  
    Net income group share 2,390 +30.7% 2,638 +30.1%  
    C/I ratio 52.8% -0.5 pp 59.9% +0.0 pp  
    STRONG ACTIVITY IN ALL BUSINESS LINES

    • Confirmation of the upturn of loan production in France, international credit activity still strong and consumer finance at a higher level
    • Record net inflows in life insurance, high net inflows in asset management (driven by the medium/long-term and JVs); in insurance, revenues at a higher level driven by all activities
    • CIB: record half year and strong quarter

    CONTINUOUS FLOW OF STRATEGIC OPERATIONS

    • Gradual achievement of synergies in the ongoing integrations: progress of around 60% for RBC IS Europe and 25% for Degroof Petercam in Belgium
    • Transactions concluded this quarter: launch of partnership with Victory Capital in the United States, increased stake in Banco BPM in Italy, acquisition of Merca Leasing in Germany and Petit-fils and Comwatt in France and acquisition of Santander’s 30.5% stake in CACEIS1
    • New projects initiated: Acquisitions of Banque Thaler in Switzerland, Comwatt and Milleis in France, partnership with the Crelan Group in Belgium and development of Indosuez Wealth Management in Monaco

    HALF-YEARLY AND QUARTERLY RESULTS AT THEIR HIGHEST

    • High profitability (Return on Tangible Equity of 16.6%), driven by high and growing revenues, a low cost/income ratio (53.9% in the first half) and a stable cost of risk (34 basis points on outstandings)
    • Results especially benefiting from the capital gain related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US

    HIGH SOLVENCY RATIOS

    • Crédit Agricole S.A.’s phased-in CET1 at 11.9% and CA Group phased-in CET1 at 17.6%

    CONTINUOUS SUPPORT FOR TRANSITIONS, WITH AN AWARD FROM EUROMONEY

    • Continued withdrawal from fossil energies and reallocation to low-carbon energy sources
    • Support for the transition of households and corporates
    • Crédit Agricole named World’s Best Bank for Sustainable Finance at the Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2025

    PRESENTATION OF THE MEDIUM-TERM PLAN ON 18 NOVEMBER 2025
     

    Dominique Lefebvre,
    Chairman of SAS Rue La Boétie and Chairman of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Board of Directors

    “The high-level results we are publishing this quarter serve our usefulness to the economy and European sovereignty.” ‍
     
     

    Olivier Gavalda,
    Chief Executive Officer of Crédit Agricole S.A.

    “With this high level of results, we are confident in Crédit Agricole S.A.’s ability to achieve a net profit in 2025 higher than 2024, excluding the corporate tax surcharge. These results constitute a solid foundation for Crédit Agricole S.A.’s medium-term strategic plan, which will be unveiled on November 18, 2025.”

    		  

    This press release comments on the results of Crédit Agricole S.A. and those of Crédit Agricole Group, which comprises the Crédit Agricole S.A. entities and the Crédit Agricole Regional Banks, which own 63.5% of Crédit Agricole S.A.

    All financial data are now presented stated for Crédit Agricole Group, Crédit Agricole S.A. and the business lines results, both for the income statement and for the profitability ratios.

    Crédit Agricole Group

    Group activity

    The Group’s commercial activity during the quarter continued at a steady pace across all business lines, with a good level of customer capture. In the second quarter of 2025, the Group recorded +493,000 new customers in retail banking. More specifically, over the year, the Group gained 391,000 new customers for Retail Banking in France and 102,000 new International Retail Banking customers (Italy and Poland). At 30 June 2025, in retail banking, on-balance sheet deposits totalled €838 billion, up +0.6% year-on-year in France and Italy (+0.7% for Regional Banks and LCL and +0.3% in Italy). Outstanding loans totalled €885 billion, up +1.4% year-on-year in France and Italy (+1.4% for Regional Banks and LCL and +1.6% in Italy). Housing loan production continued its upturn in France compared to the low point observed at the start of 2024, with an increase of +28% for Regional Banks and +24% for LCL compared to the second quarter of 2024. For CA Italia, loan production was down -8.1% compared to the high second quarter of 2024. The property and casualty insurance equipment rate (2) rose to 44.2% for the Regional Banks (+0.7 percentage points compared to the second quarter of 2024), 28.4% for LCL (+0.6 percentage point) and 20.6% for CA Italia (+0.9 percentage point).

    In Asset Management, quarterly inflows were very high at +€20 billion, fuelled by medium/long-term assets (+€11 billion) and JVs (+€10 billion). In insurance, savings/retirement gross inflows rose to a record €9.9 billion over the quarter (+22% year-on-year), with the unit-linked rate in production staying at a high 32%. Net inflows were at a record level at +€4.2 billion, spread evenly between euro-denominated funds and unit-linked contracts. The strong performance in property and casualty insurance was driven by price changes and portfolio growth (16.9 million contracts at end-June 2025, +3% year-on-year). Assets under management stood at €2,905 billion, up +5.2% year on year for the three business segments: in asset management at €2,267 billion (+5.2% year on year) despite a negative scope effect linked to the deconsolidation of Amundi US and the integration of Victory, in life insurance at €359 billion (+6.4% year on year) and in wealth management (Indosuez Wealth Management and LCL Private Banking) at €279 billion (+3.7% year on year).

    Business in the SFS division showed strong activity. At CAPFM, consumer finance outstandings increased to €121.0 billion, up +4.5% compared with end-June 2024, with car loans representing 53% (3) of total outstandings, and new loan production up by +2.4% compared with the second quarter of 2024 (+12.4% compared to the first quarter of 2025), driven by traditional consumer finance, but with the automotive market remaining complex in Europe and China. Regarding Crédit Agricole Leasing & Factoring (CAL&F), lease financing outstandings are up +5.0% compared to June 2024 to €20.8 billion; however, production is down -19.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024, mainly in France. Factoring activity remains very strong, with a production of +26.6% year on year.

    Momentum is strong in Large Customers, which again posted record revenues for the half-year in Corporate and Investment Banking and a high-level quarter. Capital markets and investment banking showed a high level of revenues driven by capital markets, especially from trading and primary credit activities, which partially offset the drop in revenues from structured equity activities. Financing activities are fuelled by structured financing with strong momentum in the renewable energy sector, and by CLF activities, driven by the acquisition financing sector. Lastly, Asset Servicing recorded a high level of assets under custody of €5,526 billion and assets under administration of €3,468 billion (+11% and +1.2%, respectively, compared with the end of June 2024), with good sales momentum and positive market effects over the quarter.

    Continued support for the energy transition

    The Group is continuing the mass roll-out of financing and investment to promote the transition. Thus, the exposure of Crédit Agricole Group (4) has increased 2.4 fold between 2020 and 2024 with €26.3 billion at 31 December 2024. Investments in low-carbon energy (5) increased 2.8 fold between end-2020 and June 2025, and represented €6.1 billion at 30 June 2025.

    At the same time, as a universal bank, Crédit Agricole is supporting the transition of all its customers. Thus, outstandings related to the environmental transition (6) amounted to €111 billion at 31 March 2025, including €83 billion for energy-efficient property and €6 billion for “clean” transport and mobility.

    In addition, the Group is continuing to move away from carbon energy financing; the Group’s phased withdrawal from financing fossil fuel extraction resulted in a -40% decrease in exposure in the period 2020 to 2024, equating to €5.6 billion at 31 December 2024. 

    In the field of sustainable finance, Crédit Agricole was named World’s Best Bank for Sustainable Finance at the Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2025. 

    Group results

    In the second quarter of 2025, Crédit Agricole Group’s net income Group share came to €2,638 million, up +30.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024, and up +14.8% excluding capital gains related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US.

    In the second quarter of 2025, revenues amounted to €9,808 million, up +3.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Operating expenses were up +3.2% in the second quarter of 2025, totalling -€5,872 million. Overall, Credit Agricole Group saw its cost/income ratio reach 59.9% in the second quarter of 2025, stable compared to the second quarter of 2024. As a result, the gross operating income stood at €3,936 million, up +3.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

    The cost of credit risk stood at -€840 million, a decrease of -3.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024. It includes a reversal of +€24 million on performing loans (stage 1 and 2) linked to reversals for model updates which offset the updating of macroeconomic scenarios and the migration to default of some loans. The cost of proven risk shows an addition to provisions of -€845 million (stage 3). There was also an addition of -€18 million for other risks. The provisioning levels were determined by taking into account several weighted economic scenarios and by applying some flat-rate adjustments on sensitive portfolios. The weighted economic scenarios for the second quarter were updated, with a central scenario (French GDP at +0.8% in 2025, +1.4% in 2026) an unfavourable scenario (French GDP at +0.0% in 2025 and +0.6% in 2026) and an adverse scenario (French GDP at -1.9% in 2025 and -1.4% in 2026). The cost of risk/outstandings (7)reached 27 basis points over a four rolling quarter period and 28 basis points on an annualised quarterly basis (8).

    Pre-tax income stood at €3,604 million, a year-on-year increase of +19.6% compared to second quarter 2024. This includes the contribution from equity-accounted entities of €56 million (down -24.0%) and net income on other assets, which came to +€452 million this quarter, due to a capital gain of €453 million on the deconsolidation of Amundi US. The tax charge was -€615 million, down +€147 million, or -19.3% over the period.

    Net income before non-controlling interests was up +32.8% to reach €2,990 million. Non-controlling interests increased by +57%, a share of the capital gain on the deconsolidation of Amundi US being reversed to non-controlling interests.

    Net income Group share in first half 2025 amounted to €4,803 million, compared with €4,412 million in first half 2024, an increase of +8.9%.

    Revenues totalled €19,856 million, up +4.3% in first half 2025 compared with first half 2024.

    Operating expenses amounted to -€11,864 million up +5.2% compared to the first half of 2024, especially due to support for business development, IT expenditure and the integration of scope effects. The cost/income ratio for the first half of 2025 was 59.8%, up +0.5 percentage points compared to the first half of 2024.

    Gross operating income totalled €7,992 million, up +3.0% compared to the first half of 2024.

    Cost of risk for the half-year rose moderately to -€1,575 million (of which -€23 million in cost of risk on performing loans (stage 1 and 2), -€1,522 million in cost of proven risk, and +€29 million in other risks, i.e. an increase of +3.4% compared to first half 2024.

    As at 30 June 2025, risk indicators confirm the high quality of Crédit Agricole Group’s assets and risk coverage level. The prudent management of these loan loss reserves has enabled the Crédit Agricole Group to have an overall coverage ratio for doubtful loans (83.3% at the end of June 2025).

    Net income on other assets stood at €456 million in first half 2025, vs. -€14 million in first half 2024. Pre-tax income before discontinued operations and non-controlling interests rose by +10.1% to €7,004 million. The tax charge stood at -€1,66 million, a +9.1% increase. This change is related to the exceptional corporate income tax for -€250 million (corresponding to an estimation of -€330 million in 2025, assuming the 2025 fiscal result being equal to 2024 fiscal result).

    Underlying net income before non-controlling interests was therefore up by +10.4%. Non-controlling interests stood at -€545 million in the first half of 2024, up +26.1%, a share of the capital gain on the deconsolidation of Amundi US being reversed to non-controlling interests.

    Credit Agricole Group, Income statement Q2 and H1 2025

    En m€ Q2-25 Q2-24 ∆ Q2/Q2   H1-25 H1-24 ∆ H1/H1
    Revenues 9,808 9,507 +3.2%   19,856 19,031 +4.3%
    Operating expenses (5,872) (5,687) +3.2%   (11,864) (11,276) +5.2%
    Gross operating income 3,936 3,819 +3.1%   7,992 7,755 +3.0%
    Cost of risk (840) (872) (3.7%)   (1,575) (1,523) +3.4%
    Equity-accounted entities 56 74 (24.0%)   131 142 (7.9%)
    Net income on other assets 452 (7) n.m.   456 (14) n.m.
    Change in value of goodwill – – n.m.   – – n.m.
    Income before tax 3,604 3,014 +19.6%   7,004 6,361 +10.1%
    Tax (615) (762) (19.3%)   (1,656) (1,517) +9.1%
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope. 0 – n.m.   0 – n.m.
    Net income 2,990 2,252 +32.8%   5,348 4,843 +10.4%
    Non controlling interests (352) (224) +57.0%   (545) (432) +26.1%
    Net income Group Share 2,638 2,028 +30.1%   4,803 4,412 +8.9%
    Cost/Income ratio (%) 59.9% 59.8% +0.0 pp   59.8% 59.2% +0.5 pp

    Regional banks

    Gross customer capture stands at +285,000 new customers. The percentage of customers using their current accounts as their main account is increasing and the share of customers using digital tools remains at a high level. Credit market share (total credits) stood at 22.6% (at the end of March 2025, source: Banque de France), stable compared to March 2024. Loan production is up +18.8% compared to the second quarter of 2024, linked to the confirmed upturn in housing loans, up +28.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024 and +10% compared to the first quarter of 2025, and also driven by specialised markets up +13.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The average lending production rate for home loans stood at 3.02% (9), -16 basis points lower than in the first quarter of 2025. By contrast, the global loan stock rate improved compared to the second quarter of 2024 (+7 basis points). Outstanding loans totalled €652 billion at the end of June 2025, up by +1.2% year-on-year across all markets and up slightly by +0.5% over the quarter. Customer assets were up +2.8% year-on-year to reach €923.3 billion at the end of June 2025. This growth was driven both by on-balance sheet deposits, which reached €606.1 billion (+0.8% year-on-year), and off-balance sheet deposits, which reached €317.2 billion (+7.1% year-on-year) benefiting from strong inflows in life insurance. Over the quarter, demand deposits drove customer assets with an increase of +2.0% compared to the first quarter of 2025, while term deposits decreased by -0.4%. The market share of on-balance sheet deposits is up compared to last year and stands at 20.2% (Source Banque de France, data at the end of March 2025, i.e. +0.1 percentage points compared to March 2024). The equipment rate for property and casualty insurance (10) was 44.2% at the end of June 2025 and is continuing to rise (up +0.7 percentage points compared to the end of June 2024). In terms of payment instruments, the number of cards rose by +1.5% year-on-year, as did the percentage of premium cards in the stock, which increased by 2.2 percentage points year-on-year to account for 17.8% of total cards.

    In the second quarter of 2025, the Regional Banks’ consolidated revenues including the SAS Rue La Boétie dividend stood at €5,528 million, up +4.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024, including the reversal of Home Purchase Saving Plans provisions in the second quarter of 2025 for €16.3 million and in the second quarter of 2024 for +€22 million (11). Excluding this item, revenues were up +4.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024, fuelled by the increase in fee and commission income (+1.9%), driven by insurance, account management and payment instruments, and by portfolio revenues (+9.2%) benefiting from the increase in dividends traditionally paid in the second quarter of each year. In addition, the intermediation margin was slightly down over one year (-2.5%) but remained stable compared to the first quarter of 2025. Operating expenses were up +5.1%, especially relating to IT expenditure. Gross operating income was up year-on-year (+3.4%). The cost of risk was down -13.3% compared with the second quarter of 2024 to -€397 million. The cost of risk/outstandings (over four rolling quarters) was stable compared to the first quarter of 2025, at a controlled level of 21 basis points. Thus, the net pre-tax income was up +7.3% and stood at €2,482 million. The consolidated net income of the Regional Banks stood at €2,375 million, up +5.0% compared with the second quarter of 2024. Lastly, the Regional Banks’ contribution to net income Group share was €182 million in the second quarter of 2025, down -12.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

    In the first half 2025, revenues including the dividend from SAS Rue La Boétie were up (+3.1%) compared to the first half of 2024. Operating expenses rose by +3.4%, and gross operating income consequently grew by +2.6% over the first half. Finally, with a cost of risk up slightly by +1.4%, the Regional banks’ net income Group share, including the SAS Rue La Boétie dividend, amounted to €2,721 million, up +0.7% compared to the first half of 2024. Finally, the Regional Banks’ contribution to the results of Crédit Agricole Group in first half 2025 amounted to €523 million (-19.6%) with revenues of €6,716 million (+2.2%) and a cost of risk of -€717 million (+3.7%).

    Crédit Agricole S.A.

    Results

    Crédit Agricole S.A.’s Board of Directors, chaired by Dominique Lefebvre, met on 30 July 2025 to examine the financial statements for the second quarter of 2025.

    In the second quarter of 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A.’s net income Group share amounted to €2,390 million, an increase of +30.7% from the second quarter of 2024. The results of the second quarter of 2025 are based on high revenues, a cost/income ratio maintained at a low level and a controlled cost of risk. They were also favourably impacted by the change in corporate income tax, and the capital gain related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US.

    Revenues are at a high level and increasing. Revenues totalled €7,006 million, up +3.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The growth in the Asset Gathering division (+1.3%) is related to strong activity in Insurance, the impact of volatility and risk aversion of customers for Amundi, the deconsolidation of Amundi US (-€89 million) and the integration of Degroof Petercam (+€96 million). Revenues for Large Customers are stable and stood at a high level both for Crédit Agricole CIB and CACEIS. Specialised Financial Services division revenues (-1.0%) were impacted by a positive price effect in the Personal Finance and Mobility business line and by a cyclical drop in margins on factoring. Revenues for Retail Banking in France (-0.3%) were impacted by an unfavourable base effect on the interest margin, offset by good momentum in fee and commission income. Finally, international retail banking revenues (-1.9%) were mainly impacted by the reduction in the intermediation margin in Italy, partially offset by good momentum in fee and commission income over all the entities of the scope. Corporate Centre revenues were up +€214 million, positively impacted by Banco BPM (+€109 million, mainly related to the increase in dividends received).

    Operating expenses totalled -€3,700 million in the second quarter of 2025, an increase of +2.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The -€80 million increase in expenses between the second quarter of 2024 and the second quarter of 2025 was mainly due to -€25 million in scope effect and integration costs, (especially including -€51 million related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US, +€89 million related to the integration of Degroof Petercam and -€20 million related to the reduction in ISB integration costs into CACEIS) and +€58 million due to a positive base effect related to the contribution on the DGS (deposit guarantee fund in Italy).

    The cost/income ratio thus stood at 52.8% in the second quarter of 2025, an improvement of -0.5 percentage point compared to second quarter 2024. Gross operating income in the second quarter of 2025 stood at €3,306 million, an increase of +4.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

    As at 30 June 2025, risk indicators confirm the high quality of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s assets and risk coverage level. The Non Performing Loans ratio showed little change from the previous quarter and remained low at 2.3%. The coverage ratio (12) was high at 72.2%, down -2.8 percentage points over the quarter. Loan loss reserves amounted to €9.4 billion for Crédit Agricole S.A., relatively unchanged from the end of March 2025. Of these loan loss reserves, 35.3% were for provisioning for performing loans.

    The cost of risk was a net charge of -€441 million, up +4.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024, and came mainly from a provision for non-performing loans (level 3) of -€524 million (compared to a provision of -€491 million in the second quarter of 2024). Net provisioning on performing loans (stages 1 and 2) is a reversal of +€91 million, compared to a reversal of +€31 million in the second quarter of 2024, and includes reversals for model effects and the migration to default of some loans, which offset the prudential additions to provisions for updating macroeconomic scenarios. Also noteworthy is an addition to provisions of -€8 million for other items (legal provisions) versus a reversal of +€37 million in the second quarter of 2024. By business line, 53% of the net addition for the quarter came from Specialised Financial Services (50% at end-June 2024), 21% from LCL (22% at end-June 2024), 14% from International Retail Banking (17% at end-June 2024), 4% from Large Customers (9% at end-June 2024) and 5% from the Corporate Centre (1% at end-June 2024). The provisioning levels were determined by taking into account several weighted economic scenarios and by applying some flat-rate adjustments on sensitive portfolios. The weighted economic scenarios for the second quarter were updated, with a central scenario (French GDP at +0.8% in 2025, +1.4% in 2026) an unfavourable scenario (French GDP at +0.0% in 2025 and +0.6% in 2026) and an adverse scenario (French GDP at -1.9% in 2025 and -1.4% in 2026). In the second quarter of 2025, the cost of risk/outstandings remained stable at 34 basis points over a rolling four quarter period (13) and 32 basis points on an annualised quarterly basis (14).

    The contribution of equity-accounted entities stood at €30 million in second quarter 2025, down -€17 million compared to second quarter 2024, or -35.1%. This drop is related to the impairment of goodwill of a stake in CAL&F and non-recurring items especially the drop in remarketing revenues at CAPFM, offset by the impact of the first consolidation of Victory Capital (+€20 million). The net income on other assets was €455 million in the second quarter of 2025 and includes the capital gain related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US of €453 million. Pre-tax income, discontinued operations and non-controlling interests therefore increased by +19% to €3,350 million.

    The tax charge was -€541 million, versus -€704 million for the second quarter 2024. This quarter’s tax includes positive elements, especially the non-taxation of the capital gain linked to the deconsolidation of Amundi US. The tax charge for the quarter remains estimated and will be reassessed by the end of the year.

    Net income before non-controlling interests was up +33.1% to €2,809 million. Non-controlling interests stood at -€420 million in the second quarter of 2025, up +48.7%, a share of the capital gain on the deconsolidation of Amundi US being reversed to non-controlling interests.

    Stated net income Group share in the first half of 2024 amounted to €4,213 million, compared with €3,731 million in the first half of 2024, an increase of +12.9%.

    Revenues increased +4.9% compared to the first half of 2024, driven by the performance of the Asset Gathering, Large Customers, and Specialised Financial Services business lines and the Corporate Centre. Operating expenses were up +5.5% compared to the first half of 2024, especially in connection with supporting the development of business lines and the integration of scope effects. The cost/income ratio for the first half of the year was 53.9%, an improvement of 0.3 percentage points compared to first half 2024. Gross operating income totalled €6,571 million, up +4.1% compared to first half 2024. The cost of risk increased by +3.8% over the period, to -€-855 million, versus -€824 million for first half 2024.

    The contribution of equity-accounted entities stood at €77 million in first half 2025, down -€13 million compared to first half 2024, or -14.1%. Net income from other assets was €456 million in the first half of 2025. Pre-tax income, discontinued operations and non-controlling interests therefore increased by +11.9% to €6,250 million. The tax charge was -€1,368 million, versus -€1,315 million for first half 2024. This includes the exceptional corporate income tax of -€152 million, corresponding to an estimation of -€200 million in 2025 (assuming 2025 fiscal result being equal to 2024 fiscal result). Net income before non-controlling interests was up +14.3% to €4,882 million. Non-controlling interests stood at -€669 million in first half 2025, up +23.5% compared to first half 2024.

    Earnings per share stood at €0.74 per share in the second quarter 2025, versus €0.58 in the second quarter 2024.

    RoTE (15), which is calculated on the basis of an annualised net income Group share (16) and IFRIC charges, additional corporate tax charge and the capital gain on deconsolidation of Amundi US linearised over the year, net of annualised Additional Tier 1 coupons (return on equity Group share excluding intangibles) and net of foreign exchange impact on reimbursed AT1, and restated for certain volatile items recognised in equity (including unrealised gains and/or losses), reached 16.7% in the first half of 2024, up +1.3 percentage points compared to the first half of 2024.

    Crédit Agricole S.A. – Income statement, Q2 and H1-25

    En m€ Q2-25 Q2-24 ∆ Q2/Q2   H1-25 H1-24 ∆ H1/H1
    Revenues 7,006 6,796 +3.1%   14,263 13,602 +4.9%
    Operating expenses (3,700) (3,621) +2.2%   (7,691) (7,289) +5.5%
    Gross operating income 3,306 3,175 +4.1%   6,571 6,312 +4.1%
    Cost of risk (441) (424) +4.2%   (855) (824) +3.8%
    Equity-accounted entities 30 47 (35.2%)   77 90 (14.1%)
    Net income on other assets 455 15 x 29.4   456 9 x 50.7
    Change in value of goodwill – – n.m.   – – n.m.
    Income before tax 3,350 2,814 +19.0%   6,250 5,587 +11.9%
    Tax (541) (704) (23.2%)   (1,368) (1,315) +4.0%
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope. 0 – n.m.   0 – n.m.
    Net income 2,809 2,110 +33.1%   4,882 4,273 +14.3%
    Non-controlling interests (420) (282) +48.7%   (669) (542) +23.5%
    Net income Group Share 2,390 1,828 +30.7%   4,213 3,731 +12.9%
    Earnings per share (€) 0.74 0.58 +29.1%   1.30 1.08 +20.3%
    Cost/Income ratio (%) 52.8% 53.3% -0.5 pp   53.9% 53.6% +0.3 pp

    Analysis of the activity and the results of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s divisions and business lines

    Activity of the Asset Gathering division

    At end-June 2025, the assets under management of the Asset Gathering (AG) division stood at €2,905 billion, up +€27 billion over the quarter (i.e. +1%), mainly due to positive net inflows in asset management, and insurance, and a positive market and foreign exchange effect over the period. Over the year, assets under management rose by +5.2%.

    Insurance activity (Crédit Agricole Assurances) was very strong, with total revenues at a high level of €12.7 billion, up +17.9% compared to second quarter 2024.

    In Savings/Retirement, second quarter 2025 revenues reached €9.9 billion, up +22.3% compared to second quarter 2024, in a buoyant environment, especially in France. Unit-linked rate in gross inflows(17) is stable year-on-year at 32.0%. The net inflows reached a record +€4.2 billion (+€2.7 billion compared to the second quarter of 2024), comprised of +€2.4 billion net inflows from euro funds and +€1.8 billion from unit-linked contracts.

    Assets under management (savings, retirement and funeral insurance) continued to grow and came to €359.4 billion (up +€21.5 billion year-on-year, or +6.4%). The growth in outstandings was driven by the very high level of quarterly net inflows and favourable market effects. Unit-linked contracts accounted for 30.2% of outstandings, up +0.6 percentage points compared to the end of June 2024.

    In property and casualty insurance, premium income stood at €1.4 billion in the second quarter of 2025, up +9.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Growth stemmed from a price effect, with the increase in the average premium benefiting from revised rates induced by climate change and inflation in repair costs as well as changes in the product mix, and a volume effect, with a portfolio of over €16.9 million (18) policies at the end of June 2025 (or +2.8% over the year). Lastly, the combined ratio at the end of June 2025 stood at 94.7% (19), stable year-on-year and an improvement of +1.4 percentage points compared to the last quarter.

    In death & disability/creditor insurance/group insurance, premium income for the second quarter of 2025 stood at €1.4 billion, down slightly by -0.6% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Individual death & disability showed growth of +7.1% related to the increase in the average amount of guarantees. Creditor insurance showed a drop in activity of -4.3% over the period, especially related to international consumer finance. Group insurance was slightly up at +2.2%.

    In Asset Management (Amundi), assets under management by Amundi increased by +0.9% and +5.2% respectively over the quarter and the year, reaching a new record of €2,267 billion at the end of June 2025. They take into account the first integration of Victory Capital over the quarter with a scope effect of -€9.7 billion (effect of the deconsolidation of Amundi US for -€70 billion and the integration of Victory for +€60 billion). US business assets amount to €94 billion at end-June 2025, including €36 billion of assets distributed by Amundi to non-US customers (fully integrated) and €58 billion of assets distributed by Victory to US customers (26% share). In addition to the scope effect, assets benefited from a high level of inflows over the quarter (+€20.5 billion) a positive market effect of +€57 billion, and a strong negative exchange rate impact of -€48 billion related to the drop in the US dollar and Indian rupee. Net inflows are balanced between medium/long term assets (+€11 billion) and JVs (+€10 billion). The Institutionals segment also recorded net inflows of +€8.7 billion over the quarter, driven by strong seasonal activity in employee savings (+€4 billion in MLT assets). The JV segment showed net inflows of €10.3 billion over the period, with an upturn of inflows in India and a confirmed recovery in China. Finally, the retail segment showed net inflows of €1.4 billion over the quarter.

    In Wealth management, total assets under management (CA Indosuez Wealth Management and LCL Private Banking) amounted to €279 billion at the end of June 2025, and were up +3.7% compared to June 2024 and stable compared to March 2025.

    For Indosuez Wealth Management assets under management at the end of June stood at €214 billion (20), up +0.4% compared to the end of March 2025, with slightly negative net inflows of -€0.1 billion. Production is supported by structured products and mandates, partially offsetting the outflow especially linked to liquidity events of large customers. The market and foreign exchange impact of the quarter is positive at €1 billion. Compared to end-June 2024, assets are up by +€9 billion, or +4.5%. Also noteworthy is the announcement of the Banque Thaler acquisition project in Switzerland on 4 April 2025 and that of the plan to acquire the Wealth Management customers of BNP Paribas Group in Monaco on 23 June 2025.

    Results of the Asset Gathering division

    In the second quarter of 2025, Asset Gathering generated €1,970 million of revenues, up +1.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Expenses increased +6.2% to -€864 million and gross operating income came to €1,106 million, -2.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio for the second quarter of 2025 stood at 43.8%, up +2.0 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. Equity-accounted entities showed a contribution of €58 million, up +77.4%, especially in relation to the first integration of the contribution of Victory Capital of 26% over this quarter in the Asset Management division for €20 million. The net income on other assets is impacted by the recognition of a capital gain of €453 million also related to the partnership with Victory Capital. Consequently, pre-tax income was up by +40.1% and stood at €1,610 million in the second quarter of 2025. The net income Group share showed an increase of +49.3% to €1,100 million.

    In the first semester of 2025, the Asset Gathering division generated revenues of €4,028 million, up +7.9% compared to first half 2024. Expenses increased by +14.8%. As a result, the cost/income ratio stood at 44.7%, up +2.7 percentage points compared to the first half of 2024. Gross operating income stood at €2,229 million, a increase of +2.9% compared to first half 2024. Equity-accounted entities showed a contribution of €86 million, up +39.4%, especially in relation to the first integration of the contribution of Victory Capital of 26% over the second quarter of 2025 in the Asset Management division. The net income on other assets is impacted by the recognition of a capital gain of €453 million also related to the partnership with Victory Capital in second quarter 2025. Taxes stood at €601 million, a +19.8% increase. Net income Group share of the Asset Gathering division includes the additional corporate tax charge in France and amounted to €1,780 million, up +22.5% compared to the first half of 2024. The increase affected all the business lines of the division, (+66.1% for Asset Management, +0.8% for Insurance and +92.3% for Wealth Management).

    In the second quarter of 2025, the Asset Gathering division contributed by 41% to the net income Group share of the Crédit Agricole S.A. core businesses and 28% to revenues (excluding the Corporate Centre division).

    As at 30 June 2025, equity allocated to the division amounted to €13.2 billion, including €10.6 billion for Insurance, €1.9 billion for Asset Management, and €0.7 billion for Wealth Management. The division’s risk weighted assets amounted to €51.4 billion, including €24.0 billion for Insurance, €19.7 billion for Asset Management and €7.7 billion for Wealth Management.

    Insurance results

    In the second quarter of 2025, insurance revenues amounted to €790 million, up +2.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024. They are supported by Savings/Retirement in relation to the growth in activity and a positive financial result over the period, Property & Casualty which benefits from a good level of activity and financial results, and by the performance of Death & Disability, which offsets a tightening of technical margins in creditor. Revenues for the quarter included €587 million from savings/retirement and funeral insurance (21), €89 million from personal protection (22) and €114 million from property and casualty insurance (23).

    The Contractual Service Margin (CSM) totalled €26.8 billion at the end of June 2025, an increase of +6.3% compared to the end of December 2024. It benefited from a contribution of new business greater than the CSM allocation and a positive market effect. The annualised CSM allocation factor was 8.0% at end-June 2025.

    Non-attributable expenses for the quarter stood at -€87 million, down -0.9% over the second quarter of 2024. As a result, gross operating income reached €703 million, up +2.5% compared to the same period in 2024. The net pre-tax income was up +2.2% and stood at €703 million. The tax charge totalled €143 million, down -19.9% during the period. Net income Group share stood at €557 million, up +12.6% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

    Revenues from insurance in the first half of 2025 came to €1,517 million, up +1.5% compared to the first half of 2024. Gross operating income stood at €1,335 million, up +1.4% compared to the first half of 2024. Non-attributable expenses came to €182 million, i.e. an increase of +2.0%. The cost/income ratio is thus 12.0%, below the target ceiling set by the Medium-Term Plan of 15%. The net income Group share includes the additional corporate tax charge in France and reached €997 million, up +0.8% compared to first half 2024.

    Insurance contributed 23% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s business lines (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-June 2025 and 10% to their revenues (excluding the Corporate Centre division).

    Asset Management results

    In the second quarter of 2025, revenues amounted to €771 million, showing a fall of -10.8% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The deconsolidation of Amundi US (previously fully consolidated) and the integration of Victory Capital (at 26% on the equity-accounted entities line) took effect this quarter. As a result, restated for this scope effect,(24), revenues were stable (-0.6%) compared with the second half of 2024. Net management fee and commission income was up +1.0% (25) compared with second quarter 2024. Amundi Technology’s revenues recorded a significant increase and rose +50% over the second quarter of 2024, thanks to the integration of Aixigo (the European leader in Wealth Tech, the acquisition of which was finalised in November 2024) which amplified the continued strong organic growth. Performance fee income fell -29%25 from the second quarter of 2024 due to market volatility and financial revenues fell in connection with the drop in rates. Operating expenses amounted to -€429 million, a decline of -8.8% from the second quarter of 2024. Excluding the scope effect related to the Victory Capital partnership24, they were up +2.2% over the period. The cost/income ratio was up at 55.7% (+1.2 percentage points compared to second quarter 2024). Gross operating income stood at €341 million, down -13.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The contribution of the equity-accounted entities, carrying the contribution of Amundi’s Asian joint ventures as well as the new contribution of Victory Capital starting this quarter, was €58 million (+€20 million of which for Victory Capital, whose contribution is recognised with an offset of one quarter, so excluding the synergies already realised in the second quarter of 2025; the contribution of the joint ventures rose sharply to +16.6%, particularly in India), an increase of +77.4% over the second quarter of 2024. Net income on other assets was impacted by the recognition of a non-monetary capital gain of €453 million, also related to the partnership with Victory Capital, over the second quarter of 2025. Consequently, pre-tax income came to €850 million, double the second quarter of 2024. Non-controlling interests were impacted by the partnership with Victory Capital and amounted to €249 million over the quarter. Net income Group share amounted to €506 million, up sharply (x2.3) compared to the second quarter of 2024, taking account of the impact of the partnership with Victory Capital.

    Over the first half of 2025, revenues remained stable at €1,663 million (-0.3%). Excluding the scope effect related to the partnership with Victory Capital in the second quarter of 2025, it would represent an increase of +5.3% over the period. Operating expenses posted a slight increase of +0.7%. Excluding the scope effect related to the partnership with Victory Capital, they would increase +5.3% over the period. The cost/income ratio was 55.7%, an increase of +0.5 percentage points compared to first half 2024. This resulted in a -1.5% decline in gross operating income from the first half of 2024. The income of the equity-accounted entities rose +39.4%, primarily reflecting the first integration of the Victory Capital contribution over second quarter 2025. Net income on other assets was impacted by the recognition of a non-monetary capital gain of €453 million also related to the partnership with Victory Capital over the second quarter of 2025. In total, net income Group share for the half includes the additional corporate tax charge in France and stood at €689 million, an increase of +66.1%.

    Asset management contributed 16% to the underlying net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end June 2025 and by 12% to their underlying revenues.

    At 30 June 2025, equity allocated to the Asset Management business line amounted to €1.9 billion, while risk weighted assets totalled €19.7 billion.

    Wealth Management results (26)

    In the second quarter of 2025, revenues from wealth management amounted to €409 million, up +33.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024, benefiting from the impact of the integration of Degroof Petercam in June 2024. Excluding this effect, (27) revenues were sustained by the positive momentum of transactional income and the good resilience of the net interest margin, despite falling rates. Expenses for the quarter amounted to -€348 million, up +36.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024, impacted by a Degroof Petercam scope effect27 and -€22.5 million in integration costs in the second quarter of 2025 (28). Excluding these impacts, expenses rose slightly at +1.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio for the second quarter of 2025 stood at 85%, up +1.9 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. Excluding integration costs, it amounted to 79.5%. Gross operating income reached €61 million, an increase of (+18.3%) compared to the second quarter of 2024. Cost of risk remained moderate at -€5 million. Net income Group share amounted to €36 million, up +52.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

    In the first half of 2025, wealth management revenues rose by +48.6% over the first half of 2024, notably benefiting from the integration of Degroof Petercam(29) in June 2024 to reach €848 million. Expenses rose by +47.5% due to the impact of the integration of Degroof Petercam29 in June 2024 and integration costs. Gross operating income was therefore up +54.0% at €156 million. Net income on other assets was nil in the first half of 2025 compared with -€20 million in the first half of 2024, corresponding to Degroof Petercam acquisition costs. Net income Group share was €94 million over the first half, up +92.3% from first half 2024. The additional net income Group share target of +€150 million to +€200 million in 2028 following the integration of Degroof Petercam is confirmed and the rate of progression in synergies realised was approximately 25%.

    Wealth Management contributed 2% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s business lines (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-June 2025 and 6% of their revenues (excluding the Corporate Centre division).

    At 30 June 2025, equity allocated to Wealth Management was €0.7 billion and risk weighted assets totalled €7.7 billion.

    Activity of the Large Customers division

    The large customers division posted good activity in the second quarter of 2025, thanks to good performance from Corporate and Investment banking (CIB) and strong activity in asset servicing.

    In the second quarter of 2025, revenues from Corporate and Investment Banking were stable at €1,705 million, which is -0.1% compared to second quarter 2024 (+5% excluding FVA/DVA volatile elements and foreign exchange impact). Capital Markets and Investment Banking activity was down -2.7% from second quarter 2024 (+3% excluding non-recurring items and foreign exchange impact), but remained at a high level at €860 million, supported in part by a new progression in revenues from Capital Market activities (+2.8% over second quarter 2024, +10% excluding FVA/DVA volatile items and foreign exchange impact) particularly on the trading and primary credit activities that partially offset the decline in structured equity revenues. Revenues from financing activities rose to €845 million, an increase of +2.8% compared to the second quarter of 2024 (+7% excluding non-recurring items and foreign exchange impact). This mainly reflects the performance of structured financing, where revenues rose +6.8% compared to the second quarter of 2024, primarily explained by the dynamism of the renewable energy sector (increase in production on wind and solar projects). Commercial Banking was up +0.7% versus second quarter 2024, driven by the activities of Corporate & Leveraged Finance, boosted by the acquisition financing sector.

    Financing activities consolidated its leading position in syndicated loans (#1 in France (30) and #2 in EMEA30). Crédit Agricole CIB reaffirmed its strong position in bond issues (#2 All bonds in EUR Worldwide30) and was ranked #1 in Green, Social & Sustainable bonds in EUR (31). Average regulatory VaR stood at €11.1 million in the second quarter of 2025, up from €10.5 million in the first quarter of 2025, reflecting changes in positions and financial markets. It remained at a level that reflected prudent risk management.

    For Asset Servicing, business growth was supported by strong commercial activity and favourable market effects.

    Assets under custody rose by +1.1% at the end of June 2025 compared to the end of March 2025 and increased by +11.3% compared to the end of June 2024, to reach €5,526 billion. Assets under administration fell by
    -3.0% over the quarter because of a planned customer withdrawal, and were up +1.2% year-on-year, totalling €3,468 billion at end-June 2025.

    On 4 July 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A. announced the finalisation of the buyback of the 30.5% interest held by Santander in CACEIS.

    Results of the Large Customers division

    In the second quarter of 2025, revenues of the Large Customers division once again reached a record level at €2,224 million (stable from second quarter 2024), buoyed by an excellent performance in the Corporate and Investment Banking and Asset Servicing business lines.

    Operating expenses increased by +4.4% due to IT investments and business line development. As a result, the division’s gross operating income was down -5.1% from the second quarter of 2024, standing at €967 million. The division recorded a limited addition for provision of the cost of risk of -€20 million integrating the update of economic scenarios and benefiting from favourable model effects, to be compared with an addition of -€39 million in the second quarter of 2024. Pre-tax income amounted to €958 million, down -3.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The tax charge amounted to -€149 million in second quarter 2025. Finally, net income Group share totalled €752 million in the second quarter of 2025, an increase of +8.3% over the second quarter of 2024.

    In first half 2025, the revenues of the Large Customers business line amounted to a historic high of €4,632 million (+3.2% compared to first half 2024). Operating expenses rose +4.6% compared to first half 2024 to €2,617 million, largely related to staff costs and IT investments. Gross operating income for first half of 2025 therefore totalled €2,015 million, up +1.4% from first half 2024. The cost of risk ended the first half of 2025 with a net provision to provisions of -€5 million, which was stable compared with the first half of 2024. The business line’s contribution to underlying net income Group share was at €1,475 million, up +4.1% compared to first half 2024.

    The business line contributed 34% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-June 2025 and 32% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

    At 30 June 2025, the equity allocated to the division was €12.8 billion and its risk weighted assets were €134.7 billion.

    Corporate and Investment Banking results

    In the second quarter of 2025, revenues from Corporate and Investment Banking posted a strong performance at €1,705 million (stable in relation to second quarter 2024, +5% excluding FVA/DVA volatile items and foreign exchange impact).

    Operating expenses rose by +6.7% to -€895 million, mainly due to IT investments and the development of business line activities. Gross operating income declined -6.6% compared to second quarter 2024 and recorded a high level of +€810 million. Cost/income ratio was 52.5%, an improvement of +3.3 percentage points for the period. Cost of risk recorded a limited net provision of -€19 million integrating the update of economic scenarios and benefiting from positive model effects. Pre-tax income in second quarter 2025 stands at €793 million, down -5.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Lastly, stated net income Group share was up +6.7% to €659 million in the second quarter of 2025.

    In first half 2025, stated revenues rose by +3.7% compared to first half 2024, to €3,591 million, the highest historical half-year level ever. Operating expenses rose +7.1%, mainly due to variable compensation and IT investments to support the development of the business lines. As a result, gross operating income was €1,704 million and stable compared to first half 2024. The cost of risk recorded a net reversal of +€4 million in the first half of 2025, compared to a reversal of +€7 million in the first half of 2024. The income tax charge stood at -€376 million, down -9.3%. Lastly, stated net income Group share for first half 2025 stood at €1,307 million, an increase of +3.0% over the period.

    Risk weighted assets at end-June 2025 were down -€6.6 billion compared to end-March 2025, to €123.6 billion, mainly explained by model effects.

    Asset servicing results

    In the second quarter of 2025, revenues for Asset Servicing remained stable compared to second quarter 2024 at €519 million, as the solid performance of the net interest margin was offset by a drop in fee and commission income (notably on foreign exchange). Operating expenses were down by -1.1% to -€361 million, due to the decrease in ISB integration costs compared to the second quarter of 2024 (32). Apart from this effect, expenses were up slightly pending the acceleration of synergies. As a result, gross operating income was up by +3.8% to €158 million in the second quarter of 2025. The cost/income ratio for the second quarter of 2025 stood at 69.6%, down -1.0 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. Consequently, pre-tax income was up by +8.8% and stood at €165 million in the second quarter of 2025. Net income Group share rose +21.1% compared to second quarter 2024.

    Stated revenues for first half 2025 were up +1.5% compared with first half 2024, buoyed by the strong commercial momentum and a favourable trend in the interest margin over the period. Expenses declined -1.3% and included -€13.7 million in integration costs related to the acquisition of ISB’s activities (versus -€44.3 million in integration costs in the first half of 2024). Gross operating income rose +8.8% increase compared to first half 2024.
    The cost/income ratio stood at 70.1%, down 2.0 points compared to the second half of 2024. The additional net income target (33)of +€100 million in 2026 following the integration of ISB is confirmed and the rate of progression in synergies realised is approximately 60%.

    Finally, the contribution of the business line to net income Group share in the first half of 2025 was €168 million, representing a +13.9% increase compared to the first half of 2024.

    Specialised financial services activity

    Crédit Agricole Personal Finance & Mobility’s (CAPFM) commercial production totalled €12.4 billion in second quarter 2025, an increase of +2.4% from second quarter 2024, and an increase of +12.4% compared to first quarter 2025. This increase was carried by traditional consumer finance, while the automobile activity remained stable in a still complex market in Europe and China. The share of automotive financing (34) in quarterly new business production stood at 49.6%. The average customer rate for production was down slightly by -9 basis points from the first quarter of 2025. CAPFM assets under management stood at €121.0 billion at end-June 2025, up +4.5% from end-June 2024, over all scopes (Automotive +6.6% (35), LCL and Regional Banks +4.2%, Other Entities +2.5%), benefiting from the expansion of the management portfolio with the Regional Banks and the promising development of car rental with Leasys and Drivalia. Lastly, consolidated outstandings totalled €68.0 billion at end-June 2025, down -0.9% from end-June 2024.

    The commercial production of Crédit Agricole Leasing & Factoring (CAL&F) was down -19.4% from second quarter 2024 in leasing, primarily in France in an unfavourable market context (36). In International, production was up, particularly in Poland. Leasing outstandings rose +5.0% year-on-year, both in France (+4.1%) and internationally (+8.6%), to reach €20.8 billion at end-June 2025 (of which €16.4 billion in France and €4.5 billion internationally). Commercial production in factoring was up +26.6% versus second quarter 2024, carried by France, which rose +83.8%, which benefited from the signing of a significant contract; international fell by -27.0%, mainly in Germany. Factoring outstandings at end-June 2025 were up +3.7% compared to end-June 2024, and factored revenues were up by +5.0% compared to the same period in 2024.

    Specialised financial services’ results

    In the second quarter of 2025, revenues of the Specialised Financial Services division were €881 million, down -1.0% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Expenses stood at -€438 million, down -1.0% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio stood at 49.8%, stable compared to the same period in 2024. Gross operating income thus stood at €442 million, down -1.0% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Cost of risk amounted to -€235 million, up +11.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Income for the equity-accounted entities amounted to -€13 million, a significant decline from second quarter 2024 which was €29 million, mainly linked to the drop in remarketing revenues for CAPFM as well as a depreciation of goodwill for CAL&F. Pre-tax income for the division amounted to €194 million, down -26.7% compared to the same period in 2024. Net income Group share amounted to €114 million, down -38.9% compared to the same period in 2024.

    In the first half of 2025, revenues for the Specialised Financial Services division were €1,749 million, which was up +0.8% from first half 2024. Operating expenses were up +1.7% from first half 2024 at -€912 million. Gross operating income amounted to €837 million, stable (-0.2%) in relation to first half 2024. The cost/income ratio stood at 52.1%, up +0.5 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. The cost of risk increased by +12.8% compared to the first quarter of 2024 to -€484 million. The contribution of the equity-accounted entities dropped -62.2% from the same period in 2024, mainly linked to the decline in remarketing revenues CAPFM and a depreciation of goodwill for CAL&F (in the second quarter of 2025). Net income Group share includes the corporate tax additional charge in France and amounted to €263 million, down -20.3% compared to the same period in 2024.

    The business line contributed 6% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-June 2025 and 12% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

    At 30 June 2025, the equity allocated to the division was €7.7 billion and its risk weighted assets were €80.7 billion.

    Personal Finance and Mobility results

    In the second quarter of 2025, CAPFM revenues totalled €697 million, up +0.3% from the second quarter of 2024, with a positive price effect benefiting from the improvement in the production margin rate, which rose +35 basis points compared to second quarter 2024 (and which was down -7 basis points from first quarter 2025), partially absorbed by the increase in subordinated debt (37). Expenses totalled -€339 million, a drop of -1.1% and the jaws effect was positive over the quarter at +1.3 percentage points. Gross operating income thus stood at €358 million, an increase of +1.5% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio stood at 48.7%, up -0.6 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. The cost of risk stood at -€228 million, up +19.6% from the second quarter of 2024. The cost of risk/outstandings thus stood at 135 basis points(38), a slight deterioration of +5 basis points compared to the first quarter of 2025, especially in international activities. The Non Performing Loans ratio was 4.6% at end-June 2025, slightly up by +0.1 percentage points compared to end-March 2025, while the coverage ratio reached 73.2%, down -0.2 percentage points compared to end-March 2025. The contribution from the equity-accounted entities fell by -71.4% compared to the same period in 2024, related mainly to the drop in remarketing revenues. Pre-tax income amounted to €140 million, down -27.1% compared to the same period in 2024. Net income Group share amounted to €81 million, down -38.4% compared to the previous year.

    In the first half of 2025, CAPFM revenues reached €1,380 million, i.e. +1.1% over the first half of 2024, benefiting from volume and positive price effects partially offset by the increase in subordinated debt37. The expenses came to -€709 million, up +1.7% compared to the first half of 2024, related primarily to employee expenses and IT expenses. Gross operating income stood at €671 million, up +0.6%. The cost/income ratio stood at 51.4%, up +0.3 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. The cost of risk rose by +16.3% over the first half of 2024 to -€453 million, notably related to a slight degradation on the international subsidiaries. The contribution from equity-accounted entities fell by -25.9% compared to the same period in 2024, primarily due to the decline in remarketing revenues. Therefore, net income Group share, which includes the additional corporate tax charge in France, amounted to €188 million, down -18.7% from the first half of 2024.

    Leasing & Factoring results

    In the second quarter of 2025, CAL&F revenues totalled €183 million, down -5.4% from second quarter 2024 due to the decline in factoring margins (related to the rate decrease). Revenues were up in leasing. Operating expenses stood at -€99 million, down -0.8% over the quarter, and the cost/income ratio stood at 54.0%, an improvement of +2.6 percentage points compared to the second quarter of 2024. Gross operating income stood at €84 million, down -10.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost of risk includes a provision reversal on performing loans of +€20 million and thus amounted to -€7 million over the quarter, a drop of -63.9% from the same period in 2024. Cost of risk/outstandings stood at 21 basis points38, down -4 basis points compared to second quarter 2024. Income of the equity-accounted entities totalled -€22 million in second quarter 2025, a sharp decline from second quarter 2024 at -€2 million, due to a depreciation of goodwill. Pre-tax income amounted to €54 million, down -25.4% compared to the same period in 2024. Net income Group share includes the corporate tax additional charge in France and amounted to €33 million, down -40.2% compared to the previous year.

    In the first half of 2025, revenues were stable (-0.6%) from first half 2024 at €369 million with an increase on leasing absorbed by a decrease in factoring margins because of the decrease in rates. Operating expenses increased by +1.9% to -€203 million. Gross operating income was down -3.5% from the first half of 2024 to total €166 million. The cost/income ratio stood at 55.0%, up +1.3 percentage points compared to first half 2024. The cost of risk declined from the first half of 2024 (-21.8%) because of a provision reversal of +€20 million on performing loans in the second quarter of 2025. The contribution of the equity-accounted entities amounted to -€24 million in the first half of 2025, down sharply from the first half of 2024 at -€4 million due to a depreciation of goodwill in first half 2025. Finally, net income Group share includes the additional corporate tax charge in France and amounted to €75 million, down -24.1% from the first half of 2024.

    Crédit Agricole S.A. Retail Banking activity

    In Retail Banking at Crédit Agricole S.A. this quarter, loan production in France continued its upturn compared to the second quarter of 2024. It was down in Italy in a very competitive housing market. The number of customers with insurance is progressing.

    Retail banking activity in France

    In the second quarter of 2025, activity was steady, with an upturn in loan activity, especially real estate loans, compared with the second quarter of 2024, and an increase in inflows. Customer acquisition remained dynamic, with 68,000 new customers this quarter.

    The equipment rate for car, multi-risk home, health, legal, all mobile phones or personal accident insurance rose by +0.6 percentage points to stand at 28.4% at end-June 2025.

    Loan production totalled €6.8 billion, representing a year-on-year increase of +14%. Second quarter 2025 recorded an increase in the production of real estate loans (+24% over second quarter 2024). The average production rate for home loans came to 3.07%, down -11 basis points from the first quarter of 2025 and -77 basis points year on year. The home loan stock rate improved by +3 basis points over the quarter and by +18 basis points year on year. The strong momentum continued in the corporate market (+10% year on year) and the small business market (+15% year on year) and remains up in the consumer finance segment (+2%).

    Outstanding loans stood at €171.5 billion at end-June 2025, representing a quarter-on-quarter increase (+0.5%) and year-on-year (+2.0%, including +1.8% for home loans, +1.7% for loans to small businesses, and +3.4% for corporate loans). Customer assets totalled €256.0 billion at end-June 2025, up +1.7% year on year, driven by off-balance sheet funds and with a slight increase of on-balance sheet deposits. Over the quarter, customer assets remained stable at -0.2% in relation to end-March 2025, with an increase of demand deposits for +2.6% while term deposits dropped -8.5% over the quarter in an environment that remains uncertain. Off-balance sheet deposits benefited from a positive year-on-year market effect and on the quarter and positive net inflows in life insurance.

    Retail banking activity in Italy

    In the second quarter of 2025, CA Italia posted gross customer capture of 54,000.

    Loans outstanding at CA Italia at the end of June 2025 stood at €62.0 billion (39), up +1.6% compared with end-June 2024, in an Italian market up slightly (40), driven by the retail market, which posted an increase in outstandings of +2.8%. The loan stock rate declined by -96 basis points against the second quarter of 2024 and by -24 basis points from the first quarter of 2025. Loan production for the quarter was down -8.1% compared with a high second quarter 2024, in a very competitive home market in the second quarter of 2025. Loan production for the half rose by +1.3% compared with the first half of 2024.

    Customer assets at end-June 2025 totalled €120.5 billion, up +3.2% compared with end-June 2024; on-balance sheet deposits were relatively unchanged (+0.3%) from end-June 2024. Finally, off-balance sheet deposits increased by +6.9% over the same period and benefited from net flows and a positive market effect.

    CA Italia’s equipment rate in car, multi-risk home, health, legal, all mobile phones or personal accident insurance was 20.6%, up +0.9 percentage points over the second quarter of 2024.

    International Retail Banking activity excluding Italy

    For International Retail Banking excluding Italy, loan outstandings were €7.4 billion, up +5.2% at current exchange rates at end-June 2025 compared with end-June 2024 (+6.6% at constant exchange rates). Customer assets rose by +€11.7 billion and were up +6.4% over the same period at current exchange rates (+9.7% at constant exchange rates).

    In Poland in particular, loan outstandings increased by +5.2% compared to end-June 2024 (+3.6% at constant exchange rates) driven by the retail segment and on-balance sheet deposits of +8.2% (+6.6% at constant exchange rates). Loan production in Poland rose this quarter compared to the second quarter of 2024 (+7.9% at current exchange rates and +6.5% at constant exchange rates). In addition, gross customer capture in Poland reached 48,000 new customers this quarter.

    In Egypt, commercial activity was strong in all markets. Loans outstanding rose +6.8% between end-June 2025 and end-June 2024 (+20.9% at constant exchange rates). Over the same period, on-balance sheet deposits increased by +9.0%% and were up +23.3% at constant exchange rates.

    Liquidity is still very strong with a net surplus of deposits over loans in Poland and Egypt amounting to +€2.0 billion at 30 June 2025, and reached €3.5 billion including Ukraine.

    French retail banking results

    In the second quarter of 2025, LCL revenues amounted to €976 million, stable from the second quarter of 2024. The increase in fee and commission income (+3.1% over second quarter 2024) was driven by the strong momentum in insurance (life and non-life). NIM was down -3.4%, under the impact of an unfavourable base effect, but improved compared to the first quarter of 2025 (+7.8%), thanks to the progressive repricing of loans and the decrease in the cost of customer-related funds (which benefited from a positive change in the deposit mix) and of refinancing, offset by a lower contribution from macro-hedging.

    Expenses were up slightly by +1.0% and stood at -€597 million linked to ongoing investments. The cost/income ratio stood at 61.1%, an increase by 0.8 percentage points compared to second quarter 2024. Gross operating income fell by -2.4% to €380 million.

    The cost of risk was stable (-0.3% compared with second quarter 2024) and amounted to -€95 million (including an addition to provisions of -€104 million on proven risk and a reversal of +€10 million on healthy loans, incorporating the impact of the scenario update offset by the model update. The cost of risk/outstandings was stable at 20 basis points, with its level still high in the professional market. The coverage ratio still remains at a high level and was 60.9% at the end of June 2025. The Non Performing Loans ratio was 2.1% at the end of June 2025.

    Finally, pre-tax income stood at €286 million, down -3.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024, and net income Group share was down -5.7% from the second quarter of 2024.

    In the first half of 2025, LCL revenues were stable, up +0.3% compared to first half 2024 and totalled €1,939 million. The net interest margin was down (-2.6%), benefiting from gradual loan repricing and lower funding and refinancing costs, although the impact of macro-hedging remained positive, though less favourable, and there was an unfavourable base effect in the second quarter. Fee and commission income rose +3.4% compared to first half 2024, particularly on insurance. Expenses rose by +2.4% over the period and the cost/income ratio remained under control (+1.3 percentage points compared with first half 2024) at 63.0%. Gross operating income fell by -3.1% and the cost of risk improved by -12.9%. Lastly, the business line’s contribution to net income Group share includes the additional corporate tax charge in France and amounted to €337 million (-14.4% compared to the first half of 2024).

    In the end, the business line contributed 8% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) in the second quarter of 2025 and 13% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre division.

    At 30 June 2025, the equity allocated to the business line stood at €5.3 billion and risk weighted assets amounted to €55.7 billion.

    International Retail Banking results (41)

    In the second quarter of 2025, revenues for International Retail Banking totalled €1,007 million, down compared with the second quarter of 2024 (-1.9% at current exchange rates, -1.3% at constant exchange rates). Operating expenses amounted to -€520 million, down -6.3% (-6.0% at constant exchange rates), and benefited from the end of the contribution to the DGS in 2025, which was recorded for -€58 million in the second quarter of 2024. Gross operating income consequently totalled €487 million, up +3.2% (+4.3% at constant exchange rates) for the period. Cost of risk amounted to -€61 million, down -15.5% compared to second quarter 2024 (-19.8% at constant exchange rates). All in all, net income Group share for CA Italia, CA Egypt, CA Poland and CA Ukraine amounted to €238 million in the second quarter of 2025, up +4.3% (and +6.4% at constant exchange rates).

    In first half 2025, International Retail Banking revenues fell by -2.5% to €2,033 million (-0.7% at constant exchange rates). Operating expenses totalled -€1,035 million, down -2.4% (-4% at constant exchange rates) from the first half of 2024, and benefited from the end of the contribution to the DGS in 2025, which had been recorded for -€58 million in the second quarter of 2024. Gross operating income totalled €998 million, down -2.6% (+2.9% at constant exchange rates). The cost of risk fell by -17.3% (-14.2% at constant exchange rates) to -€128 million compared to first half 2024. Ultimately, net income Group share of International Retail Banking was €483 million, stable in comparison with €485 million in the first half of 2024.

    At 30 June 2025, the capital allocated to International Retail Banking was €4.3 billion and risk weighted assets totalled €44.9 billion.

    Results in Italy

    In the second quarter of 2025, Crédit Agricole Italia’s revenues amounted to €767 million, down -2.2% from second quarter 2024, due to the decline in the net interest margin (-4.4% compared with the second quarter of 2024 related to the decrease in rates). The net interest margin was up +2% compared to first quarter 2025. Fee and commission income on managed assets rose significantly by +11.6% compared to second quarter 2024. Operating expenses were -€398 million, down -9.5% from second quarter 2024, due to the end of the contribution to the DGS in 2025, whereas an amount of -€58 million had been recognised in this respect in the second quarter of 2024. Excluding the DGS, expenses rose by +4.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024 because of employee and IT expenses to support the growth of the business lines.

    The cost of risk was -€45 million in the second quarter of 2025, a decrease of -26.4% from second quarter 2024, and continues to fall with an improvement in the quality of the assets and the coverage ratio. In effect, the cost of risk/outstandings (42) is 36 basis points, an improvement of 3 basis points versus the first quarter of 2025; the Non Performing Loans ratio is 2.7% and is improved from the first quarter of 2025, just like the coverage ratio which is 81.0% (+3.1 percentage points over the first quarter of 2025). This translates into a net income Group share of €172 million for CA Italia, up +12.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

    In first half 2025, revenues for Crédit Agricole Italia fell by -0.9% to €1,545 million. Operating expenses amounted to -€781 million, down -4.8% from the first half of 2024, and an increase of +2.4% excluding the DGS for -€58 million in the second quarter of 2024. This took gross operating income to €763 million, up +3.4% compared to first half 2024. The cost of risk amounted to -€102 million, down -17.2% compared to the first half of 2024. As a result, net income Group share of CA Italia totalled €350 million, an increase of +5.2% compared to first half 2024.

    Results for Crédit Agricole Group in Italy (43)

    In the first half of 2025, the net income Group share of entities in Italy amounted to €652 million, down -1.1% compared to the first half of 2024. The breakdown by business line is as follows: Retail Banking 54%; Specialised Financial Services 14%; Asset Gathering and Insurance 19%; and Large Customers 13%. Lastly, Italy’s contribution to net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A. in first half 2025 was 15%.

    International Retail Banking results – excluding Italy

    In the second quarter of 2025, revenues for International Retail Banking excluding Italy totalled €240 million, down -1.1% (+1.7% at constant exchange rates) compared to the second quarter of 2024. Revenues in Poland were up +9.5% in the second quarter of 2024 (+8.3% at constant exchange rates), boosted by net interest margin and fee and commission income. Revenues in Egypt were down -9.2% (-4.8% at constant exchange rates) with a residual base effect related to the exceptional foreign exchange activity of the second quarter of 2024. The increase in fee and commission income does not offset the slight decline in net interest margin. Operating expenses for International Retail Banking excluding Italy amounted to -€123 million, up +6.0% compared to the second quarter of 2024 (+7.5% at constant exchange rates) due to the effect of employee expenses and taxes in Poland as well as employee expenses and IT expenses in Egypt. At constant exchange rates, the jaws effect was positive by +2.6 percentage points in Poland. Gross operating income amounted to €117 million, down -7.5% (-3.6% at constant exchange rates) compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost of risk is low at -€16 million, compared with -€11 million in the second quarter of 2024. Furthermore, at end-June 2025, the coverage ratio for loan outstandings remained high in Poland and Egypt, at 124% and 135%, respectively. In Ukraine, the local coverage ratio remains prudent (558%). All in all, the contribution of International Retail Banking excluding Italy to net income Group share was €66 million, down -11.9% compared with the second quarter of 2024 (-6.5% at constant exchange rates).

    In the first half of 2025, revenues for International Retail Banking excluding Italy totalled €488 million, down -7.1% (-1.1% at constant exchange rates) compared to the first half of 2024. Operating expenses amounted to -€254 million, up +5.9% compared to the first half of 2024 (+8.4% at constant exchange rates). The cost/income ratio stood at 52.0% at the end of June 2025, decreasing by 6.4 percentage points compared to the first half of 2024. Gross operating income amounted to €235 million, down -17.9% (-9.7% at constant exchange rates) compared to the first half of 2024. Cost of risk amounted to -€26 million, down -17.8% (-19.7% at constant exchange rates) compared to the first half of 2024. All in all, International Retail Banking excluding Italy contributed €133 million to net income Group share.

    At 30 June 2025, the entire Retail Banking business line contributed 19% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) and 28% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

    At 30 June 2025, the division’s equity amounted to €9.6 billion. Its risk weighted assets totalled €100.6 billion.

    Corporate Centre results

    The net income Group share of the Corporate Centre was -€22 million in second quarter 2025, up +€217 million compared to second quarter 2024. The contribution of the Corporate Centre division can be analysed by distinguishing between the “structural” contribution (-€60 million) and other items (+€39 million).
    The contribution of the “structural” component (-€60 million) was up by +€184 million compared with the second quarter of 2024 and can be broken down into three types of activity:

    • The activities and functions of the Corporate Centre of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Parent Company. This contribution was -€287 million in the second quarter of 2025, up +€45 million.
    • The businesses that are not part of the business lines, such as CACIF (Private equity), CA Immobilier, CATE and BforBank (equity-accounted), and other investments. Their contribution, at +€217 million in the second quarter of 2025, was up +€140 million compared to the second quarter of 2024, including the positive impact of the Banco BPM dividend linked to an increased stake of 19.8% combined with a rise in the value of the securities (+€143 million).
    • Group support functions. Their contribution amounted to +€9 million this quarter (unchanged compared with the second quarter of 2024).

    The contribution from “other items” amounted to +€39 million, up +€32 million compared to the second quarter of 2024, mainly due to ESTER/BOR volatility factors.

    The underlying net income Group share of the Corporate Centre division in first half 2025 was -€124 million, up +€221 million compared to first half 2024. The structural component contributed -€114 million, while the division’s other items contributed -€10 million over the half-year.
    The “structural” component contribution was up +€237 million compared to first half 2024 and can be broken down into three types of activity:

    • The activities and functions of the Corporate Centre of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Parent Company. This contribution amounted to -€601 million for first half 2025, up +€26 million compared to first half 2024;
    • Business lines not attached to the core businesses, such as Crédit Agricole CIF (private equity) and CA Immobilier, BforBank and other investments: their contribution, which stood at +€469 million in first half 2025, an increase compared to the first half of 2024 (+€207 million).
    • The Group’s support functions: their contribution for the first half of 2025 was +€18 million, up +€4 million compared to the first half of 2024.

    The contribution of “other items” was down -€15 million compared to first half 2024.

    At 30 June 2025, risk weighted assets stood at €38.3 billion.

    Financial strength

    Crédit Agricole Group has the best level of solvency among European Global Systemically Important Banks.

    Capital ratios for Crédit Agricole Group are well above regulatory requirements. At 30 June 2025, the phased Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (CET1) for Crédit Agricole Group stood at 17.6%, or a substantial buffer of 7.7 percentage points above regulatory requirements. Over the quarter, the CET1 ratio remained stable, reflecting the increase in retained earnings of +31 basis points (bp), -29 bp of organic growth in the business lines, +5 bp of methodological impact and -13 bp of M&A transactions, OCI and other items.

    Crédit Agricole S.A., in its capacity as the corporate centre of the Crédit Agricole Group, fully benefits from the internal legal solidarity mechanism as well as the flexibility of capital circulation within the Crédit Agricole Group. Its phased-in CET1 ratio as at 30 June 2025 stood at 11.9%, 3.2 percentage points above the regulatory requirement, -20 bp compared to the March 2025. The change over the quarter was due to the retained earnings of +28 bp, business lines’ organic growth of -23 bp, +4 bp from methodology impacts and -33 bp from M&A transactions, OCI and other44. The proforma CET1 ratio Including M&A transactions completed after 30 June 2025 would be 11.6%.

    The breakdown of the change in Crédit Agricole S.A.’s risk weighted assets by business line is the combined result of:  +€3.4 billion for the Retail Banking divisions linked to changes in the business lines, -€0.3 billion for Asset Gathering, taking into account the increase in insurance dividends, +€1.7 billion for Specialised Financial Services, -€7.0 billion for Large Customers, linked to favourable methodology and FX impact and moderate business line growth, and  +€3.2 billion for the Corporate Centre division, notably linked to the impact of the increase in the Banco BPM stake to 19.8%.

    For the Crédit Agricole Group, the Regional Banks’ risk weighted assets increased by +€6.9 billion. The evolution of the other businesses follows the same trend as for Crédit Agricole S.A.

    Crédit Agricole Group’s financial structure

        Crédit Agricole Group   Crédit Agricole S.A.
        30/06/25 31/03/25 Exigences 30/06/25   30/06/25 31/03/25 Exigences 30/06/25
    Phased-in CET1 ratio45   17.6% 17.6% 9.88%   11.9% 12.1% 8.71%
    Tier1 ratio45   18.9% 19.0% 11.72%   14.0% 14.3% 10.52%
    Total capital ratio45   21.4% 21.8% 14.17%   17.8% 18.4% 12.94%
    Risk-weighted assets (€bn)   649 641     406 405  
    Leverage ratio   5.6% 5.6% 3.5%   3.9% 4.0% 3.0%
    Leverage exposure (€bn)   2,191 2,173     1,445 1,434  
    TLAC ratio (% RWA)45,46   27.6% 28.5% 22.4%        
    TLAC ratio (% LRE)46   8.2% 8.4% 6.75%        
    Subordinated MREL ratio (% RWA)45   27.6% 28.5% 21.6%        
    Subordinated MREL ratio (% LRE)   8.2% 8.4% 6.25%        
    Total MREL ratio (% RWA)45   32.7% 34.0% 26.2%        
    Total MREL ratio (% LRE)   9.7% 10.0% 6.25%        
    Distance to the distribution restriction trigger (€bn)47   46 46     13 14  

    For Crédit Agricole S.A., the distance to the trigger for distribution restrictions is the distance to the MDA trigger48, i.e. 318 basis points, or €13 billion of CET1 capital at 30 June 2025. Crédit Agricole S.A. is not subject to either the L-MDA (distance to leverage ratio buffer requirement) or the M-MDA (distance to MREL requirements).

    For Crédit Agricole Group, the distance to the trigger for distribution restrictions is the distance to the L-MDA trigger at 30 June 2025. Crédit Agricole Group posted a buffer of 209 basis points above the L-MDA trigger, i.e. €46 billion in Tier 1 capital.

    At 30 June 2025, Crédit Agricole Group’s TLAC and MREL ratios are well above requirements49. Crédit Agricole Group posted a buffer of 530 basis points above the M-MDA trigger, i.e. €34 billion in CET1 capital. At this date, the distance to the M-MDA trigger corresponds to the distance between the TLAC ratio and the corresponding requirement. The Crédit Agricole Group’s 2025 target is to maintain a TLAC ratio greater than or equal to 26% of RWA excluding eligible senior preferred debt.

    Liquidity and Funding

    Liquidity is measured at Crédit Agricole Group level.

    As of 31 December 2024, changes have been made to the presentation of the Group’s liquidity position (liquidity reserves and balance sheet, breakdown of long-term debt). These changes are described in the 2024 Universal Registration Document.

    Diversified and granular customer deposits remain stable compared to March 2025 (€1,147 billion at end-June 2025).

    The Group’s liquidity reserves, at market value and after haircuts50, amounted to €471 billion at 30 June 2025, down -€16 billion compared to 31 March 2025.

    Liquidity reserves covered more than twice the short-term debt net of treasury assets.

    This change in liquidity reserves is notably explained by:

    • The decrease in the securities portfolio (HQLA and non-HQLA) for -€7 billion;
    • The decrease in collateral already pledged to Central Banks and unencumbered for -€13 billion, linked to the decline in self-securitisations for -€7 billion and the decrease in receivables eligible for central bank for -€6 billion;
    • The increase in central bank deposits for +€4 billion.

    Crédit Agricole Group also continued its efforts to maintain immediately available reserves (after recourse to ECB financing). Central bank eligible non-HQLA assets after haircuts amounted to €131 billion.

    Standing at €1,696 billion at 30 June 2025, the Group’s liquidity balance sheet shows a surplus of stable funding resources over stable application of funds of €179 billion, down -€18 billion compared with end-March 2025. This surplus remains well above the Medium-Term Plan target of €110bn-€130bn.

    Long term debt was €316 billion at 30 June 2025, slightly up compared with end-March 2025. This included:

    • Senior secured debt of €93 billion, up +€4 billion;
    • Senior preferred debt of €162 billion;
    • Senior non-preferred debt of €38 billion, down -€2 billion due to the MREL/TLAC eligible debt;
    • And Tier 2 securities of €23 billion, down -€1 billion.

    Credit institutions are subject to a threshold for the LCR ratio, set at 100% on 1 January 2018.

    At 30 June 2025, the average LCR ratios (calculated on a rolling 12-month basis) were 137% for Crédit Agricole Group (representing a surplus of €87 billion) and 142% for Crédit Agricole S.A. (representing a surplus of €84 billion). They were higher than the Medium-Term Plan target (around 110%).

    In addition, the NSFR of Crédit Agricole Group and Crédit Agricole S.A. exceeded 100%, in accordance with the regulatory requirement applicable since 28 June 2021 and above the Medium-Term Plan target (>100%).

    The Group continues to follow a prudent policy as regards medium-to-long-term refinancing, with a very diversified access to markets in terms of investor base and products.

    At 30 June 2025, the Group’s main issuers raised the equivalent of €21.3 billion51in medium-to-long-term debt on the market, 84% of which was issued by Crédit Agricole S.A.

    In particular, the following amounts are noted for the Group excluding Crédit Agricole S.A.:

    • Crédit Agricole Assurances issued €750 million in RT1 perpetual NC10.75 year;
    • Crédit Agricole Personal Finance & Mobility issued:
      • €1 billion in EMTN issuances through Crédit Agricole Auto Bank (CAAB);
      • €420 million in securitisations through Agos;
    • Crédit Agricole Italia issued one senior secured debt issuance for a total of €1 billion;
    • Crédit Agricole next bank (Switzerland) issued two tranches in senior secured format for a total of 200 million Swiss francs, of which 100 million Swiss francs in Green Bond format.

    At 30 June 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A. raised the equivalent of €16.5 billion through the market 51,52.

    The bank raised the equivalent of €16.5 billion, of which €7.3 billion in senior non-preferred debt and €2.8 billion in Tier 2 debt, as well as €1.7 billion in senior preferred debt and €4.7 billion in senior secured debt at end-June. The financing comprised a variety of formats and currencies, including:

    • €2.75 billion 52,53 ;
    • 5.4 billion US dollars (€5.1 billion equivalent);
    • 1.6 billion pounds sterling (€1.9 billion equivalent);
    • 179.3 billion Japanese yen (€1.1 billion equivalent);
    • 0.4 billion Singapore dollars (€0.3 billion equivalent);
    • 0.6 billion Australian dollars (€0.4 billion equivalent);
    • 0.3 billion Swiss francs (€0.3 billion equivalent).

    At end-June, Crédit Agricole S.A. had issued 77%52,53 of its funding plan in currencies other than the euro.

    In addition, on 13 February 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A. issued a PerpNC10 AT1 bond for €1.5 billion at an initial rate of 5.875% and announced on 30 April 2025 the regulatory call exercise for the AT1 £ with £103m outstanding (XS1055037920) – ineligible, grandfathered until 28/06/2025 – redeemed on 30/06/2025.

    The 2025 MLT market funding programme was set at €20 billion, with a balanced distribution between senior preferred or senior secured debt and senior non-preferred or Tier 2 debt.

    The programme was 82% completed at 30 June 2025, with:

    • €4.7 billion in senior secured debt;
    • €1.7 billion equivalent in senior preferred debt;
    • €7.3 billion equivalent in senior non-preferred debt;
    • €2.8 billion equivalent in Tier 2 debt.

    Economic and financial environment

    Review of the first half of 2025

    An even more conflict-ridden and unpredictable environment, causing a slowdown

    The first half of the year took place in an even more conflict-ridden and unpredictable environment, marked by open wars and powerful geopolitical and trade tensions. The war in Ukraine remained a major unresolved issue: President Trump’s initiatives aimed at ending the conflict proved fruitless, while signalling a strategic shift in US policy, notably away from protecting European territory. President Trump’s statements on NATO (demanding that military spending be increased to 5% of GDP) forced Europe to accelerate the overhaul of its defence strategy, as evidenced by the announcement of a white paper detailing defence support measures worth €800 billion. With the Israeli-Palestinian conflict continuing without any lasting political solution in sight, international tensions peaked in June with Israel’s attack on Iran, quickly joined by its US ally. After twelve days of clashes, a ceasefire was announced on 24 June.

    Donald Trump’s return to the US presidency has obviously resulted in a protectionist offensive of unexpected violence. This offensive culminated in “Liberation Day” on 2 April, when “reciprocal” tariffs were imposed on all of the United States’ trading partners. While China was particularly targeted, the European Union was also severely affected; even the countries participating in the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA, United States, Canada, Mexico) were not spared, as they were subject to sector-specific tariffs applicable everywhere (steel, aluminium, automobiles, semiconductors). However, these announcements were followed by a presidential U-turn on 9 April, with reciprocal tariffs being lowered to 10% and a 90-day truce agreed upon to allow for the negotiation of bilateral trade agreements. At the end of this pause (9 July), the US president decided to extend it (to 1 August), offering hope to major trading partners (the European Union, Japan and South Korea) that agreements could be reached to reduce tariffs, while leaving economic players in uncertainty about international trade conditions. Only the United Kingdom, China and Vietnam have signed an agreement.

    The unpredictability of US trade policy, characterised by dramatic announcements followed by partial reversals, has created ongoing uncertainty. In the first half of the year, this was reflected in mixed economic and financial performances across countries, suggesting a more pronounced global slowdown. The IMF has therefore revised its global growth forecast for 2025 downwards to 2.8% (a decrease of -0.5 percentage points (pp) compared to its January forecast and the growth observed in 2024).

    The US economy has shown early signs of slowing down, hit by weaker consumer spending and, above all, a sharp rise in imports as companies seek to build up stocks ahead of the entry into force of new tariffs. GDP contracted by 0.5% in the first quarter (annualised quarter-on-quarter change). After moderating but remaining above the Federal Reserve’s (Fed) 2% target, inflation (year-on-year) stood at 2.7% in June (after 2.4% in May). Core inflation (excluding volatile components, food and energy) reached 2.9%; the increase in tariffs (although not yet finalised) already seems to be visible in the cost of certain goods (furniture, textiles and clothing, household appliances). Despite this turbulence, the job market has stayed relatively strong (unemployment rate at 4.2% in May, still within the narrow range it has been in since May 2024), providing some stability for an otherwise fragile economy.

    In China, despite a very difficult external environment and punitive US tariffs, growth (5.4% and 5.2% in the first and second quarters) stabilised above the official target of 5% for 2025. While consumption is sluggish, a weakness reflected in the absence of inflation (which has not exceeded 1% year-on-year since February 2024), exports have continued to accelerate, making a surprising contribution to growth. At 2.1 percentage points in the first quarter of 2025, the contribution from net external demand reached an historic high (excluding Covid), reflecting China’s undisputed dominance in global manufacturing, although temporary positive effects (anticipation of US tariffs at the beginning of the year) should not be overlooked.

    In an unfavourable environment, the eurozone held up well, with growth initially estimated at 0.3% (quarter-on-quarter) and then revised upwards (0.6%, or 1.5% year-on-year). Growth in the eurozone was mainly driven by investment, followed by net external demand and finally household consumption (with respective contributions to growth of 0.4 pp, 0.3 pp and 0.1 pp), while inventories subtracted 0.1 pp from growth and final public expenditure was “neutral”. This overall performance continued to mask varying national fortunes: among the largest member countries, Spain continued to post very strong growth (0.6%) and Germany saw an upturn (0.4%), while Italy and France posted fairly sustained (0.3%) and weak (0.1%) growth rates, respectively. Continued disinflation (to 1.9% year-on-year in May after 2.2% in April and 2.6% in May 2024) and anchored expectations made it possible for the ECB to continue its monetary easing, reassured by the convergence of inflation towards its 2% target.

    In France, in particular, after benefiting from the boost provided by the Paris Olympic and Paralympic Games in the third quarter of 2024 (+0.4% quarter-on-quarter), activity declined slightly in the last quarter of last year (-0.1%) due to after-effects. It picked up again in the first quarter of 2025, but growth remained weak (+0.1%). Domestic demand, which contributed negatively to growth, is largely responsible for this sluggishness. Household consumption declined (-0.2%), undermined by a record savings rate (18% of household disposable income, compared with 15.4% in the eurozone) for 45 years (excluding the Covid period), while public consumption slowed (+0.2% after +0.4%). Investment continued to stagnate, reflecting the fact that companies in France are more indebted than in the rest of the eurozone (making them more vulnerable to past interest rate hikes) and the budgetary efforts of public administrations to reduce the public deficit. As a result, domestic demand weighed on growth in the first quarter (-0.1 pp). However, it was mainly foreign trade that undermined growth (-0.8 pp) due to the collapse of exports, particularly in the aerospace sector. Unlike its European peers, France did not benefit from the sharp rise in global trade in the first quarter (+1.7%) in anticipation of US tariffs.

    In terms of monetary policy, the first half of 2025 was marked by a notable divergence between the status quo of the Federal Reserve (Fed) and the continued easing by the European Central Bank (ECB). The ECB cut interest rates four times by 25 basis points (bp) each, bringing the cumulative reduction in the deposit rate (2% since 11 June) to 200 bp since the start of easing (June 2024). However, after cutting its policy rate by 100 bp in 2024 (to 4.50%), the Fed kept rates unchanged due to overly modest progress on inflation, even though growth did not appear to be definitively at risk. Inflationary risks linked to tariffs led it to adopt a very cautious stance, which was widely criticised by President Trump.
    The financial markets, while remaining subject to bouts of nervousness prompted by geopolitical events, generally kept pace with Donald Trump’s stated ambitions, their feasibility and his U-turns. Thus, the theme of the American exception at the beginning of the year (growth exceeding potential, resilience despite interest rates set to rise, the privileged status of the dollar, unlimited capacity to borrow and shift risks to the rest of the world) has been supplanted by disenchantment with US assets following “Liberation Day”. Following the president’s backtracking and announcement of a 90-day pause, serious doubts were raised about his ability to truly deliver on his domestic and international commitments. Periods marked by exaggerated negativity have therefore alternated with periods dominated by equally exaggerated positivity.

    Bond markets therefore experienced mixed movements. During the first half of the year, in the United States, the decline in yields (54) on short maturities was ultimately quite sharp (nearly 60 bp for the two-year swap rate to nearly 3.50%) and exceeded that of the ten-year swap rate (down 38 bp to 3.69%), giving the curve a steeper slope. Despite Moody’s rating downgrade, the yield on 10-year sovereign bonds (US Treasuries) fell in line with the swap rate for the same maturity, which it now exceeds by more than 50 bp (at 4.23%). In the eurozone, the steepening effect was less pronounced and unfolded differently: there was a less marked decline in the two-year swap rate (from 22 bp to 1.90%) and an increase in the ten-year swap rate (from 23 bp to 2.57%). Under the influence of the Merz government’s expansionary budget programme, the German 10-year yield (Bund) rose (24 bp to 2.61%) and exceeded the swap rate for the same maturity by a few basis points. Ten-year swap spreads on benchmark European sovereign bonds narrowed in the first half of the year, with Italy posting the strongest performance (spread down 27 bp to 90 bp). This improvement reflects a more favourable perception of Italy’s public finances and a degree of political stability, in contrast to the turbulence of previous years. Italian growth also showed unexpected resilience in the face of trade tensions. Penalised since the dissolution of parliament in June 2024 by a damaging lack of a parliamentary majority and severely deteriorated public finances, the French spread nevertheless narrowed during the half-year, falling from a high level (85 bp) to 71 bp. It now exceeds the Spanish spread (at 67 bp).

    On the equity markets, European indexes outperformed their US counterparts, with the Euro Stoxx 50 up 10% since the start of the year (and a spectacular rise of nearly 25% for the banking sector), while the S&P 500, which was much more volatile over the period, rose by nearly 7%, buoyed by high-tech stocks. The US dollar lost some of its lustre amid economic and international policy uncertainty, with the euro appreciating by 14% against the dollar and 6% in nominal effective terms. Finally, the price of gold rose by 26% in the first half of the year, reaching a record high of US$3,426 per ounce in April, confirming its status as a preferred safe haven during this period of intense uncertainty.

    2025–2026 Outlook

    An anxiety-inducing context, some unprecedented resistance

    The economic and financial scenario, which has already had to contend with the volatility and unpredictability of US economic policy, is unfolding against an even more uncertain international backdrop, in which the risk of disruptive events (blockade of the Strait of Hormuz, incidents affecting infrastructure in the Gulf etc.) cannot be entirely ruled out.

    Our economic scenario for the United States has always been based on a two-step sequence in line with the pace of the economic policy planned by Donald Trump: a positive impact on inflation but a negative impact on growth from tariffs (which fall within the president’s prerogatives), followed by a positive but delayed effect from aggressive budgetary policy (which requires congressional approval). Although our forecasts for 2025 have been revised slightly downwards, our US scenario remains on track, in line with the timetable for economic policy measures: while avoiding recession, growth is expected to slow sharply in 2025, coupled with a pick-up in inflation, before regaining momentum in 2026.

    Even with the recent de-escalation, tariff rates remain significantly higher than they were before Donald Trump’s second election. The negative impact of the new trade policy is the main driver of the decline in the growth forecast for 2025 (1.5% after 2.8% in 2024), while more favourable aspects (the “One Big Beautiful Bill”, tax cuts and deregulation) should contribute to the expected upturn in 2026 (2.2%). The possibility of a recession in 2025 has been ruled out due to solid fundamentals, including lower sensitivity to interest rates, very healthy household finances and a labour market that remains relatively robust, even if there are signs of deterioration. Despite the expected slowdown in growth, our inflation forecasts have been revised upwards. Tariffs are expected to cause year-on-year inflation to rise by around 80 basis points (bp) at peak impact. Although this effect is temporary, inflation (annual average) is expected to reach 2.9% in 2025 and 2.7% in 2026. It is therefore expected to continue to exceed 2%, with underlying inflation stabilising at around 2.5% at the end of 2026.

    In a conflict-ridden and unpredictable external environment, Europe is expected to find salvation in domestic demand, allowing it to better withstand the global slowdown. Two alternative scenarios, between which the balance is delicate, are likely to unfold: a scenario of resilience in the eurozone economy based on an increase in private spending but also, and perhaps above all, in public spending on defence and infrastructure; a scenario of stagnating activity under the effect of a series of negative shocks: competitiveness shocks linked to higher tariffs, appreciation of the euro and the negative impact of uncertainty on private confidence.

    We favour the scenario of resilience against a backdrop of a buoyant labour market, a healthy economic and financial situation for the private sector and a favourable credit cycle. The effective implementation of additional public spending, particularly the “German bazooka”(55), certainly needs to be confirmed. However, this spending could provide the eurozone with growth driven by stronger domestic demand at a time when global growth is slowing. It would offer a type of exceptionalism, especially compared to the past decade, which would put eurozone growth above its medium-term potential. Average annual growth in the eurozone is expected to accelerate slightly in 2025 to 0.9% and strengthen to 1.3% in 2026. Average inflation is expected to continue to moderate, reaching 2.1% and 1.8% in 2025 and 2026, respectively.

    In Germany, the sluggish economy should return to robust growth. Although more exposed than its partners to protectionist policies, the economy should be boosted by the public investment plan. This plan and the removal of barriers to financing infrastructure and defence investment that had previously seemed insurmountable give hope for a significant, albeit not immediate, recovery. While the effects are likely to be minimal in 2025 due to implementation delays, a significant flow of funds is expected in 2026, with positive spillover effects for Germany’s European neighbours and the eurozone as a whole. German growth could recover significantly, rising from -0.2% in 2024 to 0.1% in 2025 and, above all, 1.2% in 2026. In France, growth is expected to remain sluggish in the second quarter of 2025, before accelerating slightly in the second half of the year. The real upturn would not come until 2026, driven by a recovery in investment and the initial favourable impact of German government measures. The risks remain mainly on the downside for activity in the short term. Our scenario assumes growth rates of 0.6% and 1.2% in 2025 and 2026, respectively (after 1.1% in 2024). In Italy, incomplete catching-up and a recent decline in purchasing power, despite strong employment, are likely to limit the potential for a recovery in household consumption. Positive surprises on the investment front are likely to continue, thanks to improved financing conditions and subsidies for the energy and digital transitions. While the recent weakness in industrial orders may weigh on productive investment, construction is holding up well. However, doubts remain about growth potential, with post-pandemic sector allocation favouring less productive sectors. Growth is expected to reach 0.6% in 2025 and 0.7% in 2026 (after 0.7% in 2024).

    The central scenario for the eurozone (developed and quantified in June) assumes that the tariff dispute with the United States will remain unchanged as of 4 June, i.e. a general increase in tariffs to 10% (except for exempted products), 25% on cars and 50% on steel. The risks associated with this central scenario are bearish. The stagnation scenario could materialise if the trade dispute with the United States were to escalate, if competitive pressures were to intensify, if private confidence were to deteriorate significantly and, finally, if fiscal stimulus were to be implemented more gradually than anticipated.

    Such an uncertain environment, characterised by global slowdown and shrinking export opportunities, would certainly have led in the past (and not so long ago) to underperformance by emerging economies, which are further hampered by risk aversion in the markets, higher interest rates and pressure on their currencies. However, despite tariffs (the effects of which will obviously vary greatly from one economy to another), our scenario remains broadly optimistic for the major emerging countries. These countries could show unprecedented resilience thanks to support measures that are likely to partially cushion the impact of an unfavourable environment: relatively strong labour markets, fairly solid domestic demand, monetary easing (with a few exceptions), and a limited slowdown in China (after holding up well in the first half of the year, growth is expected to approach 4.5% in 2025 due to the anticipated slowdown in the second half linked to the trade war). Finally, emerging market currencies have held up well and the risk of defensive rate hikes, which would weigh heavily on growth, is lower than might have been feared. However, these relatively positive prospects are accompanied by higher-than-usual risks due to the unpredictability of US policy.

    In terms of monetary policy, the end of the easing cycles is drawing nearer. In the US, the scenario (a sharp slowdown in 2025, an upturn in 2026 and inflation continuing to significantly exceed the target) and the uncertainties surrounding it should encourage the Fed to remain patient, despite Donald Trump’s calls for a more accommodative policy. The Fed is likely to proceed with a slight easing followed by a long pause. Our scenario still assumes two cuts in 2025, but pushes them back by one quarter (to September and December, from June and September previously). After these two cuts, the Fed is likely to keep rates unchanged with a maximum upper limit of 4% throughout 2026.

    As for the ECB, although it refuses to rule out any future rate cuts, it may well have reached the end of its easing cycle due to an expected recovery in growth and inflation on target. Of course, a deterioration in the economic environment would justify further easing: the ECB stands ready to cut rates if necessary. Our scenario assumes that the deposit rate will remain at 2% in 2026.

    On the interest rate front, in the United States, persistent inflationary risks and a budgetary trajectory deemed unsustainable, a compromised AAA rating, the volatility of economic decisions and heightened investor concerns are exerting upward pressure. Our scenario assumes a 10-year US Treasury yield of around 4.70% at the end of 2025 and 4.95% at the end of 2026. In the eurozone, resilient growth that is expected to accelerate, inflation on target and the ECB believed to have almost completed its easing cycle point to a slight rise in interest rates and a stabilisation or even tightening of sovereign spreads. The German 10-year yield (Bund) could thus approach 2.90% at the end of 2025 and 2.95% at the end of 2026. For the same maturity, the spread offered by France relative to the Bund would fluctuate around 60/65 bp, while Italy’s would narrow to 90 bp by the end of 2026.

    Finally, the US dollar continues to lose ground. The inconsistency and unpredictability of Donald Trump’s economic policies, the deteriorating US budget outlook and speculation about official plans to devalue the dollar, combined with resistance from other economies, are all factors putting pressure on the dollar, although this does not necessarily spell the end of its status as a key reserve currency in the short term. The euro/dollar exchange rate is expected to settle at 1.17 in the fourth quarter of 2025, before depreciating in 2026 (1.10).

    Appendix 1 – Crédit Agricole Group: income statement by business line

    Credit Agricole Group – Results par by business line, Q2-25 and Q2-24

      Q2-25
    €m RB LCL IRB AG SFS LC CC Total
                     
    Revenues 3,364 976 1,031 1,967 881 2,224 (635) 9,808
    Operating expenses (2,690) (597) (540) (864) (438) (1,257) 514 (5,872)
    Gross operating income 674 380 491 1,104 442 967 (121) 3,936
    Cost of risk (397) (95) (61) (7) (235) (20) (26) (840)
    Equity-accounted entities 1 – – 58 (13) 10 – 56
    Net income on other assets 1 1 0 449 1 0 0 452
    Income before tax 278 286 430 1,604 194 958 (147) 3,604
    Tax (96) (69) (130) (249) (58) (149) 136 (615)
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope. – – 0 – – – 0 0
    Net income 182 218 300 1,356 136 810 (11) 2,990
    Non-controlling interests (0) (0) (40) (247) (22) (43) 1 (352)
    Net income Group Share 182 217 260 1,108 114 767 (10) 2,638
      Q2-24
    €m RB LCL IRB AG SFS LC CC Total
                     
    Revenues 3,255 979 1,051 1,946 889 2,223 (837) 9,507
    Operating expenses (2,560) (591) (573) (813) (443) (1,204) 497 (5,687)
    Gross operating income 694 389 477 1,133 447 1,019 (340) 3,819
    Cost of risk (444) (95) (75) (2) (211) (39) (6) (872)
    Equity-accounted entities 2 – – 33 29 10 – 74
    Net income on other assets 1 2 0 (12) (1) 2 (0) (7)
    Income before tax 253 296 402 1,152 265 993 (347) 3,014
    Tax (44) (65) (117) (282) (54) (248) 48 (762)
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope. – – – – – – – –
    Net income 209 231 285 870 210 745 (299) 2,252
    Non-controlling interests (1) (0) (38) (124) (23) (36) (2) (224)
    Net income Group Share 208 231 247 746 187 710 (300) 2,028

    Credit Agricole Group – Results par by business line, H1-25 and H1-24

      H1-25
    €m RB LCL IRB AG SFS LC CC Total
                     
    Revenues 6,716 1,939 2,079 4,016 1,749 4,632 (1,275) 19,856
    Operating expenses (5,220) (1,222) (1,075) (1,799) (912) (2,617) 982 (11,864)
    Gross operating income 1,496 717 1,003 2,217 837 2,015 (293) 7,992
    Cost of risk (717) (186) (128) (17) (484) 5 (48) (1,575)
    Equity-accounted entities 7 – – 86 23 16 – 131
    Net income on other assets 3 2 0 449 1 0 0 456
    Income before tax 790 533 875 2,734 376 2,036 (341) 7,004
    Tax (267) (181) (267) (599) (71) (453) 182 (1,656)
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope. – – 0 – – – – 0
    Net income 523 352 608 2,135 305 1,583 (159) 5,348
    Non-controlling interests (0) (0) (82) (348) (43) (78) 7 (545)
    Net income Group Share 523 352 526 1,787 263 1,504 (151) 4,803
      H1-24
    €m RB LCL IRB AG SFS LC CC Total
                     
    Revenues 6,568 1,933 2,131 3,739 1,736 4,489 (1,565) 19,031
    Operating expenses (5,044) (1,193) (1,098) (1,567) (897) (2,501) 1,024 (11,276)
    Gross operating income 1,524 740 1,033 2,172 839 1,988 (541) 7,755
    Cost of risk (691) (214) (159) (5) (429) (5) (20) (1,523)
    Equity-accounted entities 7 – – 61 59 14 – 142
    Net income on other assets 3 4 (0) (20) (1) 2 (2) (14)
    Income before tax 842 530 875 2,208 468 1,999 (563) 6,361
    Tax (191) (119) (260) (501) (97) (482) 133 (1,517)
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope. – – – – – – – –
    Net income 651 412 615 1,707 372 1,517 (430) 4,843
    Non-controlling interests (1) (0) (89) (236) (42) (69) 6 (432)
    Net income Group Share 650 412 525 1,471 330 1,448 (424) 4,412

    Appendix 2 – Crédit Agricole S.A.: ‍ Income statement by business line

    Crédit Agricole S.A. – Results par by business line, Q2-25 and Q2-24

      Q2-25
    €m AG LC SFS FRB (LCL) IRB CC Total
                   
    Revenues 1,970 2,224 881 976 1,007 (51) 7,006
    Operating expenses (864) (1,257) (438) (597) (520) (25) (3,700)
    Gross operating income 1,106 967 442 380 487 (76) 3,306
    Cost of risk (7) (20) (235) (95) (61) (24) (441)
    Equity-accounted entities 58 10 (13) – – (24) 30
    Net income on other assets 453 0 1 1 0 0 455
    Income before tax 1,610 958 194 286 426 (125) 3,350
    Tax (249) (149) (58) (69) (129) 113 (541)
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale operations – – – – 0 – 0
    Net income 1,361 810 136 218 297 (12) 2,809
    Non-controlling interests (261) (58) (22) (10) (59) (10) (420)
    Net income Group Share 1,100 752 114 208 238 (22) 2,390
      Q2-24  
    €m AG LC SFS FRB (LCL) IRB CC Total  
                   
    Revenues 1,944 2,223 889 979 1,027 (267) 6,796
    Operating expenses (813) (1,204) (443) (591) (555) (15) (3,621)
    Gross operating income 1,131 1,019 447 389 472 (283) 3,175
    Cost of risk (2) (39) (211) (95) (72) (5) (424)
    Equity-accounted entities 33 10 29 – – (25) 47
    Net income on other assets (12) 2 (1) 2 0 24 15
    Income before tax 1,150 993 265 296 400 (289) 2,814
    Tax (283) (248) (54) (65) (117) 63 (704)
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale operations – – – – – – –
    Net income 867 745 210 231 283 (226) 2,110
    Non-controlling interests (131) (51) (23) (10) (55) (12) (282)
    Net income Group Share 736 694 187 220 228 (238) 1,828

    Crédit Agricole S.A. – Results par by business line, H1-25 and H1-24

      H1-25
    €m AG LC SFS FRB (LCL) IRB CC Total
                   
    Revenues 4,028 4,632 1,749 1,939 2,033 (118) 14,263
    Operating expenses (1,799) (2,617) (912) (1,222) (1,035) (106) (7,691)
    Gross operating income 2,229 2,015 837 717 998 (224) 6,571
    Cost of risk (17) 5 (484) (186) (128) (45) (855)
    Equity-accounted entities 86 16 23 – – (47) 77
    Net income on other assets 453 0 1 2 0 0 456
    Income before tax 2,749 2,037 376 533 870 (316) 6,250
    Tax (601) (454) (71) (181) (266) 205 (1,368)
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale operations – – – – 0 – 0
    Net income 2,148 1,583 305 352 604 (111) 4,882
    Non-controlling interests (368) (108) (43) (16) (121) (13) (669)
    Net income Group Share 1,780 1,475 263 337 483 (124) 4,213
      H1-24  
    €m AG LC SFS FRB (LCL) IRB CC Total  
                   
    Revenues 3,733 4,489 1,736 1,933 2,085 (374) 13,602
    Operating expenses (1,567) (2,501) (897) (1,193) (1,060) (71) (7,289)
    Gross operating income 2,166 1,988 839 740 1,024 (445) 6,312
    Cost of risk (5) (5) (429) (214) (154) (16) (824)
    Equity-accounted entities 61 14 59 – – (46) 90
    Net income on other assets (20) 2 (1) 4 (0) 24 9
    Income before tax 2,203 1,999 468 530 870 (483) 5,587
    Tax (502) (482) (97) (119) (259) 144 (1,315)
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale operations – – – – – – –
    Net income 1,701 1,517 372 412 610 (339) 4,273
    Non-controlling interests (248) (101) (42) (18) (126) (7) (542)
    Net income Group Share 1,453 1,416 330 393 485 (345) 3,731

    Appendix 3 – Data per share

    Credit Agricole S.A. – Earnings p/share, net book value p/share and ROTE
                   
    €m   Q2-25 Q2-24   H1-25 H1-24  
    Net income Group share   2,390 1,828   4,213 3,731  
    – Interests on AT1, including issuance costs, before tax   (141) (83)   (270) (221)  
    – Foreign exchange impact on reimbursed AT1   4 –   4 (247)  
    NIGS attributable to ordinary shares [A] 2,252 1,745   3,947 3,263  
    Average number shares in issue, excluding treasury shares (m) [B] 3,025 3,025   3,025 3,008  
    Net earnings per share [A]/[B] 0.74 € 0.58 €   1.30 € 1.08 €  
                   
    €m         30/06/25 30/06/24  
    Shareholder’s equity Group share         75,528 70,396  
    – AT1 issuances         (8,612) (7,164)  
    – Unrealised gains and losses on OCI – Group share         872 1,305  
    Net book value (NBV), not revaluated, attributable to ordin. sh. [D]       67,787 64,537  
    – Goodwill & intangibles** – Group share         (18,969) (17,775)  
    Tangible NBV (TNBV), not revaluated attrib. to ordinary sh. [E]       48,818 46,763  
    Total shares in issue, excluding treasury shares (period end, m) [F]       3,025 3,025  
    NBV per share, after deduction of dividend to pay (€) [D]/[F]       22.4 € 21.3 €  
    TNBV per share, after deduction of dividend to pay (€) [G]=[E]/[F]       16.1 € 15.5 €  
    ** y compris les écarts d’acquisition dans les participations ne donnant pas le contrôle             
    €m         H1-25 H1-24  
    Net income Group share       4,213 3,731  
    Added value Amundi US         304 0  
    Additionnal corporate tax         -129 0  
    IFRIC         -173 -110  
    NIGS annualised (1) [N]       8,382 7,572  
    Interests on AT1, including issuance costs, before tax, foreign exchange impact, annualised [O]       -536 -689  
    Result adjusted [P] = [N]+[O]       7,846 6,884    
    Tangible NBV (TNBV), not revaluated attrib. to ord. shares – average*** (2) [J]       47,211 44,710    
    ROTE adjusted (%) = [P] / [J]       16.6% 15.4%  
    *** including assumption of dividend for the current exercise         0,0%    
                 

    (1)ROTE calculated on the basis of an annualised underlying net income Group share and linearised IFRIC costs over the year
    (2)Average of the NTBV not revalued attributable to ordinary shares. calculated between 31/12/2024 and 30/06/2025 (line [E]), restated with an assumption of dividend for current exercises

    Alternative Performance Indicators56

    NBV Net Book Value (not revalued)
    The Net Book Value not revalued corresponds to the shareholders’ equity Group share from which the amount of the AT1 issues, the unrealised gains and/or losses on OCI Group share and the pay-out assumption on annual results have been deducted.

    NBV per share Net Book Value per share – NTBV Net Tangible Book Value per share
    One of the methods for calculating the value of a share. This represents the Net Book Value divided by the number of shares in issue at end of period, excluding treasury shares.

    Net Tangible Book Value per share represents the Net Book Value after deduction of intangible assets and goodwill, divided by the number of shares in issue at end of period, excluding treasury shares.

    EPS Earnings per Share
    This is the net income Group share, from which the AT1 coupon has been deducted, divided by the average number of shares in issue excluding treasury shares. It indicates the portion of profit attributable to each share (not the portion of earnings paid out to each shareholder, which is the dividend). It may decrease, assuming the net income Group share remains unchanged, if the number of shares increases.

    Cost/income ratio
    The cost/income ratio is calculated by dividing operating expenses by revenues, indicating the proportion of revenues needed to cover operating expenses.

    Cost of risk/outstandings
    Calculated by dividing the cost of credit risk (over four quarters on a rolling basis) by outstandings (over an average of the past four quarters, beginning of the period). It can also be calculated by dividing the annualised cost of credit risk for the quarter by outstandings at the beginning of the quarter. Similarly, the cost of risk for the period can be annualised and divided by the average outstandings at the beginning of the period.

    Since the first quarter of 2019, the outstandings taken into account are the customer outstandings, before allocations to provisions.

    The calculation method for the indicator is specified each time the indicator is used.

    Doubtful loan
    A doubtful loan is a loan in default. The debtor is considered to be in default when at least one of the following two conditions has been met:

    • a payment generally more than 90 days past due, unless specific circumstances point to the fact that the delay is due to reasons independent of the debtor’s financial situation.
    • the entity believes that the debtor is unlikely to settle its credit obligations unless it avails itself of certain measures such as enforcement of collateral security right.

    Impaired loan
    Loan which has been provisioned due to a risk of non-repayment.

    Impaired (or non-performing) loan coverage ratio 
    This ratio divides the outstanding provisions by the impaired gross customer loans.

    Impaired (or non-performing) loan ratio 
    This ratio divides the impaired gross customer loans on an individual basis, before provisions, by the total gross customer loans.

    Net income Group share
    Net income/(loss) for the financial year (after corporate income tax). Equal to net income Group share, less the share attributable to non-controlling interests in fully consolidated subsidiaries.

    Net income Group share attributable to ordinary shares
    The net income Group share attributable to ordinary shares represents the net income Group share from which the AT1 coupon has been deducted, including issuance costs before tax.

    RoTE Return on Tangible Equity
    The RoTE (Return on Tangible Equity) measures the return on tangible capital by dividing the Net income Group share annualised by the Group’s NBV net of intangibles and goodwill. The annualised Net income Group share corresponds to the annualisation of the Net income Group share (Q1x4; H1x2; 9Mx4/3) excluding impairments of intangible assets and restating each period of the IFRIC impacts in order to linearise them over the year.

    Disclaimer

    The financial information on Crédit Agricole S.A. and Crédit Agricole Group for second quarter and first half 2025 comprises this presentation and the attached appendices and press release which are available on the website: https://www.credit-agricole.com/finance/publications-financieres.

    This presentation may include prospective information on the Group, supplied as information on trends. This data does not represent forecasts within the meaning of EU Delegated Act 2019/980 of 14 March 2019 (Chapter 1, article 1, d).

    This information was developed from scenarios based on a number of economic assumptions for a given competitive and regulatory environment. Therefore, these assumptions are by nature subject to random factors that could cause actual results to differ from projections. Likewise, the financial statements are based on estimates, particularly in calculating market value and asset impairment.

    Readers must take all these risk factors and uncertainties into consideration before making their own judgement.

    Applicable standards and comparability

    The figures presented for the six-month period ending 30 June 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted in the European Union and applicable at that date, and with the applicable regulations in force. This financial information does not constitute a set of financial statements for an interim period as defined by IAS 34 “Interim Financial Reporting” and has not been audited.

    Note: The scopes of consolidation of the Crédit Agricole S.A. and Crédit Agricole groups have not changed materially since the Crédit Agricole S.A. 2024 Universal Registration Document and its A.01 update (including all regulatory information about the Crédit Agricole Group) were filed with the AMF (the French Financial Markets Authority).

    The sum of values contained in the tables and analyses may differ slightly from the total reported due to rounding.

    Financial Agenda

    30 October 2025                Publication of the 2025 third quarter and first nine months results
    18 November 2025        Presentation of the Medium-Term Plan
    4 February 2026                Publication of the 2025 fourth quarter and full year results
    30 April 2026                Publication of the 2026 first quarter results
    20 May 2026                2026 General Meeting
    31 July 2026                Publication of the 2026 second quarter and the first half-year results
    30 October 2026                Publication of the 2026 third quarter and first nine months results

    Contacts

    CREDIT AGRICOLE PRESS CONTACTS

    CRÉDIT AGRICOLE S.A. INVESTOR RELATIONS CONTACTS

    Institutional investors   investor.relations@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Individual shareholders + 33 800 000 777 (freephone number – France only) relation@actionnaires.credit-agricole.com
         
    Cécile Mouton + 33 1 57 72 86 79 cecile.mouton@credit-agricole-sa.fr
     

    Equity investor relations:

    		    
    Jean-Yann Asseraf
    Fethi Azzoug    		 + 33 1 57 72 23 81
    + 33 1 57 72 03 75    		 jean-yann.asseraf@credit-agricole-sa.fr fethi.azzoug@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Oriane Cante + 33 1 43 23 03 07 oriane.cante@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Nicolas Ianna + 33 1 43 23 55 51 nicolas.ianna@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Leila Mamou + 33 1 57 72 07 93 leila.mamou@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Anna Pigoulevski + 33 1 43 23 40 59 anna.pigoulevski@credit-agricole-sa.fr
         
         
    Debt investor and rating agency relations:  
    Gwenaëlle Lereste + 33 1 57 72 57 84 gwenaelle.lereste@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Florence Quintin de Kercadio + 33 1 43 23 25 32 florence.quintindekercadio@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Yury Romanov + 33 1 43 23 86 84 yury.romanov@credit-agricole-sa.fr
         
         
         

    See all our press releases at: www.credit-agricole.com – www.creditagricole.info

             

    1 Closing at 4thof July
    (2)Car, home, health, legal, all mobile phones or personal accident insurance.
    (3)CA Auto Bank, automotive JVs and automotive activities of other entities        
    (4)Low-carbon energy exposures made up of renewable energy produced by the clients of all Crédit Agricole Group entities, including nuclear energy exposures for Crédit Agricole CIB.
    (5)CAA outstandings (listed investments managed directly, listed investments managed under mandate and unlisted investments managed directly) and Amundi Transition Energétique.
    (6)Crédit Agricole Group outstandings, directly or via the EIB, dedicated to the environmental transition according to the Group’s internal sustainable assets framework, as of 31/03/2025. Change of method on property compared with the outstandings reported at 30/09/2024: with the same method, the outstandings at 31/03/2025 would be €85.9 billion.
    (7)The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on a four-quarter rolling basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the past four quarters divided by the average outstandings at the start of each of the four quarters
    (8)The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on an annualised basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the quarter multiplied by four and divided by the outstandings at the start of the quarter
    (9)Average rate of loans to monthly production for April to May 2025
    (10)Equipment rate – Home-Car-Health policies, Legal, All Mobile/Portable or personal accident insurance
    (11)Reversal of the provision for Home Purchase Saving Plans: +€16.3m in Q2-25 vs. +€22m in Q2-24 in revenues (+€12.1m in Q2-25 vs. +€17m in Q2-24 in net income Group share)

    (12)Provisioning rate calculated with outstandings in Stage 3 as denominator, and the sum of the provisions recorded in Stages 1, 2 and 3 as numerator.
    (13)The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on a four-quarter rolling basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the past four quarters divided by the average outstandings at the start of each of the four quarters
    (14)The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on an annualised basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the quarter multiplied by four and divided by the outstandings at the start of the quarter
    (15)See Appendixes for details on the calculation of the RoTE (return on tangible equity)
    (16)The annualised net income Group share corresponds to the annualisation of the net income Group share (Q1x4; H1x2; 9Mx4/3) by restating each period for IFRIC impacts, the effects of the additional corporate tax charge and the capital gain related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US to linearise them over the year.
    (17)In local standards
    (18)Scope: property and casualty in France and abroad
    (19)Combined property & casualty ratio in France (Pacifica) including discounting and excluding undiscounting, net of reinsurance: (claims + operating expenses + fee and commission income)/gross premiums earned. Undiscounted ratio: 97.4% (+0.1 pp over the year)
    (20)Excluding assets under custody for institutional clients
    (21)Amount of allocation of Contractual Service Margin (CSM), loss component and Risk Adjustment (RA), and operating variances net of reinsurance, in particular
    (22)Amount of allocation of CSM, loss component and RA, and operating variances net of reinsurance, in particular.
    (23)Net of reinsurance cost, including financial results
    (24)Pro forma scope effect of deconsolidated Amundi US in Q2 2024: €89m in revenues and €51m in expenses.
    (25)Excluding scope effect
    (26)Indosuez Wealth Management scope
    (27)Degroof Petercam scope effect April/May 2025: Revenues of €96m and expenses of -€71m
    (28)Q2-25 Integration costs: -€22.5m vs -€5.4m in Q2-24
    (29)Degroof Petercam scope effect over H1-25: reminder of figures for Degroof Petercam scope effect of Q1-25 revenues of €164m and expenses of -€115m
    (30)Refinitiv LSEG
    (31)Bloomberg in EUR
    (32)ISB integration costs: -€5m in Q2-25 (vs -€24.4m in Q2-24)
    (33)Net income becomes net income Group share following the purchase of minority shares in Santander by Crédit Agricole S.A.
    (34)CA Auto Bank, automotive JVs and auto activities of other entities
    (35)CA Auto Bank and automotive JVs
    (36)Lease financing of corporate and professional equipment investments in France: -7.5% in Q1-25 (source: ASF)
    (37)Increase in RWA of around +€7G primarily connected to the consolidation of the leasing activities in Q4-24
    (38)Cost of risk for the last four quarters as a proportion of the average outstandings at the beginning of the period for the last four quarters.
    (39)Net of POCI outstandings
    (40)Source: Abi Monthly Outlook, July 2025: +0.9% June/June for all loans
    (41)At 30 June 2025 this scope includes the entities CA Italia, CA Polska, CA Egypt and CA Ukraine.

    (42) Over a rolling four quarter period.
    (43)At 30 June 2025, this scope corresponds to the aggregation of all Group entities present in Italy: CA Italia, CAPFM (Agos, Leasys, CA Auto Bank), CAA (CA Vita, CACI, CA Assicurazioni), Amundi, Crédit Agricole CIB, CAIWM, CACEIS, CALEF.
    (44)Banco BPM stake -21 bps; Stake in Victory Capital: – 8 bps or –1 bp including capital gain from the deconsolidation of Amundi US; Additional threshold excess for other financial participations: -7 bps.

    (48)
    (49)

    (54)This refers to the change between the value at 30 June 2025 and the value at 1 (or 2) January 2025; the latter is the value of the variable concerned at 30 June 2025.
    (55)In March, Parliament approved the creation of a €500 billion infrastructure investment fund over 12 years. The first phase of the reform of the debt brake was also approved, allowing regions to run a structural deficit of up to 0.35% of GDP. Finally, defence spending above 1% of GDP will be exempt from the deficit calculation. The adoption of these measures has broken down barriers to financing infrastructure and defence investment that had previously seemed insurmountable.
    (56)APMs are financial indicators not presented in the financial statements or defined in accounting standards but used in the context of financial communications, such as net income Group share or RoTE. They are used to facilitate the understanding of the company’s actual performance. Each APM indicator is matched in its definition to accounting data.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Security Federal Corporation Announces Increase in Quarterly and Year-To-Date Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    AIKEN, S.C., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Security Federal Corporation (the “Company”) (OTCID: SFDL), the holding company for Security Federal Bank (the “Bank”), today announced earnings and financial results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025.

    The Company reported net income available to common shareholders of $2.4 million, or $0.75 per common share, for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, compared to $2.1 million, or $0.66 per common share, for the second quarter of 2024. Year-to-date net income available to common shareholders was $5.0 million, or $1.56 per common share, for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to $3.9 million, or $1.20 per common share, during the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase in both quarterly and year-to-date net income available to common shareholders was primarily due to increases in net interest income and non-interest income, as well as a decrease in the provision for credit losses, which were partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense, provision for income taxes and an increase in the payment of preferred stock dividends during 2025.

    Second Quarter Financial Highlights

    • Net interest income increased $1.1 million, or 11.1%, to $11.3 million as interest income increased and interest expense decreased.
    • Total interest income increased $629,000, or 3.3%, to $19.4 million while total interest expense decreased $502,000, or 5.8%, to $8.1 million during the second quarter of 2025 compared to the same quarter in 2024. The increase in interest income was the result of a $1.1 million increase in interest income from loans and a $258,000 increase in income from other interest-earning assets, which was partially offset by a decrease in interest income from investments. Interest expense decreased during the second quarter of 2025 due to lower market interest rates and the payoff of outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve, which resulted in a lower average balance of these interest-bearing liabilities compared to the second quarter of 2024.
    • Non-interest income increased $141,000, or 5.7%, to $2.6 million during the second quarter of 2025 compared to the same quarter in the prior year primarily due to a $106,000 increase in rental income and $62,000 gain on sale of land held for sale. During the first quarter of 2025, we purchased a multi-tenant property resulting in an increase to rental income. The property is intended to be the future site of a full-service branch.
    • Non-interest expense increased $692,000, or 7.2%, to $10.4 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same quarter in the prior year primarily due to increases in salaries and expenses for employee benefits, occupancy expense, debit card expenses and cloud services expenses, which were partially offset by a decrease in expenses for advertising and depreciation and maintenance of equipment.
      Quarter Ended
    (Dollars in Thousands, except for Earnings per Share) 6/30/2025   6/30/2024
    Total interest income $ 19,449   $ 18,820
    Total interest expense   8,137     8,639
    Net interest income   11,312     10,181
    Provision for credit losses   –     175
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   11,312     10,006
    Non-interest income   2,595     2,454
    Non-interest expense   10,361     9,669
    Income before income taxes   3,546     2,791
    Provision for income taxes   756     565
    Net income   2,790     2,226
    Preferred stock dividends   415     97
    Net income available to common shareholders $ 2,375   $ 2,129
    Earnings per common share (basic) $ 0.75   $ 0.66


    Year to Date (Six Months) Comparative Financial Highlights

    • Net interest income increased $2.4 million, or 11.8%, to $22.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the same period in the prior year.
    • Total interest income increased $1.1 million, or 3.0%, to $38.7 million while total interest expense decreased $1.2 million, or 7.1%, to $16.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the same period in the prior year.
    • Non-interest income increased $264,000, or 5.5%, to $5.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the same period in the prior year primarily due to an increase in rental income.
    • Non-interest expense increased $898,000, or 4.7%, to $20.2 million.
      Six Months Ended
    (Dollars in Thousands, except for Earnings per Share) 6/30/2025   6/30/2024
    Total interest income $ 38,682   $ 37,540
    Total interest expense   16,141     17,376
    Net interest income   22,541     20,164
    Provision for credit losses   –     510
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   22,541     19,654
    Non-interest income   5,039     4,775
    Non-interest expense   20,202     19,304
    Income before income taxes   7,378     5,125
    Provision for income taxes   1,582     1,146
    Net income   5,796     3,979
    Preferred stock dividends   830     97
    Net income available to common shareholders $ 4,966   $ 3,882
    Earnings per common share (basic) $ 1.56   $ 1.20


    Credit Quality

    • The Company recorded no provision for credit losses during the first six months of 2025 compared to a $475,000 provision for credit losses on loans and a $35,000 provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments, resulting in a total provision for credit losses of $510,000 for the first six months of 2024.
    • Non-performing assets were $5.9 million, or 0.37% of total assets, at June 30, 2025, compared to $7.6 million, or 0.47% of total assets, at December 31, 2024.
    • The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross loans was 2.00% at June 30, 2025, compared to 1.98% at December 31, 2024.
    At Period End (dollars in thousands): 6/30/2025 12/31/2024 6/30/2024
    Non-performing assets $ 5,954   $ 7,636   $ 7,122  
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.37 %   0.47 %   0.46 %
    Allowance for credit losses $ 14,007   $ 13,894   $ 12,958  
    Allowance for credit losses to gross loans   2.00 %   1.98 %   1.95 %


    Balance Sheet Highlights and Capital Management

    • Total assets were $1.6 billion at June 30, 2025, a year-over-year increase of $82.1 million, or 5.3%, and a $13.5 million, or 0.8%, increase since December 31, 2024.
    • Cash and cash equivalents decreased $36.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $142.2 million at June 30, 2025, primarily because of the repayment of borrowings with the Federal Reserve.
    • Total loans receivable, net was $685.5 million at June 30, 2025, a $1.6 million, or 0.2%, decrease since December 31, 2024.
    • Investment securities increased $46.8 million, or 7.1%, during the first half of the year to $707.6 million at June 30, 2025, due to the purchases of investment securities exceeding maturities and principal paydowns.
    • Deposits increased $59.2 million, or 4.5%, during the first half of 2025 to $1.4 billion at June 30, 2025.
    • Borrowings decreased $53.4 million, or 57.4%, during the first half of 2025 to $39.6 million at June 30, 2025, primarily due to the repayment of borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank.
    • Common equity book value per share increased to $34.02 at June 30, 2025, from $31.21 at December 31, 2024.
    BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS
    Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 6/30/2025 12/31/2024 6/30/2024
    Total assets $ 1,625,236   $ 1,611,773   $ 1,543,101  
    Cash and cash equivalents   142,190     178,277     138,350  
    Total loans receivable, net   685,501     687,149     655,202  
    Investment securities   707,609     660,823     662,035  
    Deposits   1,383,201     1,324,033     1,236,154  
    Borrowings   39,566     92,964     118,641  
    Total shareholders’ equity   191,279     182,389     175,891  
    Common shareholders’ equity   108,330     99,440     92,942  
    Common equity book value per share $ 34.02   $ 31.21   $ 29.08  
    Total risk based capital to risk weighted assets (1)   20.46 %   19.96 %   19.49 %
    CET1 capital to risk weighted assets (1)   19.20 %   18.71 %   18.24 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio (1)   10.54 %   9.88 %   10.23 %
    (1) – Ratio is calculated using Bank only information and not consolidated information

    Security Federal has 19 full-service branches located in Aiken, Ballentine, Clearwater, Columbia, Graniteville, Langley, Lexington, North Augusta, Ridge Spring, Wagener and West Columbia, South Carolina and Augusta and Evans, Georgia. A full range of financial services, including trust and investments, are provided by the Bank and insurance services are provided by the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, Security Federal Insurance, Inc.  

    Forward-looking statements:

    Certain matters discussed in this press release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, expectations of the business environment in which the Company operates, projections of future performance, perceived opportunities in the market, potential future credit experience, and statements regarding the Company’s mission and vision. These forward-looking statements are based upon current management expectations and may, therefore, involve risks and uncertainties. The Company’s actual results, performance, or achievements may differ materially from those suggested, expressed, or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of a wide variety or range of factors including, but not limited to: potential adverse impacts to economic conditions in our local market area or other aspects of the Company’s business, operations or financial markets, including, without limitation, as a result of employment levels, labor shortages and the effects of inflation, a potential recession or slowed economic growth; economic conditions in the Company’s primary market area; demand for residential, commercial business and commercial real estate, consumer, and other types of loans; success of new products; competitive conditions between banks and non-bank financial service providers; changes in the Community Development Capital Initiative (CDCI) Program; changes in management’s business strategies, including expectations regarding key growth initiatives and strategic priorities; legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect the Company’s business, including the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; the ability to attract and retain deposits; the availability of resources to address changes in laws, rules, or regulations or to respond to regulatory actions; adverse changes in the securities markets; changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the financial institution regulatory agencies or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, including additional guidance and interpretation on accounting issues and details of the implementation of new accounting methods; technology factors affecting operations, including disruptions, security breaches, or other adverse events, failures or interruptions in, or attacks on, our information technology systems or on the third-party vendors who perform critical processing functions for us; pricing of products and services; environmental, social and governance goals and targets; the effects of climate change, severe weather events, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics and other public health crises, acts of war or terrorism, and other external events on our business; and other risks detailed in the Company’s reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024. These factors should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company does not undertake any responsibility to update or revise any forward-looking statement.

    The MIL Network –

  • Trump says US to impose 25% tariff on India from August 1

    Source: Government of India

    Source: Government of India (4)

    U.S. President Donald Trump on Wednesday imposed a 25% tariff on goods imported from India starting August 1, along with an unspecified penalty for buying Russian weapons and oil, potentially straining relations with the world’s most populous democracy.

    The U.S. decision singles out India more severely than other major trading partners, and threatens to unravel months of talks between the two countries, undermining a key strategic partner of Washington’s and a counterbalance to China.

    “While India is our friend, we have, over the years, done relatively little business with them because their Tariffs are far too high, among the highest in the World, and they have the most strenuous and obnoxious non-monetary Trade Barriers of any Country,” Trump wrote in a Truth Social post.

    “They have always bought a vast majority of their military equipment from Russia, and are Russia’s largest buyer of ENERGY, along with China, at a time when everyone wants Russia to STOP THE KILLING IN UKRAINE — ALL THINGS NOT GOOD!”

    The White House has previously warned India about its high average applied tariffs – nearly 39% on agricultural products – with rates climbing to 45% on vegetable oils and around 50% on apples and corn.

    Russia continued to be the top oil supplier to India during the first six months of 2025, making up 35% of overall supplies.

    The U.S. currently has a $45.7 billion trade deficit with India.

    The news pushed the Indian rupee down 0.4% to around 87.80 against the U.S. dollar in the non-deliverable forwards market, from its close at 87.42 during market hours. Gift Nifty futures were trading at 24,692 points, down 0.6%.

    CONTENTIOUS ISSUES

    “Higher tariffs for India compared to countries it competes with, for exports to the U.S., are going to be challenging,” said Ranen Banerjee, a partner of economic advisory services at PwC India.

    India’s commerce ministry, which is leading the trade talks, did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

    U.S. and Indian negotiators had held multiple rounds of discussions to resolve contentious issues, particularly over market access into India for U.S. agricultural and dairy products.

    Despite progress in some areas, Indian officials resisted opening the domestic market to imports of wheat, corn, rice and genetically modified soybeans, citing risks to the livelihood of millions of Indian farmers.

    The U.S. had flagged concerns over India’s increasing and burdensome import-quality requirements, among its many barriers to trade, in a report released in March.

    The new tariffs are expected to impact India’s goods exports to the U.S., estimated at around $87 billion in 2024, including labour-intensive products such as garments, pharmaceuticals, gems and jewelry, and petrochemicals.

    India now joins a growing list of countries facing higher tariffs under Trump’s “Liberation Day” trade policy, aimed at reshaping U.S. trade relations by demanding greater reciprocity.

    The setback comes despite earlier commitments by Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Trump to conclude the first phase of a trade deal by autumn 2025 and expand bilateral trade to $500 billion by 2030, from $191 billion in 2024.

    Indian officials have previously indicated that they view the U.S. as a key strategic partner, particularly in counterbalancing China. But they have emphasized the need to preserve policy space on agriculture, data governance, and state subsidies.

    HOPES FOR A DEAL

    It was not immediately clear whether the announcement was a negotiating tactic. While Trump railed against Japan in a June 30 Truth Social post and said there would likely be no deal with the North Asian nation, a deal was agreed on July 22.

    An Indian government official told Reuters that New Delhi continued to remain engaged with the United States to seal an agreement.

    Economists, too, remained hopeful.

    “While the negotiations seems to have broken down, we don’t think the trade-deal haggling between the two nations is over yet,” Madhavi Arora, an economist at Emkay Global.

    (Reuters)

  • MIL-OSI: WENDEL: 2025 Half-Year Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    2025 Half-Year Results:

    Continued strategic deployment with the

    Asset Management Platform ramp up:

    Wendel Group now manages €45 billion+,
    of which €39 billion of Private Assets under Management
    for third parties

    NAV per share at €167.7 as of June 30, 2025

    Implementation of a semi-annual interim dividend starting in November 2025, with an interim dividend of €1.50

    Taking into account the dividend payment of €4.7, the fully diluted net asset value1per share as of June 30, 2025 is down 2.4% compared to the end of March 2025, and stable at constant exchange rates.

    The strengthening of euro vs US dollar, generated a -€4.7 per share FX effect in Q2. At constant exchange rate, NAV main components evolved as follows:

    • Principal Investments:
      • Listed assets (38% of Gross Asset Value excluding cash): +5.0% vs Q1 2025 thanks to Bureau Veritas, IHS and Tarkett share prices increase
      • Unlisted assets (38% of GAV excl. cash): total value down 4.8% vs Q1 2025, reflecting mainly multiples and aggregates evolution
    • Asset Management activities (22% of GAV excl. cash): total valuation up +9.0% vs Q1 2025, induced by multiples and aggregates evolution

    Principal investments: H1 2025 performance supported by listed companies

    • Positive contribution from the Group’s listed companies, driven by higher share prices over the period
    • Total sales of Group companies up 3.9% organically
    • New CEOs at Crisis Prevention Institute and Scalian

    Asset management: strong momentum in fundraising and revenue growth

    • Wendel Asset Management platform AuM reach close to €39 billion, focused on midmarket. Altogether IK Partners and Monroe Capital have raised c.€4.3 billion of new funds on various strategies over H1 2025, without any sponsor money from Wendel in H1. IK Partners reached its hard caps on its Midcap and Small Cap funds in the first half of 2025, and Monroe Capital raised $4 billion.
    • Management fees totalled €152 million and Fee Related Earnings totalled €59 million, growing more than threefold vs last year, thanks to organic growth and strong scope effects

    Dynamic implementation of new strategic directions

    • Principal Investments: successful Forward Sale of 6.7% of Bureau Veritas’ share capital, at a price of €27.25 per share on March 12, 2025
      • Wendel entered into a call spread transaction to benefit from up to c.15% of the stock price appreciation over the next three years on the equivalent number of shares underlying the Forward Sale Transaction
      • Total net proceeds for Wendel of €750 million
      • Wendel has retained 26.5% of the share capital and 41.2% of the voting rights of Bureau Veritas
    • Asset Management: With Monroe Capital acquisition, Wendel’s third party asset management platform reached €39 billion in AUM2
      • On March 31, 2025, Wendel has invested $1.133 billion to acquire 72% of Monroe Capital’s shares together with rights to c.20% of the carried interest generated on past and future funds

    A more attractive dividend policy for shareholders: introduction of semi-annual interim dividend payments starting in 2025

    • Ordinary dividend of €4.70 per share for 2024, up 17.5% compared to 2023, paid in May 2025, representing a distribution to shareholders of €200 million
    • €1.50 interim dividend to be paid in November 2025
      • In order to reflect the recurring cash flow generated by its dual business model, Wendel has decided to pay an interim dividend of €1.50 in November 2025 for the 2025 financial year corresponding to about one third of the total dividend paid for the previous financial year
      • The balance of the 2025 dividend, will be paid in May 2026, in line with Wendel dividend policy
      • This new interim dividend policy will be recurring

    Strong financial structure and committed to remaining Investment Grade

    • Average debt maturity of 3.1 years with an average cost of 2.4%
    • LTV ratio at 18.5%4 on a pro forma basis
    • On March 31, 2025, S&P revised Wendel outlook to ‘Stable’ from ‘Negative’ on debt reduction and reaffirmed its ‘BBB’ rating

    Consolidated net sales for H1 2025 €4,177.6 million, up +7.2% overall and up +3.9% organically year-to-date

    • Net income from operations, group share down 17.9% at €86.0 million
    • H1 2025 net income (Group share) at €4.3 million impacted by a negative scope effect due to the disposal of Constantia Flexibles (€419m capital gain, group share) in the first half of 2024, while the capital gain related to the forward sale of 6.7% of Bureau Veritas share capital in March 2025 is not accounted in the P&L
    Laurent Mignon, Wendel Group CEO, commented:

    “ With the successful closing of Monroe Capital’s acquisition, Wendel materializes its strategy to grow third-party asset management alongside our principal investment activity.

    With Monroe Capital and IK Partners representing €39 billion of assets under management and €4.3 billion raised in H1 2025, we are building a strong and significant Asset management player generating recurring and predictable income, enhancing significantly Wendel’s value creation profile. IK Partners has closed its Midcap and Small Cap strategies at their hardcaps, finalizing its 2024/2025 fundraising at €6 billion, in line with the ambition announced when it was acquired by Wendel in October 2023. We are actively building a diversified pipeline of high-quality acquisition opportunities to expand our third-party asset management business.

    We actively support the development of our permanent capital portfolio companies in navigating a persistently complex macroeconomic environment.

    Our teams remain fully mobilized to generate value through the current portfolio and further develop our asset management platform while maintaining a solid financial profile. Our strategic transformation has also gone hand in hand with a reinforced cash return to shareholders, reflected in the €4.7 dividend per share paid in May, growing 17.5% vs 2024. Given the stronger recurring and predictable cash flow generation of Wendel, we have decided to implement a semi-annual interim dividend payment policy starting in 2025. ”

    Wendel’s net asset value as of June 30, 2025: €167.7 per share on a fully diluted basis

    Wendel’s Net Asset Value (NAV) as of June 30, 2025, was prepared by Wendel to the best of its knowledge and on the basis of market data available at this date and in compliance with its methodology.

    Fully diluted Net Asset Value was €167.7 per share as of June 30, 2025 (see details in the table below), as compared to €176.7 on March 31, 2025, representing a decrease of -5.1% over the quarter and stable restated from the dividend paid in May 2025 and at constant exchange rate. Compared to the last 20-day average share price as of June 30, the discount to the fully diluted NAV per share was -48.4% as of June 30, 2025,.

    FX had a negative impact of -4.7€ per share over the second quarter due to the dollar evolution vs. euro.

    Bureau Veritas is slightly up over the quarter (+1.2% on a 20-day average). IHS Towers (+29.5%) and Tarkett (+3%) 20-day average share prices also contributed positively to the NAV. Total value creation per share of listed assets was therefore positive (+€3.5) at constant exchange rate on a fully diluted basis over the second quarter 2025.

    Unlisted asset contribution to NAV was negative over the second quarter with a total change per share of – €5.0 at a constant exchange rate reflecting selected assets operational performance and multiples evolution.

    Asset management activities contribution to NAV was positive, +€3.8 at a constant exchange rate, due to IK Partners and Monroe Capital blended multiples’ evolution and good FRE generation. A total of €49M of sponsor money is included in the NAV as of end of June, both for IK Partners and Monroe Capital.

    Cash operating costs, Net Financing Results and Other items impacted NAV by -€1.9 at constant exchange rate, as Wendel benefits from a positive carry and maintains a good cost control.

    Over the first half of the year, total Net Asset Value evolution per share amounted to -€13.2, restated from the €4.7 of dividend returned to shareholders in May 2025, i.e. -€6.2 at a constant exchange rate.

    Fully diluted NAV per share of €167.7 as of June 30, 2025

    (in millions of euros)     06/30/2025 03/31/2025
    Listed investments Number of shares Share price (1) 3,088 2,965
    Bureau Veritas 89.9m(2)/120.3m €29.2/€28.5 2,630 2,565
    IHS 63.0m/63.0m $5.7/$4.4 307 254
    Tarkett   €16.9/€16.4 151 146
    Investment in unlisted assets (3) 3,071 3,346
    Asset Management Activities (4) 1,824 1,778
    Asset Managers (IK Partners & Monroe Capital) 1,775 1,749
    Sponsor Money 49 29
    Other assets and liabilities of Wendel & holding companies (5) 150 161
    Net cash position & financial assets (6) 1,770 2,058
    Gross asset value     9,903 10,308
    Wendel bond debt & accrued interests     -2,373 -2,378
    IK Partners transaction deferred payment and Monroe Capital earnout -235 -244
    Net Asset Value     7,295 7,686
    Of which net debt     -838 -564
    Number of shares     44,461,997 44,461,997
    Net Asset Value per share €164.1 €172.9
    Wendel’s 20 days share price average   €86.6 €92.0
    Premium (discount) on NAV -47.2% -46.8%
    Number of shares – fully diluted 42,457,994 42,456,176
    Fully diluted Net Asset Value, per share €167.7 €176.7
    Premium (discount) on fully diluted NAV -48.4% -47.9%

    (1)  Last 20 trading days average as of June 30, 2025, and March 31, 2025.
    (2)  Number of shares adjusted from the Forward Sale Transaction of 30,357,140 shares of Bureau Veritas. The value of the call spread transaction to benefit from up to c.15% of the stock price appreciation on the equivalent number of shares is taken into account in Other assets & liabilities of Wendel & holding companies.
    (3)  Investments in unlisted companies (Stahl, Crisis Prevention Institute, ACAMS, Scalian, Globeducate, Wendel Growth). Aggregates retained for the calculation exclude the impact of IFRS16.
    (4)  Investments in IK Partners and Monroe Capital (excl. Cash to be distributed to shareholders). Valued as a platform based on Net Income / Distributable earnings multiples.
    (5)  Of which 2,004,003 treasury shares as of June 30, 2025, and 2,005,821 as of March 31, 2025.
    (6)  Cash position and short-term financial assets of Wendel & holdings.
    Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the euro have been converted at exchange rates prevailing on the date of the NAV calculation.
    If co-investment and managements LTIP conditions are realized, subsequent dilutive effects on Wendel’s economic ownership are accounted for in NAV calculations. See page 285 of the 2024 Registration Document.

    Wendel’s Principal Investments’ portfolio rotation

    On March 12, 2025, Wendel realized a successful placement of Bureau Veritas shares as part of a prepaid 3-year forward sale representing approximately 6.7% of Bureau Veritas share capital and increased its financial flexibility by reducing the pro forma loan-to-value ratio to approximately 17%. The transaction immediately generated net cash proceeds of approximately €750M to Wendel.

    Wendel invested €41.5M in Scalian in H1 2025 to support its external growth and to strengthen its balance sheet.

    Wendel’s Asset Management platform evolution

    Acquisition of a controlling stake in Monroe Capital LLC closed, a transformational transaction in line with the strategic roadmap

    Wendel completed on March 31, 2025 the definitive partnership agreement including the acquisition, together with AXA IM Prime, of 75% of Monroe Capital LLC (“Monroe Capital” or “the Company”), and a sponsoring program of $800 million to accelerate Monroe Capital’s growth, together with an investment of up to $200 million in GP commitment.

    With IK Partners and Monroe Capital, Wendel’s third party asset management platform reached €39 billion in AUM5, and should generate, on a full-year basis, c.€ 455 million revenues6, c.€160 million pre-tax FRE (c.€100 million in pre-tax FRE (Wendel share) in 2025. Wendel’s ambition is to reach €150 million (Wendel share) in pre-tax FRE in 2027.

    Third-Party Asset Management Platform: 22% of Gross Asset Value excluding cash

    Over the first half of 2025, the Wendel Asset Management platform (IK Partners and Monroe Capital), focused on the midmarket private markets, registered particularly strong levels of activity, generating a total of €152.0 million in Management fees and others, up 355 % vs. H1 2024, thanks to good organic growth and strong scope effects: Only IK Partners was consolidated over 2 months in H1 2024, to be compared in H1 2025 with a 6 months consolidation for IK and 3 months consolidation for Monroe Capital in H1 2025.

    As a consequence, the consolidated Fee Related Earnings of the platform amounted to €59.9 million in H1 2025, up 318% vs last year, and Profit Before Tax was €60.2 million, up 303% vs. last year.

    The Wendel Asset Management Platform has known a Strong Momentum in terms of fund raising with €4.3 billion raised over the semester, without any sponsor money committed by Wendel.

    IK Partners has closed its Midcap and its Small Cap strategy at the hard cap. This completes IK fund raising cycle (2024/2025) at €6 billion, in line with the announced target at acquisition in October 2023. Monroe Capital has also maintained its strong dynamic with $4 billion of asset raised in 6 months with a good diversification in terms of strategies and geographies.

    As of June 30, 2025 Wendel’s third-party asset management platform7 represented total assets under management of €39.1 billion (of which €10.1 billion of Dry Powder8), and FPAuM9 of €29.0 billion, FX adjusted, up +187% year-to-date. Over the period, €5.0 billion of new Fee Paying AuM were generated and about €3 billion of exits and payoffs have been realized.

    Sponsor money invested by Wendel

    Wendel committed in 2024 €434 million in IK Partners funds (of which €300 million in IK X). As of June 30, 2025, a value of €49 million of sponsor money have been called in IK Partners and Monroe Capital funds.

    Principal Investment companies’ sales

    Figures post IFRS 16 unless otherwise specified.

    Listed Assets: 38% of Gross Asset Value excluding cash

    Bureau Veritas: Robust organic revenue growth and strong margin increase in H1 2025 as the LEAP | 28 strategy execution accelerates; Confirmed 2025 outlook

    (full consolidation)

    Revenue in the first half of 2025 amounted to €3,192.5 million, a 5.7% increase compared to H1 2024. The organic increase was 6.7% compared to H1 2024 (including 6.2% in the second quarter of 2025) and a broad organic growth across most businesses and geographies.

    First half adjusted operating profit increased by 8.8% to €491.5 million. This represents an adjusted operating margin of 15.4%, up 44bps year-on-year and up 55bps at constant currency.

    As of June 30, 2025, adjusted net financial debt was €1,254.7 million and the adjusted net financial debt/EBITDA ratio was maintained at a low level of 1.11x (vs. 1.06x as of December 31, 2024).

    2025 share buyback program

    Bureau Veritas executed the €200 million share buyback program announced on April 24, 2025, thus

    acquiring c.1.5% of the outstanding share capital (6.7 million shares) through the market during the

    months of May and June 2025. The purchase was completed at an average price of €29.77 per share.

    2025 outlook confirmed

    Based on a robust first half performance, a solid backlog, and strong underlying market fundamentals, and in line with the LEAP | 28 financial ambitions, Bureau Veritas still expects to deliver for the full year 2025:

    • Mid-to-high single-digit organic revenue growth,
    • Improvement in adjusted operating margin at constant exchange rates,
    • Strong cash flow, with a cash conversion10 above 90%.

    For further details: group.bureauveritas.com

    IHS Towers – IHS Towers will report its H1 2025 results in August 2025

    Tarkett reported its H1 on July 29, 2025

    For more information: https://www.tarkett-group.com/en/investors/

    Unlisted Assets: 38% of Gross Asset Value excluding cash

    (in millions) Sales EBITDA Net debt
      H1 2024 H1 2025 H1 2024 including IFRS 16 H1 2025 including IFRS 16 Δ end of June including IFRS 16
    Stahl €464.7 €462.9 €106.7 €90.8 -14.9% €357.8
    CPI $66.9 $69.5 $28.4 $29.9 +5.3% $370.8
    ACAMS $48.7 $53.4 $8.9 $13.7 +53.9% $161.2
    Scalian €271.8 €257.6 €30.3 €28.9 -4.6% €354.8
    Globeducate(1) €202.6 €224.7 na €77.7 na €739.6

    (1)   Globeducate acquisition was completed on October 16th, 2024. Globeducate fiscal year ends in August, and figures shown are last six months at the end of May 2025. Indian operations are deconsolidated and accounted for by the equity method.

    Stahl – Total sales slightly down -0.4% in H1 2025 in a context of challenging market conditions in the automotive and luxury goods end-markets. Strong EBITDA margin of 19.6%.

    (Full consolidation) 

    Stahl, the world leader in specialty coatings for flexible materials, posted total sales of €462.9 million in the first half of 2025, representing a total decrease of -0.4% versus H1 2024.

    Organically, sales were down -5.9%, in a context of lower demand across end-markets due to very high levels of uncertainty around changing tariffs and destocking in the supply chains served by Stahl, while FX contributed -2.0%. Acquisitions contributed positively (+7.6%) to total sales variation, thanks to the acquisition of Weilburger Graphics GmbH completed in September 2024.

    Half Year 2025 EBITDA11 amounted to €90.8 million (-14.9% vs. H1 2024), translating into a strong EBITDA margin of 19.6%, thanks to a disciplined margin and fixed costs management, as well as a good diversification across geographies and segments.

    Net debt as of June 30th, 2025, was €357.8 million12, versus €383.8 million at the end of 2024 and leverage stood at 1.9x13.

    Crisis Prevention Institute reports +4.0% in revenue and +5.3% EBITDA growth. Andee Harris will become the new CEO of CPI on August 20, 2025.

    (full consolidation)

    Crisis Prevention Institute recorded first half 2025 revenue of $69.5 million, up +4% compared to H1 2024. Of this increase, +3.2% was organic growth, -0.2% came from FX movements and +1.1% from scope effect related to the Verge acquisition in Norway in January 2025. Despite ongoing federal oversight and funding uncertainty for some of CPI’s US customers that may have led to deferred spending on expanded training, CPI’s installed base of certified instructors continued to renew and maintain their certification and train their colleagues. Growth in the first half therefore increased revenues from renewals and learning materials in North America, as well as double digit growth in markets outside North America.

    H1 2025 EBITDA was $29.9 million14, reflecting a margin of 43.0%. EBITDA was up +5.3% vs. H1 2024 while margins are slightly up due to tight cost policy and in spite of lower-than-expected top line growth.

    As of June 30, 2025, net debt totaled $370.8 million15, or 4.7x EBITDA as defined in CPI’s credit agreement. In early July, CPI raised $60 million through an incremental term loan to fund c. $33 million dividend payment to Wendel by year end and a partial repurchase of management’s shares. Both the dividend and the share repurchases are expected to occur in September.

    On August 20, 2025, Andee Harris will become CEO of CPI and a member of the company’s board of directors.

    Andee Harris will take over from Tony Jace, CPI’s current CEO, who is retiring after leading CPI’s significant expansion over the past 16 years. Tony will remain on CPI’s Board of Directors through the end of 2025.

    Andee Harris was the CEO of Challenger, a global leader in training, technology and consulting. Harris will bring more than two decades of experience in growing and scaling service and technology businesses. She has previously led multiple companies, both as CEO and Senior Vice President, through periods of rapid revenue growth, digital transformation, critical fundraising and successful acquisition.

    ACAMS – Total sales up +9.6% in H1, reflecting double-digit growth in the core Americas and APAC segments, generating very strong EBITDA growth.
    (full consolidation)  

    ACAMS, the global leader in training and certifications for anti-money laundering and financial-crime prevention professionals, generated total revenue of $53.4 million, up +9.6% compared to the first half of 2024. First-half results were driven by double-digit growth in Americas and APAC segments, with both bank and non-bank customers, as well as improved conference sponsorship & exhibition sales. 

    H1 growth reflects momentum from recent strategic and organizational changes including the senior leadership additions in 2024, a shift in focus to selling solutions for large enterprise customers, market expansion with the introduction of the Certified Anti-Fraud Specialist certification (CAFS), and investments in the technology platform.

    EBITDA16 for the first half was c.$13.7 million, up 53.9% vs. H1 2024 and reflecting a 25.7% margin, up 740 bps year-over-year. The strong increase in first half profitability largely reflects the aforementioned revenue growth as well as strong cost control by the Company’s management.

    As of June 30, 2025, net debt totaled $161.2 million17, down from $165.0 million at the end of 2024, which represents 4.8x EBITDA as defined in ACAMS’ credit agreement, with ample room relative to the 9.5x covenant level.

    ACAMS anticipates continued mid-to-high single digit growth in revenues for 2025. To support its long-term development, which is expected to produce accelerated levels of growth and profitability over the next several years, additional investments and hirings will be made in H2 2025, leading to more normalized c.25% margin for the full year.

    Scalian – Total sales down 5.2% in first-half 2025, reflecting persistently tough market conditions for engineering services and digital services companies. Equity contributions by Wendel since the beginning of the year totalling €41.5 million to support Scalian’s acquisition-led growth and strengthen its balance sheet.

    Changes in governance with the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer.

    Scalian, a leader in digital transformation and operational performance consulting, reported total sales of €257.6 million as of June 30, 2025, down 5.2% year on year. The downturn in sales continues to take hold in several sectors and geographies, particularly in France and in automotive in Germany. Sales were down 11.1% on a like-for-like basis (including a negative currency impact), and benefited from a positive scope effect of 5.9% driven by acquisitions that were accretive in terms of growth and margins.

    Other European countries and North America reported further robust growth, buoyed by the acquisition of Mannarino, which made a significant contribution to half-year earnings thanks to strong business momentum.

    Scalian generated €28.9 million in EBITDA18 over first-half 2025. The EBITDA margin stood at 11.2% of sales, in line with the level recorded for full-year 2024, reflecting a tight rein on costs. As of June 30, 2025, net debt19 stood at €354.8 million (leverage of 6.7x20 EBITDA).

    Over the past 24 months, Scalian has undertaken bold transformation initiatives, which are being accelerated in 2025 in response to the worsening market environment:

    • Creation of a team focusing on key strategic clients and sectors with high growth potential
    • Expansion of the bestshoring platform
    • Launch of the “One Motion” plan, a transformation designed to improve the efficiency of the Scalian business model in three areas (sales and staffing, automation for productivity, and finance and operations)
    • Dynamic management of utilization rates
    • Accelerated integration of acquisitions and generation of related synergies
    • Targeted indirect cost reduction actions
    • More disciplined management of working capital

    These initiatives, aimed at strengthening Scalian’s business model and attractiveness, have already had a positive impact, and have led to significant commercial successes in recent months, including major agreements in the aerospace and defense sectors.

    Since the beginning of the year, Wendel has injected an additional €41.5 million in equity to support Scalian’s acquisition-led growth and strengthen its balance sheet.

    Wendel is also announcing today a major change in Scalian’s governance, with the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer effective October 1 at the latest, the date on which Yvan Chabanne will step down following a decade of intensive development. The aim is to launch Scalian into the next cycle of growth and transformation with a new Chief Executive Officer, who has already been identified, also a highly experienced executive from the engineering industry, whose name will be announced shortly.

    David Darmon, Chairman of Scalian’s Supervisory Board:

    “On behalf of the Wendel Group, I would like to extend my warmest thanks to Yvan Chabanne for his remarkable achievements and unfailing commitment at the helm of Scalian, the brand he founded. Under his leadership, the Group has undergone an exceptional transformation: it has expanded strongly on an international level, become a leader in engineering, digital transformation and operational performance consulting, strengthened its positions with major customers and multiplied its sales almost ten-fold – half of which through a dozen acquisitions. Today, consolidated sales stand at around €530 million.

    We are delighted to welcome on board a new Chief Executive Officer whose international background, in-depth knowledge of our businesses and unifying leadership skills will be key assets in supporting the Group’s development going forward. We look forward to working alongside the future Chief Executive Officer on an ambitious value creation plan, which will unleash the full potential of this magnificent company, driven by the expertise, dedication and talent of its teams.” 

    Globeducate – Total sales up +10.9%21over 6-month period ending May 31, 2025. Annualized EBITDA margin c.25%22in line with expectations.

    (Accounted for by the equity method. Globeducate acquisition was completed on October 16th, 2024. Indian operations are deconsolidated and accounted for by the equity method due to the absence of audited figures. 6-month revenue and EBITDA from December 1, 2024 to May 31, 2025).

    Globeducate, one of the world’s leading bilingual K-12 education groups, posted total sales of €224.7 million1 for the 6-month period ending May 31, 2025, representing a total increase of +10.9% over last year. Of this increase, +3.3% came from accretive M&A transactions.

    EBITDA2 for the same period stood at €77.7 million. EBITDA is always particularly high at this time of year driven by the seasonality of the business (revenues are recognized over the academic year while costs are spread out across the entire fiscal year) and will smooth out over the next quarter. EBITDA was in line with expectations and ensures an annualized EBITDA margin at c.25%. This solid financial performance was fueled by a combination of organic and external growth as well as strict cost control.

    Since the beginning of Globeducate’s fiscal year (September 1, 2024 – August 31, 2025), the Group has completed 3 acquisitions: Olympion School and the International School of Paphos in Cyprus, and l’Ecole des Petits in the UK.

    Net debt as of May 31, 2025, was €739.6 million23 and leverage stood at 6.3x4.

    Consolidated Accounts

    The Supervisory Board met on July 30, 2025, under the chairmanship of Nicolas ver Hulst, to review Wendel’s condensed consolidated financial statements, as approved by the Executive Board on July 25, 2025. The interim financial statements were subject to a limited review by the Statutory Auditors prior to publication.

    Wendel Group’s consolidated net sales totaled €4,177.6 million, up +7.2% overall and up +3.9% organically. FX contribution is -2.1% and scope effect is +5.4%.

    The net income from operations of Group companies, Group share amounted to €86.0 million, down -17.9%.

    Financial expenses, operating expenses and taxes recorded by Wendel represented €46.0 million, up €13.2 million from the €32.9 million reported in H1 2024, mainly due to lower returns from cash. Operating expenses were down 15.6% due to good cost control.

    H1 2025 net income Group share €4.3 million vs. €388.2 million in the first half of 2024, reflecting a €418.6 million capital gain group share from the disposal of Constantia Flexibles in H1 2024. In H1 2025, The impact (group share) of impairment on investments was limited over the period, as the reversal of the impairment on Tarkett Participation was offset by the impairment recognized on Scalian, as a result of the slowdown in its markets. The gain on the forward sale of Bureau Veritas in 2025 and the positive change in the fair value of IHS are not recognized in the income statement but in shareholder equity.

    Estimated impact of new tariffs on Wendel’s businesses 

    Wendel Group’s companies are mainly business services, and are therefore only slightly directly impacted by conflicts over tariffs. For industrial companies (Stahl and Tarkett), these two companies have production units generally located in the countries in which they generate their revenues. According to the information available, the direct impact for these two companies is limited. The lack of visibility on the evolution of tariffs, as well as their real impact on global economic growth and USD exchange rates, constitute the main risk on the value creation potential of our assets. In the second quarter of 2025, the main indirect impact of trade tariffs was on the euro-dollar exchange rate, which impacted the valuation of some of our assets, mainly US companies or listed in the US. The impacts of trade tariffs specific to each company are described in the relevant sections of this press release.

    Agenda

    Thursday, October 23, 2025

    Q3 2025 Trading update – Publication of NAV as of September 30, 2025 (post-market release)

    Friday, December 12, 2025,

    2025 Investor Day.

    Wednesday, February 25, 2026

    Full-Year 2025 Results – Publication of NAV as of December 31, 2025, and Full-Year consolidated financial statements (post-market release)

    Wednesday, April 22, 2026

    Q1 2026 Trading update – Publication of NAV as of March 31, 2026 (post-market release)

    Thursday, May 21, 2026

    Annual General Meeting

    Wednesday, July 29, 2026

    H1 2026 results – Publication of NAV as of June 30, 2026, and condensed Half-Year consolidated financial statements (post-market release)

    About Wendel

    Wendel is one of Europe’s leading listed investment firms. Regarding its principal investment strategy, the Group invests in companies which are leaders in their field, such as ACAMS, Bureau Veritas, Crisis Prevention Institute, Globeducate, IHS Towers, Scalian, Stahl and Tarkett. In 2023, Wendel initiated a strategic shift into third-party asset management of private assets, alongside its historical principal investment activities. In May 2024, Wendel completed the acquisition of a 51% stake in IK Partners, a major step in the deployment of its strategic expansion in third-party private asset management and also completed in March 2025 the acquisition of 72% of Monroe Capital. As of June 30, 2025, Wendel manages 39 billion euros on behalf of third-party investors, and c.6.2 billion euros invested in its principal investments activity.

    Wendel is listed on Eurolist by Euronext Paris.

    Standard & Poor’s ratings: Long-term: BBB, stable outlook – Short-term: A-2 

    Wendel is the Founding Sponsor of Centre Pompidou-Metz. In recognition of its long-term patronage of the arts, Wendel received the distinction of “Grand Mécène de la Culture” in 2012.For more information: wendelgroup.com

    Follow us on LinkedIn @Wendel 

    Appendix 1: H1 2025 Consolidated sales and results

    H1 2025 consolidated net sales

    (in millions of euros) H1 2024 H1 2025 Δ Organic Δ
    Bureau Veritas 3,021.7 3,192.5 +5.7% +6.7%
    Stahl 464.7 462.9 -0.4% -5.9%
    Scalian (1) 271.8 257.6 -5.2% -11.1%
    CPI 61.9 63.7 +3.0% +3.2%
    ACAMS 44.5 48.8 +9.6% +9.8%
    IK Partners (2) 33.4 91.2 n.a. n.a.
    Monroe Capital (3) n.a. 60.8 n.a. n.a.
    Consolidated sales 3,897.9 4,177.6 +7.2% +3.9%

    (1) Scalian, which had a different reporting date to Wendel (refer to 2023 consolidated financial statements – Note 2 – 1.” Changes in scope of consolidation in 2023″), realigns its closing date with Wendel group. Consequently, sale’s contribution corresponds to 6 months’ sales between January 1st 2025 and June 30 2025. The contribution published last year (€278.2M) corresponded to 6 months’ sales between October 1st 2024 and March 31st 2025.

    (2) Acquisition d’IK Partners in May 2024. Contribution of sales for 2 months in 2024 versus 6 months in 2025.

    (3) Contribution of 3 months’ sales from April 1st, 2025 to June 30, 2025. Including PRE.

    H1 2025 net sales of equity-accounted companies

    (in millions of euros) H1 2024 H1 2025 Δ Organic Δ
    Tarkett (4) 1,558.7 1,573.5 +0.9% -0.2%
    Globeducate (5) n.a. 224.7 n.a. n.a.

    (4) Selling price adjustments in the CIS countries are historically intended to offset currency movements and are therefore excluded from the “organic growth” indicator.

    (5) Contribution of 6 months of sales from December 1st, 2024 to May 31st, 2025 excluding India.

    H1 2025 consolidated results

    (in millions of euros) H1 2024 H1 2025
    Contribution from asset management 11.6 49.0
    Consolidated subsidiaries 364.6 353.8
    Financing, operating expenses and taxes -32.9 -46.0
    Net income from operations(1) 343.4 356.8
    Net income from operations, Group share 104.8 86.0
    Non-recurring income/loss 643.4 15.7
    Impact of goodwill allocation -50.4 -65.1
    Impairment -90.6 -39.4
    Total net income (2) 845.8 268.0
    Net income, Group share 388.2 4.3

    (1)        Net income before goodwill allocation entries and non-recurring items.

    (2)        IHS is accounted for as financial assets through OCI

    H1 2025 net income from operations

    (in millions of euros) H1 2024 H1 2025 Change
    IK Partners 11.6 30.3 +161.8%
    Monroe Capital n.a. 18.7 n.a.
    Total contribution from asset management 11.6 49.0 n.a.
    Total contribution from AM Group share 5.9 29.3 +153.2%
    Bureau Veritas 302.5 307.9 +1.8%
    Stahl 52.6 36.0 -31.6%
    Scalian 0.3 -6.5 n.a.
    CPI 4.8 6.0 +23.7%
    ACAMS -3.0 -1.3 n.a.
    Tarkett (equity accounted) 7.4 3.7 -50.4%
    Globeducate (equity accounted) n.a. 8.0 n.a;
    Total contribution from Group companies 364.6 353.8 -3.0%
    of which Group share 131.6 102.5 -22.1%
    Operating expenses net of management fees -38.2 -32.2 -15.6%
    Taxes -1.7 -2.1 +21.3%
    Financial expenses 19.0 -1.0 -105.3%
    Non-cash operating expenses -11.9 -10.5 -11.2%
    Net income from operations 343.4 356.8 +3.9%
    of which Group share 104.8 86.0 -17.9%

    Appendix 2: Conversion from accounting presentation to economic presentation

    Please refer to table 5.1 of the consolidated statements.

    Appendix 3: Glossary

    • AUM (Assets under Management): Corresponding – for a given fund – to total investors’ commitment (during the fund’s investment period) or total invested amount (post investment period)
    • FRE (Fee-Related Earnings): Earnings generated by recurring fee revenues (mainly management fees). It excludes earnings generated by more volatile performance-related revenues.
    • GP (General Partner): Entity in charge of the overall management, administration and investment of the funds. The GP is paid by management fees charged on assets under management (AuM)

    1 Fully diluted of share buybacks and treasury shares. Net Asset Value non fully diluted stands at €164.1.
    2 As of end of June 2025, AuM of IK Partners and Monroe Capital

    3 This amount includes usual closing adjustments

    4 Including sponsor money commitment in IK (-€434m partly called as of 06.30.2025) & expected commitments in Monroe Capital (-$200m partly called as of 06.30.2025), IK Partners transaction deferred payment (-€131m), Monroe Capital 100% acquisition (including estimated earnout and puts on residual capital, i.e -$527M), and pro forma of Bureau Veritas dividend payment in July (€80.9 million).

    5 As of end of June 2025

    6 Based on USD/EUR exchange rate of 1.08

    7 IK Partners and Monroe Capital

    8 Commitments not yet invested

    9 Fee Paying AuM

    10 (Net cash generated from operating activities – lease payments + corporate tax)/adjusted operating profit

    11 EBITDA including IFRS 16 impacts, EBITDA excluding IFRS 16 stands at €87.6m.

    12 Including IFRS 16 impacts. Net debt excluding the impact of IFRS 16 was €341.8m.

    13 Leverage as per credit documentation definition.

    14 Recurring EBITDA post IFRS 16. Recurring EBITDA pre IFRS 16 was $29.3m

    15 Post IFRS 16 impact. Net debt pre IFRS 16 impact was $367.9m.

    16 EBITDA including IFRS 16. EBITDA excluding IFRS16 stands at $13.1m

    17 Including IFRS 16 impacts. Net debt excluding the impact of IFRS 16 was $159.5 million.

    18 EBITDA including IFRS 16 impact. Excluding IFRS 16, EBITDA stands at €24.2 million.

    19 Net debt including IFRS 16 impact. Excluding IFRS 16, net debt stands at €324.0 million.

    20 As per credit documentation (pre IFRS 16).

    21 6-month revenue from December 1, 2024, to May 31, 2025. Indian operations are deconsolidated and accounted for by the equity method due to the absence of audited figures. These figures are compared with the same period last year and are estimated and non-audited.

    22 EBITDA including IFRS 16 impacts and excluding Indian activities.

    23 Including IFRS 16 impacts; excluding IFRS 16, net debt stood at €572.1 million.

    4 Leverage as per credit documentation definition.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI Analysis: Many tongues, one people: the debate over linguistic diversity in India

    Source: The Conversation – UK – By Sudhansu Bala Das, Postdoctoral researcher in Linguistics, University of Galway

    India is a home to numerous ancient and linguistically rich languages across its many regions. In a single home, a young person may speak, for example, Odia (the language spoken in the eastern state of Odisha) with their grandparents, switch to English for homework, and enjoy listening to Hindi songs on YouTube.

    Far from being confusing, this coexistence is necessary and natural. It’s a hallmark of a nation where language diversity is embraced as a strength rather than being a barrier to be overcome.

    India’s prime minister, Narendra Modi, reflected this attitude in February this year when he remarked that there had “never been any animosity among Indian languages”. He was speaking at a major literary conference in the state of Maharashtra, where the vast majority of people, 84 million out of a population of 112 million, speak Marathi as a first language with Hindi a distant second.

    “[Indian languages] have always influenced and enriched each other, he said. “It is our social responsibility to distance ourselves from such misconceptions and embrace and enrich all languages.” His remarks reinforced a broader message: that linguistic diversity is not a barrier, but a shared cultural strength that binds India together.

    But language can also be a politically divisive issue in such a diverse country. And Modi and members of his government have been criticised for words and actions seen as trying to shape the use of Hindi, English and other languages within India. Because of the country’s linguistic complexity, the situation is always more complicated to navigate than it might first appear.

    India has a total of around 19,500 languages or dialects that are spoken as mother tongues, according to the 2011 census. Of those, 22 languages are recognised as official under the Indian constitution.

    The 2011 census found that 44% of Indians, about 528 million people, speak Hindi as their first language (meaning what is spoken at home). Similarly, around 57% of people use it as a second or third language.

    That means Hindi has a broad presence across regions, but it exists alongside many other languages with equal value, including Marathi, Bengali (97 million), Telugu (81 million), Tamil (69 million) and Meitei (1.8 million).

    First, second and third language speakers in India, according to the 2011 census.
    2011 Indian census, CC BY-NC-SA

    At the national level, India has two official languages: Hindi and English. Hindi is used for communication within the central government, while English is widely used in legal, administrative and international affairs. Each state can choose its own official language(s) for state-level governance. For example, Tamil Nadu uses Tamil, Maharashtra uses Marathi, and so on.

    But in daily life, people often switch between languages depending on where they are and who they are speaking to, at home, at work, or in public spaces. According to the 2011 census, nearly one in four Indians said they could speak at least two languages, and over 7% said they could speak three.

    India introduced a three-language formula in education the 1960s. This policy guideline encouraged students to learn three languages: their regional mother tongue, Hindi (if it is not already their first language) and English. This was intended to produce a flexible and inclusive approach across different states.

    In 2020, the Modi government introduced a new national education policy that gave states more flexibility to pick which two Indian languages should be taught alongside English, but made the recommendation compulsory in all states. This has led to a backlash in several states because some fear it effectively introduces Hindi teaching by the backdoor and will dilute the use of other languages.

    There is also considerable debate in India about the role of English, which about 10.6% of Indians speak to some degree but some believe is a relic of colonial rule. Modi himself has suggested this is the case and has taken action to reduce the official use of English, for example in medical schools.

    However, he has also acknowledged the importance of English, particularly in global communication, and spoken of the value all Indian languages bring to the country’s unity and progress. “It is our duty to embrace all languages,” he told the audience in Maharashtra, adding that Indian languages, including English, “have always enriched each other and formed the foundation of our unity”.

    Many see the language as a link between the many linguistic communities of India. Others see it is a tool for social mobility, especially for lower castes. Some have even accused the government of wanting to discourage English in order to maintain social privileges and promote the dominance of Hindi.

    On the other hand, the 2020 national education policy mandates the teaching of English. It recommends bilingual textbooks in English and local languages, and that English should be taught “wherever possible” alongside mother tongues in primary education.

    The government is also taking steps to make the digital world more inclusive to people, whatever their language. Launched by Modi in 2022, the Bhashini project is a national AI initiative supporting speech-to-text, real-time translation and digital accessibility in all 22 official languages. This aims to make digital platforms and public services more inclusive, especially for rural and remote communities.

    As poet and Nobel laureate Rabindranath Tagore once wrote: “If God had so wished, he would have made all Indians speak with one language … the unity of India has been and shall always be a unity in diversity.”

    In India, children today grow up speaking their mother tongue, with many learning Hindi to communicate across regions, and gaining English skills for global connections. India’s future does not depend on choosing one language over another, but on enabling them to flourish side by side.

    There’s a Chinese proverb: “To learn a language is to have one more window from which to look at the world.” With thousands of such windows, India’s future is rooted in both unity and diversity.

    Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences.

    Sudhansu Bala Das does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. Many tongues, one people: the debate over linguistic diversity in India – https://theconversation.com/many-tongues-one-people-the-debate-over-linguistic-diversity-in-india-261308

    MIL OSI Analysis –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Boozman, Colleagues Host Members of British Parliament in Senate to Sharpen Collaboration

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Arkansas – John Boozman

    BAPG Chairman Boozman and Vice Chair Whitehouse lead discussions with visiting U.K. BAPG members.

    WASHINGTON––U.S. Senator John Boozman (R-AR), Chair of the Senate Delegation to the British-American Parliamentary Group (BAPG), welcomed lawmakers from the United Kingdom to Capitol Hill for working sessions and events designed to offer a deeper understanding of the American political system at the federal level.

    During their visit, BAPG members consisting of senators and Members of Britain’s Parliament fostered dialogue on key policy priorities, such as security and defense across Europe and Asia, strengthening U.S. and U.K. relations, and topics including artificial intelligence, technology and international trade.

    “It is an honor and a privilege to continue the tradition of convening the British-American Parliamentary Group, especially back in the U.S. once again,” said Boozman. “I thoroughly enjoy our discussions and the opportunity to strengthen the special relationship and friendships our nations sustain to promote understanding, partnership, prosperity and diplomacy for generations to come.”

    Chairman Boozman and Vice Chair Whitehouse pose with visiting members of the British-American Parliamentary Group.

    Senator Sheldon Whitehouse (D-RI) serves as Vice Chair of the Senate BAPG Delegation and joined Boozman in hosting the British lawmakers. Throughout the remainder of the conference, BAPG members met with several of Boozman’s Senate colleagues, executive branch leaders, businesses and think tanks.

    The BAPG Conference meeting location traditionally alternates between the U.S. and U.K. every two years. 

    For more photos from the conference, please click here.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Hailing Progress to Transform Food Systems, Deputy Secretary-General Urges Stronger Collaboration to End Global Hunger, at UN Summit+4 Stocktake’s Closing Plenary

    Source: United Nations General Assembly and Security Council

    Following are UN Deputy Secretary-General Amina Mohammed’s remarks, as prepared for delivery, at the closing plenary of the Second United Nations Food Systems Summit Stocktake (UNFSS+4), in Addis Ababa today:

    Let me begin by extending my appreciation to the Government of Ethiopia for its warm hospitality, and to the Italian Government as well, for their support as Co-Hosts of this Second United Nations Food Systems Summit Stocktake.

    Over the last three days, we have engaged and heard from over 3,000 of you — leaders from Ethiopia and Italy, Kenya, Somalia, Comoros, Liberia, Nigeria, Uganda, Cuba; the ministers from a wide range of sectors; National Convenors and other government representatives; youth, Indigenous Peoples, food producers, business, civil society, development partners; our Rome-based agencies; and the UN system.  I am particularly grateful to the resident coordinators that joined us here in Addis and will now go back to work with renewed impetus to make food systems transformation a reality.

    The energy and vitality of this movement continues to inspire.  This gathering has reminded us of the value of coming together as a global community to benefit from the perspectives and experiences of others and to shape new, bold action for the future.

    At the UN Food Systems Summit (UNFSS) in 2021, in the midst of a global pandemic, we embarked on a journey to grow and catalyse energy behind an emerging movement for the transformation of our food systems to achieve the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).  Too often food systems are seen as part of our challenges, when they can be one of the greatest solutions to deliver for people, planet, peace and prosperity.

    Two years ago, still grappling with the socioeconomic impacts of the pandemic, facing planetary crises and the effects of new conflicts, the Call to Action from the First Stocktake of the UN Food Systems Summit (UNFSS+2) in Rome appealed for inclusivity to strengthen our efforts to drive more targeted investment and mutual accountability.

    Since then, Governments have continued to shift how they govern and shape policy for food systems.  A total of 130 countries have articulated integrated, multisectoral National Pathways for Food Systems Transformation and here again; I want to acknowledge the incredible contribution of Sir David Nabarro.

    In 168 countries, nationally determined contributions are now reflecting the critical role of food and agriculture in reducing greenhouse gas emissions as we seek to adapt and transform.

    More than 170 countries are implementing school meal programmes that support child nutrition, often connecting with local producers and contributing to regenerative production practices.  At the subnational level, many cities are leading the way in reducing food waste and strengthening local supply chains.

    I am proud of what we have achieved.  We have heard powerful stories of progress and rising ambition since 2021 from a diverse ecosystem of partners, who are reforming policies, championing local innovation and digitalization, mobilizing investments and partnerships and empowering women and youth.

    And when it comes to our young people, there is increased understanding that ensuring youth-inclusive and youth-led food systems transformation is important both for enhancing youth welfare and building sustainable and resilient food systems.

    The food systems movement has taken root in global and regional agreements — from the Twenty-Eighth Session of the Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (COP28) Declaration to initiatives emerging from the Group of Seven (G7) and Group of Twenty (G20) to regional agreements, such as the Kampala Declaration earlier this year.

    These are powerful commitments to transform food systems for people and the planet that you have helped inspire.  Thanks to your collective work and efforts we are better equipped to meet our ambition.

    You are strengthening coalitions and launching new initiatives to help drive our work, including:

    • The Food Systems Accelerator, launched by Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), GAIN and the UN Food Systems Coordination Hub, will support countries to turn strategies into financed, scalable change.
    • Through greater uptake of the Financial Flows to Food Systems framework, co-developed by the International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD) and the World Bank, we can help Governments design more effective, tailored financing strategies.
    • Business engagement — co-led by the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), UN Global Compact and the World Business Council for Sustainable Development — broke new ground.  These efforts culminated in a Business Compendium of 15 investment-ready models, showing how business is shifting from commitment to implementation.
    • As a result of the investment pitch for Cameroon, the Global Flagship Initiative for Food Security has announced their intent to partner with the Joint SDG Fund to significantly scale up existing programmes.  The launch for this large-scale commitment will take place in New York this September 2025.
    • The Convergence Initiative helps drive integration of food systems transformation and climate action for accelerated sustainable development and represents a useful resource for countries to navigate competing policy choices with partners.
    • Investments in critical sectors, including those under the Mattei Plan for Africa, are mobilizing public-private partnerships and catalysing private sector investment.
    • The UNFSS+4 Youth Declaration, crafted by more than 3,000 youth from all over the world, called for inclusive, participatory decision-making in food systems, climate justice and intergenerational collaboration.
    • The UNFSS Coalitions of Action demonstrated that they are dynamic vehicles for food systems transformation, mobilizing diverse stakeholders across sectors and scales to deliver impact aligned with national priorities.

    With just five years until 2030, it is encouraging to see that the world remains committed to the realization of the 2030 Agenda.

    As we conclude this Stocktake, we must acknowledge that we met in the face of challenges that test our moral values and threaten the future sustainability of our planet, underscoring the urgency of our work together.

    The release of the 2025 State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World Report last night confirmed:  hunger and malnutrition persist.  Climate shocks, conflict, debt and inequality are widening the cracks in our systems.

    It is estimated that between 638 and 720 million people — a bit less than 1 in 10 people in the world — faced hunger in 2024. 2.6 billion people are still unable to afford a healthy diet.  Only about one third of children aged 6 to 23 months and two thirds of women aged 15 to 49 years achieved minimum dietary diversity globally.

    People’s access to food in conflict zones is highly constrained and — in some instances — attempts to access humanitarian relief has led to injury and death.  Whole communities experience man-made food insecurity and malnutrition, with extreme long-term consequences for their children.

    Farmers everywhere are facing unprecedented adverse climate impacts, threatening livelihoods and food security.  Developing economies are still coping with impacts of inflation, severe fiscal constraints, debt challenges and the high cost of capital.  Looking ahead, 512 million people are still projected to be facing hunger in 2030, of whom nearly 60 per cent will be in Africa.

    As we consider the pathway to 2030, peace and respect for human rights must anchor our ambition.  Every person in our world — rich or poor, young or old — has the right to food that is accessible, affordable, safe and nutritious. Present and future generations are depending on our choices.  Only through inclusive dialogue and genuine partnerships can countries and communities ensure faster and more effective progress.

    As we leave this Stocktake and take what we achieved here in Addis back home and to other milestones, clear points of emphasis have been identified:

    First, we must act urgently to summon the funding, innovations and global solidarity to build the food-secure and climate-resilient future that every person, everywhere, needs and deserves.  The dramatic reduction in life-saving humanitarian funding to respond to these needs must be immediately reversed and safe access to life-saving humanitarian support granted.

    Second, is to deepen the implementation of National Pathways for Food Systems Transformation.  The effective and meaningful participation of all relevant stakeholders is a priority, with particular attention to involving family farmers, front-line food workers, women, youth, Indigenous Peoples and local communities.

    Third, we must unlock finance and investment.  That means mobilizing domestic resources and investments at scale for all dimensions of food systems transformation.  It also means scaling up finance and investment by multilateral development banks, international financial institutions, and public development banks behind country priorities.

    And we have work to do to scale up private sector investment in agriculture and food systems.  This should include the small and medium-sized enterprises that serve as a backbone of our food systems interfacing with millions of food producers and consumers.

    Fourth, we must continue the drive for an integrated approach.  We need to simultaneously pursue policy measures that focus on equity and resilience through linking environmental, economic and social dimensions of food systems.  Policies should be rooted in local culture, communities and traditional knowledge to help guide approaches that can accelerate transformation and enhance self-reliance.

    Fifth, we must continue to leverage science, technology and knowledge.  Science and innovation are prerequisites for food systems transformation and can support alignment of health, agriculture, climate, biodiversity and economic objectives and policies.  Strong science-policy-society interfaces are essential and must appreciate traditional knowledge.

    New technologies, such as artificial intelligence, are changing our economies and our societies.  The road ahead demands we leverage the appropriate and responsible use of technology to ensure prosperity for all in a healthy and liveable planet.  The digital public infrastructure needs more investment to ensure the connectivity of our rural communities.

    And, finally, we must connect with our future.  I agree with our young people — they are not merely future beneficiaries of food systems change, they are active co-leaders in transformation.  Policies should enhance opportunities for young people to create, innovate and thrive.

    On the road to 2030, there will be important milestones that the outcomes of UNFSS+4 will inform and in which this movement will engage.  These include the World Social Summit, United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) COP30, UN Convention on Biological Diversity COP17 and the 2027 SDG Summit.

    UNFSS+4 has reinforced the value of a dedicated space to foster collaboration, deepen systems approaches and encourage the emergence of food systems whose purposes are at the heart of the 2030 Agenda.

    The UN Food Systems Coordination Hub will continue to advance progress at country level, through our resident coordinators and country teams, accompanying National Convenors and collaborating with other partners.  Our movement has shown what is possible when we work together in deliberate ways across sectors, stakeholders and countries with a shared purpose.

    I call on Governments and people everywhere to build on what has been accomplished and continue to work together for peace and to realize the vision of the 2030 Agenda.  Let’s continue to lead the way — together.

    MIL OSI United Nations News –

  • MIL-OSI USA: White House, Tech Leaders Commit to Create Patient-Centric Healthcare Ecosystem

    Source: US Department of Health and Human Services

    Leading Healthcare, Tech Companies Pledge to Work on Interoperability & User-Friendly Apps

    Today, the Trump Administration announced progress toward building a smarter, more secure, and more personalized healthcare experience in partnership with innovative private sector companies. During a White House “Make Health Tech Great Again” event hosted with the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), the Administration secured commitments from major healthcare and information technology firms – including Amazon, Anthropic, Apple, Google, and OpenAI – to begin laying the foundation for a next-generation digital health ecosystem that will improve patient outcomes, reduce provider burden, and drive value.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI: SUSE Recognized as a Leader in Analyst Evaluation on Multicloud Container Platforms, Q3 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LUXEMBOURG, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — SUSE®, a global leader in enterprise open source solutions, today announced it was recognized as a leader in The Forrester Wave™ for Multicloud Container Platforms, Q3 2025 for SUSE Rancher Prime. This evaluation explores how multicloud container platforms are responding by doubling down on enterprise-grade solutions for cloud, data center, and edge or by targeting specialized use cases, from AI to industrial operations.

    “To us, this recognition as a leader in The Forrester Wave™ for Multicloud Container Platforms, Q3 2025, shows what our customers already know: SUSE is built for composability, performance and flexibility. We empower enterprises to run securely at the edge, in the cloud and in the data center without compromise. Our open source foundation, paired with a customer-first support model, is what sets SUSE Rancher Prime apart,” said Peter Smails, SVP, General Manager, Cloud Native at SUSE. “Our strategic direction is focused on supporting customers and partners with digital sovereignty, driving cloud cost efficiency, elevating security and compliance for risk mitigation and empowering resilient business operations.”

    The Forrester Wave™: Multicloud Container Platforms, Q3 2025 report notes that:

    • “Today, [SUSE Rancher Prime’s] flexible packaging stands out.”
    • ”SUSE is above par in many categories, including serverless, DevOps automation, service and application catalogs, integration, runtime, control plane configuration, and cost management.”
    • ”SUSE customers praise the vendor’s can-do approach to support and its willingness to solve issues…”
    • ”SUSE is a good fit for enterprise customers who are comfortable with cloud-native technologies and want to prioritize composability and options and/or cloud, data center, and edge.”

    SUSE Rancher Prime stands as the partner of choice for organizations including Aussie Broadband, Lumen and Switch. It offers a unified, self-service Kubernetes platform that simplifies complex cloud-native transformation, accelerates time-to-market, and ensures enterprise-grade security and compliance across any environment. It leverages SUSE’s decades of trusted open source innovation and leadership to build a robust foundation for the future of modern applications, all while guaranteeing vendor independence.

    To learn more, visit the official announcement blog or access the full report here.

    Information on The Forrester Wave:
    Forrester does not endorse any company, product, brand, or service included in its research publications and does not advise any person to select the products or services of any company or brand based on the ratings included in such publications. Information is based on the best available resources. Opinions reflect judgment at the time and are subject to change. For more information, read about Forrester’s objectivity here .

    About SUSE
    SUSE is a global leader in innovative, reliable and secure enterprise open source solutions, including SUSE® Linux Suite, SUSE® Rancher Suite, SUSE® Edge Suite and SUSE® AI Suite. More than 60% of the Fortune 500 rely on SUSE to power their mission-critical workloads, enabling them to innovate everywhere – from the data center to the cloud, to the edge and beyond. SUSE puts the “open” back in open source, collaborating with partners and communities to give customers the agility to tackle innovation challenges today and the freedom to evolve their strategy and solutions tomorrow. For more information, visit www.suse.com.

    Media Contact
    Rachel Romoff, SUSE
    rachel.romoff@suse.com

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: LYNO Debuts Presale Offering for AI-Powered Arbitrage Token

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ROAD TOWN, British Virgin Islands, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The team behind $LYNO has officially launched the first phase of its presale for a decentralized, AI-powered cross-chain arbitrage protocol designed to operate across more than 15 EVM-compatible blockchains. The presale is structured into seven stages and aims to provide early participants with tiered pricing and bonus opportunities.

    7-Stage LYNO Presale Begins—Early Access Tokens Available at Discounted Rate

    The presale of LYNO has already begun, and it is well-organized with a 7-phase launch plan that will reward early participants. The Early Bird phase is the first Community Round, where 16 million tokens or 3.20 percent of the total 140 million supply will be offered at a highly discounted price of 0.05 dollars per token, in order to encourage early participation. This round aims at raising 800,000. After this level, the price of the token shoots to 0.055 – the next level immediately adding value to the early investors who get the tokens at the lowest rates.

    The Community Round is now underway, offering 16 million tokens—or 3.20% of the total 140 million supply—at a discounted price of $0.05 per token. This phase targets a raise of $800,000 before the token price increases to $0.055 in the next stage. Participants can use ETH or USDT on the Ethereum network and must connect via Web3-compatible wallets such as MetaMask or Trust Wallet.

    Smart contracts associated with the presale have been audited by Cyberscope , providing an added layer of transparency and security. Purchased tokens will be claimable via the official LYNO dashboard upon the conclusion of the presale.

    Introducing the LYNO Protocol

    The $LYNO protocol is an AI-powered, decentralized arbitrage system that autonomously identifies and executes cross-chain trading opportunities. By leveraging real-time market data and machine learning algorithms, it seeks to detect price inefficiencies and execute arbitrage with minimal latency.

    The protocol consists of four core modules:

    1. Data Aggregation
    2. AI-Based Decision Making
    3. Autonomous Execution
    4. Settlement and Reporting

    It is built to interact seamlessly with popular chains including Ethereum, BNB Chain, Polygon, Arbitrum, and Optimism. Interoperability is enabled through bridges such as LayerZero, Axelar, and Wormhole.

    The $LYNO token will serve multiple functions within the ecosystem, including:

    • Governance voting
    • Profit-sharing via staking
    • Protocol upgrades and community initiatives

    Next Steps

    The team encourages interested participants to review the project documentation and join the community channels for regular updates.

    For more information:

    Contact:

    LYNO AI
    Email: contact@lyno.ai

    Disclaimer: This content is provided by LYNO AI. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice. Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed. Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility. Globenewswire does not endorse any content on this page.

    Legal Disclaimer: This media platform provides the content of this article on an “as-is” basis, without any warranties or representations of any kind, express or implied. We assume no responsibility for any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions. We do not assume any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licenses, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information presented herein. Any concerns, complaints, or copyright issues related to this article should be directed to the content provider mentioned above.

    Photos accompanying this announcement are available at

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/ddc05c6a-661b-4f0a-8d44-d8c207fa0e5e

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/6e21c7b3-e34c-4d1b-9e86-9db02e733906

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Little Pepe (LILPEPE) Sells Out Presale Stage 8 Ahead of Schedule, Raised Amount Crosses $13,775,000

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DUBAI, United Arab Emirates, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Little Pepe (LILPEPE), the newest token sensation in the meme coin sphere, is successfully selling Presale Stage 8 long before the planned deadline, and this marks a significant milestone on the way to the outfit raising funds. Earlier today, the amount raised had already skyrocketed to an impressive amount nearing $13.7 million. The project momentum is only then gaining speed as it starts attracting the interest of investors in the whole crypto space.

    LILPEPE Raises Over $13.7M as Token Demand Soars in Stage 8
    Little Pepe ($LILPEPE) is smashing through its presale of Stage 8, raising $13.75 million, bringing the funds raised to a total of around $13.775 million. The Ethereum-based meme coin, with over 9.7 billion tokens sold at the price of $0.0017, was still a strong attraction to investors.

    The presale has experienced growth in interest, taking place in phases of increased prices and in Stage 7, it was an $11.225 million fund. A low-cost, scalable, EVM-compatible network is a great way to create a meme coin with some actual utility, with $LILPEPE tapping into the future of the part culture, meme NFTs, and utilities of the blockchain industry.

    $777K Little Pepe Giveaway Still Open
    To thank the early adopters, Little Pepe is running a giveaway of 777,000 dollars. The winners will be 10 people who will share 77,000 dollars worth of LILPEPE tokens.

    The entry requires buying a minimum of $100 in Little Pepe during the presale and performing social actions such as following, sharing, tagging, and others and you should only enter via the official site, LittlePepe.com, to not getting scammed. Little Pepe will never DM or contact you to request wallet information.

    About Little Pepe
    Little Pepe is a blockchain of the next generation that combines the meme culture and the light infrastructure of decentralization, which is low-cost and fast at the same time and it is entirely EVM-compatible and able to support scalable applications with low fees. The project builds on these factors, as there is power in the $LILPEPE token, making this a project that brings utility and virality together, providing a meme coin with utility and cutting-edge technology.

    Conclusion
    Little Pepe ($LILPEPE) is quickly gaining traction, as Stage 8 is seeing its tokens sell out before its completion, and more than $13.7 million has already been raised. It poses a strong possibility in the meme coin market by having the support of a strong community and being useful. The giveaway of 777K is still ongoing, making it a great moment to attract new users. As it gets ready to launch, Little Pepe is establishing that meme coins can be more than hype-fueled vehicles; they can be a source of genuine innovation on the crypto scene.

    For More Details About Little PEPE, Visit The Below Link:
    Website: https://littlepepe.com

    Telegram: https://t.me/littlepepetoken
    Twitter: https://x.com/littlepepetoken

    Contact Details: COO- James Stephen Email: media@littlepepe.com

    Disclaimer: This content is provided by Little Pepe. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice. Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed. Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility. Globenewswire does not endorse any content on this page.

    Legal Disclaimer: This media platform provides the content of this article on an “as-is” basis, without any warranties or representations of any kind, express or implied. We assume no responsibility for any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions. We do not assume any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licenses, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information presented herein. Any concerns, complaints, or copyright issues related to this article should be directed to the content provider mentioned above.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/34b6a1c5-e3f2-4a29-ab26-3ec0613d3f17

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI USA: July 30th, 2025 Heinrich, Rounds, Tillis, Kim Reintroduce Legislation Supporting AI Innovation in Financial Services

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for New Mexico Martin Heinrich

    WASHINGTON — U.S. Senators Martin Heinrich (D-N.M.), Mike Rounds (R-S.D.), Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), and Andy Kim (D-N.J.) reintroduced bipartisan legislation to promote artificial intelligence (AI) innovation in the financial services industry. The Unleashing AI Innovation in Financial Services Act will establish regulatory guardrails at financial regulatory agencies for regulated entities to test AI projects, allowing them to experiment with cutting-edge technologies in a safe way.

    “To unlock AI’s full potential and ensure it is deployed responsibly, we need regulatory guardrails that are informed by real-life use cases,” said Heinrich. “Our Unleashing AI Innovation in Financial Services Act does exactly this by enabling the private sector and government agencies to work together and encourage innovation that protects consumers.”

    The Unleashing AI Innovation in Financial Services Act establishes regulatory innovation labs for AI test projects at the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), the National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) and the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA). Regulated entities would apply through their primary regulator and must be able to demonstrate the project will serve the public interest (including consumer projection), enhance efficiency or increase competitiveness and not present a systemic risk to the financial system.

    The legislation is led by U.S. Representatives French Hill (R-Ark.), Ritchie Torres (D-N.Y.), Bryan Steil (R-Wis.), and Josh Gottheimer (D-N.J.) in the House.

    The full text of the bill is here.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI: AI/R Company Launches Synsig, a Business Unit Specialized in ServiceNow

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SAN FRANCISCO, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — AI Revolution Company (AI/R), a global leader in Artificial Intelligence (AI) transformation services, has announced the launch of Synsig, a brand dedicated exclusively to the implementation of Digital Platforms and Agentic AI using ServiceNow products.

    ServiceNow is a globally recognized cloud-based software platform that offers solutions for workflow automation and service management in companies across various sectors, such as IT, HR, and customer service, enabling process optimization and a better experience for both customers and employees.

    With a well-established methodology in implementing solutions for industries, Synsig enters the market with a unique approach: bringing digital transformation to strategic areas, with specialized solutions in CRM, HR, AI agents, and IT services. “Synsig emerges at a strategic moment for ServiceNow, which earlier this year officially entered the CRM space. We have extensive expertise in the segment and a base of over 700 active clients, which enables us to pursue an effective cross-selling strategy and increase market penetration, with a portfolio carefully designed to drive digital transformation and help companies move beyond the BAU (Business As Usual) mindset,” says Rodrigo Rosa, Head of Sales and Business at Synsig.

    Another key differentiator brought by Synsig includes a team of certified and highly skilled specialists, combining industry-leading ServiceNow capabilities with deep expertise in AI, data, and platform engineering. “Synsig is born with a culture rooted in ‘Human-AI Engineering,’ fostered by AI/R Company, one of the world’s most recognized firms for boosting human talent exponentially through AI platforms and tools,” highlights Alexis Rockenbach, Global CEO of AI/R Company. Driven by this culture, the new Synsig brand aims to deliver efficiency and scale the management of corporate and IT services, fueling continuous innovation across businesses.

    About Synsig
    Synsig is a global strategic consultancy specialized in ServiceNow that helps companies accelerate digital transformation through intelligent automation, enabling greater operational efficiency and improved business performance. As the ServiceNow powerhouse of the AI/R group, Synsig brings together advanced AI, data, and platform expertise to unlock smarter workflows and drive continuous innovation. With a unique, integrated approach, Synsig builds smart connections—linking people, processes, and data like synapses—creating seamless operations and faster outcomes, connecting intelligence to performance.

    About AI/R
    AI/R, headquartered in California, is an Agentic AI Software Engineering company that combines its ecosystem of highly specialized technology brands, proprietary AI platforms, and strategic partner platforms to amplify human intelligence and drive a revolution across industries, setting efficient standards for innovation and business productivity. By embedding AI into every aspect of its operations, AI/R’s mission is to make the AI revolution a revolution for everyone, empowering human talent while raising the bar for digital transformation. Let’s breathe in the future.

    Milena Buarque Lopes Bandeira
    milena.bandeira@aircompany.ai

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Fact Sheet: The President’s Working Group on Digital Asset Markets Releases Recommendations to Strengthen American Leadership in Digital Financial Technology

    US Senate News:

    Source: US Whitehouse
    USHERING IN THE GOLDEN AGE OF CRYPTO: When President Trump took office in January, he promised to make America the “crypto capital of the world.” Today, the President’s Working Group on Digital Asset Markets is releasing a report that provides a roadmap to make that promise a reality.
    Established by President Trump’s Executive Order 14178 Strengthening American Leadership in Digital Financial Technology, the Working Group consists of officials throughout the Federal government and was tasked with submitting a report that recommends regulatory and legislative proposals to advance the policies established in the Order.
    By implementing these recommendations, policymakers can ensure that the United States leads the blockchain revolution and ushers in the Golden Age of Crypto.
    POSITIONING AMERICA AS THE LEADER IN DIGITAL ASSET MARKETS:The Working Group determined that a fit-for-purpose market structure framework is essential to support growth and innovation in the digital assets industry, protect consumers, and keep the United States at the forefront of digital asset development. The Working Group recommends that:
    Congress build on the massive bipartisan House of Representatives vote for CLARITY by enacting legislation that:
    Eliminates existing gaps in regulatory oversight by providing the CFTC authority to oversee spot markets for non-security digital assets.
    Embraces DeFi technology and recognizes the potential of integrating such technology into mainstream finance.

    The SEC and CFTC use their existing authorities to:
    Immediately enable the trading of digital assets at the Federal level by providing clarity to market participants on issues such as registration, custody, trading, and recordkeeping.
    Allow innovative financial products to reach consumers without bureaucratic delays through the use of tools like safe harbors and regulatory sandboxes.  

    MODERNIZING BANK REGULATION FOR DIGITAL ASSETS: The Trump Administration has already ended Operation Choke Point 2.0 once and for all by working to end regulatory efforts that deny banking services to the digital assets industry. A sound and predictable banking regulatory framework that embraces the promise of blockchain technology will allow depository institutions to meet customer demand for core banking services for digital assets, and make it easier for those customers to access digital asset markets. The Working Group recommends that regulators take additional actions to:
    Relaunch crypto innovation efforts to clarify permissible bank activities in custody, tokenization, stablecoin issuance, and the use of blockchains.
    Promote transparency regarding the process for institutions to obtain bank charters or Reserve Bank master accounts.
    Ensure that bank capital rules are aligned with the actual risks associated with digital assets, not simply the fact of their presence on a distributed ledger.
    STRENGTHENING THE ROLE OF THE U.S. DOLLAR: The widespread adoption of dollar-backed stablecoins will modernize payments infrastructure and allow the United States to move away from costly and outdated legacy systems. On July 18, 2025, President Trump signed the historic GENIUS Act into law, which creates the first-ever Federal regulatory framework for stablecoins. The Working Group recommends that:
    Treasury and the banking agencies faithfully and expeditiously implement the GENIUS Act.
    Congress take additional action to protect privacy and civil liberties by passing the Anti-CBDC Surveillance State Act to codify the provisions of the President’s Executive Order banning Central Bank Digital Currencies in the United States.
    COMBATING ILLICIT FINANCE IN THE DIGITAL AGE: By modernizing our anti-money laundering rules, the United States can be a leader in financial innovation while protecting our national security interests. The Working Group recommends that:
    Treasury and the appropriate regulators provide clarity regarding BSA obligations and reporting.
    Congress reinforce the importance of self-custody and clarify the AML/CFT obligations of actors within the decentralized finance ecosystem.
    Regulators work to prevent the misuse of authorities to target lawful activities of law-abiding citizens and protect citizens’ privacy.
    ENSURING FAIRNESS AND PREDICTABILITY IN DIGITAL ASSET TAXATION: Our tax rules must align with new technologies and eliminate compliance hurdles for both individuals and businesses engaged in activities involving digital assets. The Working Group recommends that:
    Treasury and the IRS reduce burdens on taxpayers by publishing guidance on topics related to CAMT, wrapping transactions, and de minimis receipts of digital assets.
    Treasury and the IRS review previously issued guidance on the tax treatment of activities like mining and staking.
    Congress enact legislation that treats digital assets as a new class of assets subject to modified versions of tax rules applicable to securities or commodities for Federal income tax purposes and add digital assets to the list of assets subject to wash sale rules.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Written question – Access to the technologies and intellectual property rights of third-country participants in projects funded by the European Defence Fund – E-003012/2025

    Source: European Parliament

    Question for written answer  E-003012/2025
    to the Commission
    Rule 144
    Marc Botenga (The Left)

    Investigate Europe and Reporters United have revealed that the European Defence Fund is subsidising Intracom Defense, a Greek company. However, according to Intracom’s financial reports, since 2023 it has actually been controlled by Israel Aerospace Industries (IAI), an Israeli state-owned company, which holds 94.5 % of its shares and 100 % of its voting rights[1].

    The technologies and results of EU projects could thus end up in the hands of a government-owned company of a third country. The Commission’s response was that the projects could not be controlled by, or transferred to, a third-country government, neither while they were in progress nor after they had ended[2].

    • 1.Does this ban apply to non-EU public companies, such as IAI, which are owned or controlled by the government of a third country?
    • 2.Intracom is currently developing technologies as part of the ACTUS project. Given that Intracom is controlled by IAI, a non-EU state-owned company, can the Commission guarantee that the latter has absolutely no access to the technologies developed, and if so, how is it able to give that guarantee?
    • 3.Who will own the intellectual property rights for the results of the ACTUS project?

    Submitted: 18.7.2025

    • [1] https://www.investigate-europe.eu/posts/european-defence-fund-millions-benefiting-israeli-state-owned-drone-manufacturer
    • [2] https://agenceurope.eu/fr/bulletin/article/13657/18
    Last updated: 30 July 2025

    MIL OSI Europe News –

  • MIL-OSI: Astrocade Rolls Out AI Agent-Powered Game Creation Experience; Opening the Door for Everyone to Create – and Remix – Games in minutes

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SAN FRANCISCO, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Astrocade, the AI-powered social gaming platform on a mission to make game creation as effortless as a wish, today announced the public launch of its completely re-imagined product experience. The new Astrocade introduces AI-guided brainstorming, bespoke in-game editors, and deep remix capabilities, turning the spark of an idea into a playable, shareable game faster than ever before.

    Founded by CEO Amir Sadeghian, PhD, Stanford’s AI Lab, CTO Ali Sadeghian, PhD, ex Google Research, and Fei-Fei Li, Co-Director of Stanford’s Human-Centered AI Institute, Astrocade is an entirely new form of interactive engagement never before accessible to casual gamers.

    “My brother and I moved around a lot as kids, from country to country, and we always found each new place filled with excitement, new adventures, and new people. These experiences enriched and changed us for the better, and became the inspiration for Astrocade,” said Amir Sadeghian. “We wanted to make it possible for people to build and share their dream interactive worlds.”

    Astrocade’s overhaul directly addresses the biggest barrier facing aspiring creators: the dreaded blank page. A new AI Brainstorming Flow sparks ideas from scratch or refines half-formed concepts into rich game blueprints. Once a vision is set, Astrocade generates a customized edit mode. A tailor-made toolset specific to each game’s unique needs, so creators can iterate with laser-focused simplicity.

    Building on the platform’s “TikTok-for-games” ethos, Astrocade now embraces remix culture at its core. Every game can be cloned, tweaked, and re-shared, letting creators riff on friends’ projects, birth new genres, and push interactive storytelling in unexpected directions. Enhanced creator profiles act as living portfolios, showcasing each user’s growing universe of original and remixed games and helping them build a following within the community.

    “Astrocade’s new release tears down the final wall between inspiration and creation,” said Amir Sadeghian, PhD, Co-Founder and CEO of Astrocade. “By pairing specialized AI agents, handling everything from visuals to moment-to-moment gameplay feel, with tools that adapt to each creator’s vision, we’re empowering anyone to make and share interactive worlds in minutes.”

    Key product highlights

    • AI-Guided Brainstorming: Jump-start creativity with conversational ideation that transforms a spark into a ready-to-build concept.
    • Game-Specific Editors: Astrocade’s AI assembles the perfect toolkit for each individual game, streamlining iteration.
    • One-Tap Remixing: Clone, modify, and re-publish any public game, fueling a virtuous cycle of community-driven innovation.
    • Specialized AI Agent Team: Dedicated agents collaborate in real time to craft art, UI, narrative, audio, and mechanics.
    • Upgraded Creator Profiles: Showcase creations, grow audiences, and establish a recognizable creative voice.

    Series A on the horizon

    Astrocade also confirmed it is in the final stages of closing its Series A financing, following last year’s $12 million seed round led by AME Cloud Ventures, NVIDIA, Venture Reality Fund, Chaac Ventures, and industry luminaries including Eric Schmidt and Niccolo De Masi. Additional details on the Series A will be shared soon.

    Availability

    The redesigned Astrocade experience is available now at www.astrocade.com. New creators can sign up today and begin crafting their first game, no coding required.

    About Astrocade

    Astrocade is an AI-powered social gaming platform that lets anyone create, iterate, remix, and share games with friends and a global community. It was founded in late 2022 by Amir Sadeghian, Ali Sadeghian, and Fei-Fei Li and head quartered in Los Altos. For more information, please visit www.astrocade.com.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Minister Solomon to participate in an event hosted by the Foundation for Black Communities in Toronto

    Source: Government of Canada News

    The Honourable Evan Solomon, Minister of Artificial Intelligence and Digital Innovation and Minister responsible for the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario, will deliver remarks at the Black Ideas Grant (B.I.G) 2.0 event in Toronto.

    Minister Solomon is attending on behalf of the Honourable Patty Hajdu, Minister of Jobs and Families and Minister responsible for the Federal Economic Development Agency for Northern Ontario.

    Please note that all details are subject to change.

    Date:       Thursday, July 31, 2025

    Time:           12:45 p.m. EDT

    Place:           Rwanda Canadian Healing Centre
                      339 Queen Street East
                      Toronto, Ontario

    Notes for media:

    To register, contact communications@forblackcommunities.org with your name and media outlet.

    – 30 –

    MIL OSI Canada News –

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: President Lai meets delegation from US National Endowment for Democracy

    Source: Republic of China Taiwan

    Details
    2025-07-24
    President Lai meets Somaliland Foreign Minister Abdirahman Dahir Adam  
    On the morning of July 24, President Lai Ching-te met with a delegation led by Republic of Somaliland Minister of Foreign Affairs and International Cooperation Abdirahman Dahir Adam. In remarks, President Lai thanked the Somaliland government for its longstanding, staunch support for Taiwan-Somaliland relations. The president mentioned that this year marks the fifth anniversary of Taiwan and Somaliland’s mutual establishment of representative offices and that our exchanges in various areas have yielded significant results. He expressed hope for continuing to deepen our partnership, advancing our bilateral friendship and fruitful cooperation. A translation of President Lai’s remarks follows: I warmly welcome all of our guests to Taiwan. This is the first visit to Taiwan for Minister Adam, Minister Khadir Hussein Abdi, and Admiral Ahmed Hurre Hariye. I thank you for your high regard and support for Taiwan. I also very much appreciate that Lead Advisor Mohamed Omar Hagi Mohamoud, who served as representative of Somaliland to Taiwan during the past five years, continues deepening Taiwan-Somaliland ties in his new role. Somaliland is renowned as a beacon of democracy in the Horn of Africa. I want to once again congratulate Somaliland on successfully holding presidential and political party elections last November, which garnered praise from the international community. At that time, I appointed Deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs François Chihchung Wu (吳志中) to serve as special envoy and lead a delegation to attend the inauguration of President Abdirahman Mohamed Abdullahi, demonstrating that Taiwan would work closely with Somaliland’s new government to write a new chapter in our friendship. Recently, authoritarian regimes have continued to apply new forms of coercion as they intensify suppression of Taiwan’s and Somaliland’s international participation. In response, our two sides must continue to deepen our partnership and demonstrate the resilience of democratic alliances, as well as our staunch commitment to defending our values.  This year marks the fifth anniversary of Taiwan and Somaliland’s mutual establishment of representative offices. Through our joint efforts, we have continued to expand exchanges in various areas, yielding significant results. This afternoon, we will also sign an agreement on coast guard cooperation, launching bilateral cooperation in maritime affairs. Regarding President Abdullahi’s focus on maritime security, the blue economy, and other policy objectives, we can strengthen our bilateral partnership moving forward. In addition, we also hope to work together with like-minded countries such as the United States, and through trilateral or multilateral cooperation platforms, realize the strategic goal of a non-red Somaliland coastline. I want to thank the Somaliland government once more for its longstanding, staunch support for Taiwan-Somaliland relations. I look forward to working with all of you to continue to advance our bilateral friendship and fruitful cooperation. In closing, I once again welcome Minister Adam and the delegation. I have every confidence that, in addition to advancing bilateral cooperation, this trip will allow you to experience Taiwan’s natural beauty and diverse culture. Minister Adam then delivered remarks, thanking the government and people of Taiwan for the warm hospitality they have received since their arrival. He stated that Taiwan is a peaceful nation and that it shares with Somaliland the value of democracy. He stated that we also share the goal of obtaining recognition, so he is glad that the Taiwan-Somaliland relationship is growing by the day. Minister Adam pointed out that there is much pressure that we are both facing in our relationship, but he reassured President Lai that no amount of pressure can change Somaliland’s strong ties with Taiwan. He also thanked the Taiwan government for the help it has proffered to Somaliland, adding that our relationship will only get better. Minister Adam said that Taiwan and Somaliland can cooperate in many areas and that there is more opportunity in Somaliland than any other country, adding that Somaliland is open for investment from Taiwan. Noting that our countries can also collaborate in other areas such as education and maritime security, the minister said that he is glad they will be signing a cooperative agreement in maritime security with Taiwan. He then said he is looking forward to a better relationship in the future. The delegation was accompanied to the Presidential Office by Somaliland Representative to Taiwan Mahmoud Adam Jama Galaal.  

    Details
    2025-07-22
    President Lai meets cross-party Irish Oireachtas delegation
    On the morning of July 22, President Lai Ching-te met with a cross-party delegation from the Oireachtas (parliament) of Ireland. In remarks, President Lai stated that Taiwan and Ireland are both guardians of the values of freedom and democracy. He indicated that Taiwan will continue to take action and show the world that it is a trustworthy democratic partner that can contribute to the international community, saying that we look forward to building an even closer partnership with Ireland as we work together for the well-being of our peoples and for global democracy, peace, and prosperity. A translation of President Lai’s remarks follows: Deputy Speaker John McGuinness is a dear friend of Taiwan who also chairs the Ireland-Taiwan Parliamentary Friendship Association. Thanks to his efforts over the years, support for Taiwan has grown stronger in the Oireachtas. I thank him and all of our guests for traveling such a long way to demonstrate support for Taiwan and open more doors for exchanges and cooperation. Europe is Taiwan’s third largest trading partner and largest source of foreign investment. Ireland is a European stronghold for technology and innovative industries. Just like Taiwan, Ireland is an export-oriented economy. Our industrial structures are highly complementary. We hope that Taiwan’s electronics manufacturing and machinery industries can explore deeper cooperation with Ireland’s ICT software and biopharmaceutical fields, creating win-win outcomes. In May, the Irish government launched its National Semiconductor Strategy, outlining a vision to become a global semiconductor hub. Taiwan is home to the world’s most critical semiconductor ecosystem, and our own industrial development closely parallels that of Ireland. Moreover, we aspire to build non-red technological supply chains with democratic partners. I believe that going forward, Taiwan and Ireland can bolster collaboration so as to upgrade the competitiveness of our respective semiconductor industries. Together, we can help build a values-based economic system for democracies. I was delighted to receive congratulations from Deputy Speaker McGuinness on my election. Taiwan and Ireland are both guardians of the values of freedom and democracy. This visit from our guests further attests to our common beliefs. As authoritarianism continues to expand, Taiwan will continue to take action and show the world that it is a trustworthy democratic partner that can contribute to the international community. We look forward to building an even closer partnership with Ireland as we work together for the well-being of our peoples and for global democracy, peace, and prosperity. Deputy Speaker McGuinness then delivered remarks, stating that he has been to Taiwan on many occasions and that it is a great honor to join President Lai and his staff at the Presidential Office. He said that Ireland has continued to build its strong relationship with Taiwan based on our democratic values and the interests that we have in trade throughout the world, strengthening this relationship based on culture, education, and more. Noting that he served with many other diplomats from Taiwan, he said all had the same goal, which was to further the interests of the Ireland-Taiwan friendship and to ensure that it grows and prospers. The deputy speaker then extended to President Lai the delegation’s best wishes for his term in office, stating that they commit to the same values as the previous friendship groups that have been visiting Taiwan. He went on to say that some members of the group are newly elected, representing the next generation of the association, and that they are committed to working together with Taiwan to stand strong in the defense of democracy. Deputy Speaker McGuinness also noted that the father of Deputy Ken O’Flynn, one of the delegation members, played an important role as a former chairman of the association, remarking that it is good to see such continuity taking place. Deputy Speaker McGuiness said that he believes the world is facing huge challenges and uncertainty in terms of our markets and trade with one another. He said we have to watch for what the United States will do next and be conscious of what China is doing, emphasizing that the European Union stands strong in the center of this, while Ireland plays a huge role in the context of democracy, trade, and the betterment of all things for the citizens that they represent. The deputy speaker then stated that while we focus on the development of AI that is extremely important for all of us, we can work together to ensure that we control AI rather than AI controlling us. He also remarked that we cannot lose sight of our traditional trading means, saying that we have to keep all of our trade together, expand on that trade, and then take on the new technologies that come before us. Deputy Speaker McGuinness concluded his remarks by thanking President Lai for receiving the delegation, stating that they commit to their continuation of support for Taiwan and for democracy. Also in attendance were Deputies Malcolm Byrne and Barry Ward, and Senator Teresa Costello.

    Details
    2025-07-22
    President Lai meets official delegation from European Parliament’s Special Committee on the European Democracy Shield
    On the morning of July 22, President Lai Ching-te met with an official delegation from the European Parliament’s Special Committee on the European Democracy Shield (EUDS). In remarks, President Lai thanked the committee for choosing to visit Taiwan for its first trip to Asia, demonstrating the close ties between Taiwan and Europe. President Lai emphasized that Taiwan, standing at the very frontline of the democratic world, is determined to protect democracy, peace, and prosperity worldwide. He expressed hope that we can share our experiences with Europe to foster even more resilient societies. A translation of President Lai’s remarks follows: Firstly, on behalf of the people of Taiwan, I extend a warm welcome to your delegation, which marks another official visit from the European Parliament. The Special Committee on the EUDS aims to strengthen societal resilience and counter disinformation and hybrid threats. Having been constituted at the beginning of this year, the committee has chosen to visit Taiwan for its first trip to Asia, demonstrating the close ties between Taiwan and Europe and the unlimited possibilities for deepening cooperation on issues of concern. I am also delighted to see many old friends of Taiwan gathered here today. I deeply appreciate your longstanding support for Taiwan. Taiwan and the European Union enjoy close trade and economic relations and share the values of freedom and democracy. However, in recent years, we have both been subjected to information manipulation and infiltration by foreign forces that seek to interfere in democratic elections, foment division in our societies, and shake people’s faith in democracy. Taiwan not only faces an onslaught of disinformation, but also is the target of gray-zone aggression. That is why, after taking office, I established the Whole-of-Society Defense Resilience Committee at the Presidential Office, with myself as convener. The committee is a platform that integrates domestic affairs, national defense, foreign affairs, cybersecurity, and civil resources. It aims to strengthen the capability of Taiwan’s society to defend itself against new forms of threat, pinpoint external and internal vulnerabilities, and bolster overall resilience and security. The efforts that democracies make are not for opposing anyone else; they are for safeguarding the way of life that we cherish – just as Europe has endeavored to promote diversity and human rights. The Taiwanese people firmly believe that when our society is united and people trust one another, we will be able to withstand any form of authoritarian aggression. Taiwan stands at the very frontline of the democratic world. We are determined to protect democracy, peace, and prosperity worldwide. We also hope to share our experiences with Europe and deepen cooperation in such fields as cybersecurity, media literacy, and societal resilience. Thank you once again for visiting Taiwan. Your presence further strengthens the foundations of Taiwan-Europe relations. Let us continue to work together to uphold freedom and democracy and foster even more resilient societies. EUDS Special Committee Chair Nathalie Loiseau then delivered remarks, saying that the delegation has members from different countries, including France, Germany, the Czech Republic, Poland, and Belgium, and different political parties, but that they have in common their desire for stronger relations between the EU and Taiwan. Committee Chair Loiseau stated that the EU and Taiwan, having many things in common, should work more together. She noted that we have strong trade relations, strong investments on both sides, and strong cultural relations, while we are also facing very similar challenges and threats. She said that we are democracies living in a world where autocracies want to weaken and divide democracies. She added that we also face external information manipulation, cyberattacks, sabotage, attempts to capture elites, and every single gray-zone activity that aims to divide and weaken us. Committee Chair Loiseau pointed out another commonality, that we have never threatened our neighbors. She said that we want to live in peace and we care about our people; we want to defend ourselves, not to attack others. We are not being threatened because of what we do, she emphasized, but because of what we are; and thus there is no reason for not working more together to face these threats and attacks. Committee Chair Loiseau said that Taiwan has valuable experience and good practices in the area of societal resilience, and that they are interested in learning more about Taiwan’s whole-of-society approach. They in Europe are facing interference, she said, mainly from Russia, and they know that Russia inspires others. She added that they in the EU also have experience regulating social media in a way which combines freedom of expression and responsibility. In closing, the chair said that they are happy to have the opportunity to exchange views with President Lai and that the European Parliament will continue to strongly support relations between the EU and Taiwan. The delegation also included Members of the European Parliament Engin Eroglu, Tomáš Zdechovský, Michał Wawrykiewicz, Kathleen Van Brempt, and Markéta Gregorová.

    Details
    2025-07-17
    President Lai meets President of Guatemalan Congress Nery Abilio Ramos y Ramos  
    On the morning of July 17, President Lai Ching-te met with a delegation led by Nery Abilio Ramos y Ramos, the president of the Congress of the Republic of Guatemala. In remarks, President Lai thanked Congress President Ramos and the Guatemalan Congress for their support for Taiwan, and noted that official diplomatic relations between Taiwan and Guatemala go back more than 90 years. As important partners in the global democratic community, the president said, the two nations will continue moving forward together in joint defense of the values of democracy and freedom, and will cooperate to promote regional and global prosperity and development. A translation of President Lai’s remarks follows:  I recall that when Congress President Ramos visited Taiwan in July last year, he put forward many ideas about how our countries could promote bilateral cooperation and exchanges. Now, a year later, he is leading another cross-party delegation from the Guatemalan Congress on a visit, demonstrating support for Taiwan and continuing to help deepen our diplomatic ties. In addition to extending a sincere welcome to the distinguished delegation members who have traveled so far to be here, I would also like to express our concern and condolences for everyone in Guatemala affected by the earthquake that struck earlier this month. We hope that the recovery effort is going smoothly. Official diplomatic relations between Taiwan and Guatemala go back more than 90 years. In such fields as healthcare, agriculture, education, and women’s empowerment, we have continually strengthened our cooperation to benefit our peoples. Just last month, Guatemala’s President Bernardo Arévalo and the First Lady led a delegation on a state visit to Taiwan. President Arévalo and I signed a letter of intent for semiconductor cooperation, and also witnessed the signing of cooperation documents to establish a political consultation mechanism and continue to promote bilateral investment. This has laid an even sounder foundation for bilateral exchanges and cooperation, and will help enhance both countries’ international competitiveness. Taiwan is currently running a semiconductor vocational training program, helping Guatemala cultivate semiconductor talent and develop its tech industry, and demonstrating our determination to share experience with democratic partners. At the same time, we continue to assist Taiwanese businesses in their efforts to develop overseas markets with Guatemala as an important base, spurring industrial development in both countries and increasing economic and trade benefits. I want to thank Congress President Ramos and the Guatemalan Congress for their continued support for Taiwan’s international participation. Representing the Guatemalan Congress, Congress President Ramos has signed resolutions in support of Taiwan, and has also issued statements addressing China’s misinterpretation of United Nations General Assembly Resolution 2758. Taiwan and Guatemala, as important partners in the global democratic community, will continue moving forward together in joint defense of the values of democracy and freedom, and will cooperate to promote regional and global prosperity and development. Congress President Ramos then delivered remarks, first noting that the members of the delegation are not only from different parties, but also represent different classes, cultures, professions, and departments, which shows that the diplomatic ties between Guatemala and the Republic of China (Taiwan) are based on firm friendships at all levels and in all fields. Noting that this was his second time to visit Taiwan and meet with President Lai, Congress President Ramos thanked the government of Taiwan for its warm hospitality. With the international situation growing more complex by the day, he said, Guatemala highly values its longstanding friendship and cooperative ties with Taiwan, and hopes that both sides can continue to deepen their cooperation in such areas as the economy, technology, education, agriculture, and culture, and work together to spur sustainable development in each of our countries. Congress President Ramos said that the way the Taiwan government looks after the well-being of its people is an excellent model for how other countries should promote national development and social well-being. Accordingly, he said, the Guatemalan Congress has stood for justice and, for a second time, adopted a resolution backing Taiwan’s participation in the World Health Assembly. Regarding President Arévalo’s state visit to Taiwan the previous month, Congress President Ramos commented that this high-level interaction has undoubtedly strengthened the diplomatic ties between Taiwan and Guatemala and led to more opportunities for cooperation. Congress President Ramos emphasized that democracy, freedom, and human rights are universal values that bind Taiwan and Guatemala together, and that he is confident the two countries’ diplomatic ties will continue to grow deeper. In closing, on behalf of the Republic of Guatemala, Congress President Ramos presented President Lai with a Chinese translation of the resolution that the Guatemalan Congress proposed to the UN in support of Taiwan’s participation in international organizations, demonstrating the staunch bonds of friendship between the two countries. The delegation was accompanied to the Presidential Office by Guatemala Ambassador Luis Raúl Estévez López.  

    Details
    2025-07-08
    President Lai meets delegation led by Foreign Minister Jean-Victor Harvel Jean-Baptiste of Republic of Haiti
    On the morning of July 8, President Lai Ching-te met with a delegation led by Minister of Foreign Affairs Jean-Victor Harvel Jean-Baptiste of the Republic of Haiti and his wife. In remarks, President Lai noted that our two countries will soon mark the 70th anniversary of diplomatic relations and that our exchanges have been fruitful in important areas such as public security, educational cooperation, and infrastructure. The president stated that Taiwan will continue to work together with Haiti to promote the development of medical and health care, food security, and construction that benefits people’s livelihoods. The president thanked Haiti for supporting Taiwan’s international participation and expressed hope that both countries will continue to support each other, deepen cooperation, and face various challenges together. A translation of President Lai’s remarks follows: I am delighted to meet and exchange ideas with Minister Jean-Baptiste, his wife, and our distinguished guests. Minister Jean-Baptiste is the highest-ranking official from Haiti to visit Taiwan since former President Jovenel Moïse visited in 2018, demonstrating the importance that the Haitian government attaches to our bilateral diplomatic ties. On behalf of the Republic of China (Taiwan), I extend a sincere welcome. Next year marks the 70th anniversary of the establishment of diplomatic ties between our two countries. Our bilateral exchanges have been fruitful in important areas such as public security, educational cooperation, and infrastructure. Over the past few years, Haiti has faced challenges in such areas as food supply and healthcare. Taiwan will continue to work together with Haiti through various cooperative programs to promote the development of medical and health care, food security, and construction that benefits people’s livelihoods. I want to thank the government of Haiti and Minister Jean-Baptiste for speaking out in support of Taiwan on the international stage for many years. Minister Jean-Baptiste’s personal letter to the World Health Organization Secretariat in May this year and Minister of Public Health and Population Bertrand Sinal’s public statement during the World Health Assembly both affirmed Taiwan’s efforts and contributions to global public health and supported Taiwan’s international participation, for which we are very grateful. I hope that Taiwan and Haiti will continue to support each other and deepen cooperation. I believe that Minister Jean-Baptiste’s visit will open up more opportunities for cooperation for both countries, helping Taiwan and Haiti face various challenges together. In closing, I once again offer a sincere welcome to the delegation led by Minister Jean-Baptiste, and ask him to convey greetings from Taiwan to Prime Minister Alix Didier Fils-Aimé and the members of the Transitional Presidential Council. Minister Jean-Baptiste then delivered remarks, saying that he is extremely honored to visit Taiwan and reaffirm the solid and friendly cooperative relationship based on mutual respect between the Republic of Haiti and the Republic of China (Taiwan), which will soon mark its 70th anniversary. He also brought greetings to President Lai from Haiti’s Transitional Presidential Council and Prime Minister Fils-Aimé. Minister Jean-Baptiste emphasized that over the past few decades, despite the great geographical distance and developmental and cultural differences between our two countries, we have nevertheless established a firm friendship and demonstrated to the world the progress resulting from the mutual assistance and cooperation between our peoples. Minister Jean-Baptiste pointed out that our two countries cooperate closely in agriculture, health, education, and community development and have achieved concrete results. Taiwan’s voice, he said, is thus essential for the people of Haiti. He noted that Taiwan also plays an important role in peace and innovation and actively participates in global cooperative efforts. Pointing out that the world is currently facing significant challenges and that Haiti is experiencing its most difficult period in history, Minister Jean-Baptiste said that at this time, Taiwan and Haiti need to unite, help each other, and jointly think about how to move forward and deepen bilateral relations to benefit the peoples of both countries. Minister Jean-Baptiste said that he is pleased that throughout our solid and friendly diplomatic relationship, both countries have demonstrated mutual trust, mutual respect, and the values we jointly defend. He then stated his belief that Haiti and Taiwan will together create a cooperation model and future that are sincere, friendly, and sustainable. The delegation was accompanied to the Presidential Office by Chargé d’Affaires a.i. Francilien Victorin of the Embassy of the Republic of Haiti in Taiwan.

    Details
    2025-05-20
    President Lai interviewed by Nippon Television and Yomiuri TV
    In a recent interview on Nippon Television’s news zero program, President Lai Ching-te responded to questions from host Mr. Sakurai Sho and Yomiuri TV Shanghai Bureau Chief Watanabe Masayo on topics including reflections on his first year in office, cross-strait relations, China’s military threats, Taiwan-United States relations, and Taiwan-Japan relations. The interview was broadcast on the evening of May 19. During the interview, President Lai stated that China intends to change the world’s rules-based international order, and that if Taiwan were invaded, global supply chains would be disrupted. Therefore, he said, Taiwan will strengthen its national defense, prevent war by preparing for war, and achieve the goal of peace. The president also noted that Taiwan’s purpose for developing drones is based on national security and industrial needs, and that Taiwan hopes to collaborate with Japan. He then reiterated that China’s threats are an international problem, and expressed hope to work together with the US, Japan, and others in the global democratic community to prevent China from starting a war. Following is the text of the questions and the president’s responses: Q: How do you feel as you are about to round out your first year in office? President Lai: When I was young, I was determined to practice medicine and save lives. When I left medicine to go into politics, I was determined to transform Taiwan. And when I was sworn in as president on May 20 last year, I was determined to strengthen the nation. Time flies, and it has already been a year. Although the process has been very challenging, I am deeply honored to be a part of it. I am also profoundly grateful to our citizens for allowing me the opportunity to give back to our country. The future will certainly be full of more challenges, but I will do everything I can to unite the people and continue strengthening the nation. That is how I am feeling now. Q: We are now coming up on the 80th anniversary of the end of World War II, and over this period, we have often heard that conflict between Taiwan and the mainland is imminent. Do you personally believe that a cross-strait conflict could happen? President Lai: The international community is very much aware that China intends to replace the US and change the world’s rules-based international order, and annexing Taiwan is just the first step. So, as China’s military power grows stronger, some members of the international community are naturally on edge about whether a cross-strait conflict will break out. The international community must certainly do everything in its power to avoid a conflict in the Taiwan Strait; there is too great a cost. Besides causing direct disasters to both Taiwan and China, the impact on the global economy would be even greater, with estimated losses of US$10 trillion from war alone – that is roughly 10 percent of the global GDP. Additionally, 20 percent of global shipping passes through the Taiwan Strait and surrounding waters, so if a conflict breaks out in the strait, other countries including Japan and Korea would suffer a grave impact. For Japan and Korea, a quarter of external transit passes through the Taiwan Strait and surrounding waters, and a third of the various energy resources and minerals shipped back from other countries pass through said areas. If Taiwan were invaded, global supply chains would be disrupted, and therefore conflict in the Taiwan Strait must be avoided. Such a conflict is indeed avoidable. I am very thankful to Prime Minister of Japan Ishiba Shigeru and former Prime Ministers Abe Shinzo, Suga Yoshihide, and Kishida Fumio, as well as US President Donald Trump and former President Joe Biden, and the other G7 leaders, for continuing to emphasize at international venues that peace and stability across the Taiwan Strait are essential components for global security and prosperity. When everyone in the global democratic community works together, stacking up enough strength to make China’s objectives unattainable or to make the cost of invading Taiwan too high for it to bear, a conflict in the strait can naturally be avoided. Q: As you said, President Lai, maintaining peace and stability across the Taiwan Strait is also very important for other countries. How can war be avoided? What sort of countermeasures is Taiwan prepared to take to prevent war? President Lai: As Mr. Sakurai mentioned earlier, we are coming up on the 80th anniversary of the end of WWII. There are many lessons we can take from that war. First is that peace is priceless, and war has no winners. From the tragedies of WWII, there are lessons that humanity should learn. We must pursue peace, and not start wars blindly, as that would be a major disaster for humanity. In other words, we must be determined to safeguard peace. The second lesson is that we cannot be complacent toward authoritarian powers. If you give them an inch, they will take a mile. They will keep growing, and eventually, not only will peace be unattainable, but war will be inevitable. The third lesson is why WWII ended: It ended because different groups joined together in solidarity. Taiwan, Japan, and the Indo-Pacific region are all directly subjected to China’s threats, so we hope to be able to join together in cooperation. This is why we proposed the Four Pillars of Peace action plan. First, we will strengthen our national defense. Second, we will strengthen economic resilience. Third is standing shoulder to shoulder with the democratic community to demonstrate the strength of deterrence. Fourth is that as long as China treats Taiwan with parity and dignity, Taiwan is willing to conduct exchanges and cooperate with China, and seek peace and mutual prosperity. These four pillars can help us avoid war and achieve peace. That is to say, Taiwan hopes to achieve peace through strength, prevent war by preparing for war, keeping war from happening and pursuing the goal of peace. Q: Regarding drones, everyone knows that recently, Taiwan has been actively researching, developing, and introducing drones. Why do you need to actively research, develop, and introduce new drones at this time? President Lai: This is for two purposes. The first is to meet national security needs. The second is to meet industrial development needs. Because Taiwan, Japan, and the Philippines are all part of the first island chain, and we are all democratic nations, we cannot be like an authoritarian country like China, which has an unlimited national defense budget. In this kind of situation, island nations such as Taiwan, Japan, and the Philippines should leverage their own technologies to develop national defense methods that are asymmetric and utilize unmanned vehicles. In particular, from the Russo-Ukrainian War, we see that Ukraine has successfully utilized unmanned vehicles to protect itself and prevent Russia from unlimited invasion. In other words, the Russo-Ukrainian War has already proven the importance of drones. Therefore, the first purpose of developing drones is based on national security needs. Second, the world has already entered the era of smart technology. Whether generative, agentic, or physical, AI will continue to develop. In the future, cars and ships will also evolve into unmanned vehicles and unmanned boats, and there will be unmanned factories. Drones will even be able to assist with postal deliveries, or services like Uber, Uber Eats, and foodpanda, or agricultural irrigation and pesticide spraying. Therefore, in the future era of comprehensive smart technology, developing unmanned vehicles is a necessity. Taiwan, based on industrial needs, is actively planning the development of drones and unmanned vehicles. I would like to take this opportunity to express Taiwan’s hope to collaborate with Japan in the unmanned vehicle industry. Just as we do in the semiconductor industry, where Japan has raw materials, equipment, and technology, and Taiwan has wafer manufacturing, our two countries can cooperate. Japan is a technological power, and Taiwan also has significant technological strengths. If Taiwan and Japan work together, we will not only be able to safeguard peace and stability in the Taiwan Strait and security in the Indo-Pacific region, but it will also be very helpful for the industrial development of both countries. Q: The drones you just described probably include examples from the Russo-Ukrainian War. Taiwan and China are separated by the Taiwan Strait. Do our drones need to have cross-sea flight capabilities? President Lai: Taiwan does not intend to counterattack the mainland, and does not intend to invade any country. Taiwan’s drones are meant to protect our own nation and territory. Q: Former President Biden previously stated that US forces would assist Taiwan’s defense in the event of an attack. President Trump, however, has yet to clearly state that the US would help defend Taiwan. Do you think that in such an event, the US would help defend Taiwan? Or is Taiwan now trying to persuade the US? President Lai: Former President Biden and President Trump have answered questions from reporters. Although their responses were different, strong cooperation with Taiwan under the Biden administration has continued under the Trump administration; there has been no change. During President Trump’s first term, cooperation with Taiwan was broader and deeper compared to former President Barack Obama’s terms. After former President Biden took office, cooperation with Taiwan increased compared to President Trump’s first term. Now, during President Trump’s second term, cooperation with Taiwan is even greater than under former President Biden. Taiwan-US cooperation continues to grow stronger, and has not changed just because President Trump and former President Biden gave different responses to reporters. Furthermore, the Trump administration publicly stated that in the future, the US will shift its strategic focus from Europe to the Indo-Pacific. The US secretary of defense even publicly stated that the primary mission of the US is to prevent China from invading Taiwan, maintain stability in the Indo-Pacific, and thus maintain world peace. There is a saying in Taiwan that goes, “Help comes most to those who help themselves.” Before asking friends and allies for assistance in facing threats from China, Taiwan must first be determined and prepared to defend itself. This is Taiwan’s principle, and we are working in this direction, making all the necessary preparations to safeguard the nation. Q: I would like to ask you a question about Taiwan-Japan relations. After the Great East Japan Earthquake in 2011, you made an appeal to give Japan a great deal of assistance and care. In particular, you visited Sendai to offer condolences. Later, you also expressed condolences and concern after the earthquakes in Aomori and Kumamoto. What are your expectations for future Taiwan-Japan exchanges and development? President Lai: I come from Tainan, and my constituency is in Tainan. Tainan has very deep ties with Japan, and of course, Taiwan also has deep ties with Japan. However, among Taiwan’s 22 counties and cities, Tainan has the deepest relationship with Japan. I sincerely hope that both of you and your teams will have an opportunity to visit Tainan. I will introduce Tainan’s scenery, including architecture from the era of Japanese rule, Tainan’s cuisine, and unique aspects of Tainan society, and you can also see lifestyles and culture from the Showa era.  The Wushantou Reservoir in Tainan was completed by engineer Mr. Hatta Yoichi from Kanazawa, Japan and the team he led to Tainan after he graduated from then-Tokyo Imperial University. It has nearly a century of history and is still in use today. This reservoir, along with the 16,000-km-long Chianan Canal, transformed the 150,000-hectare Chianan Plain into Taiwan’s premier rice-growing area. It was that foundation in agriculture that enabled Taiwan to develop industry and the technology sector of today. The reservoir continues to supply water to Tainan Science Park. It is used by residents of Tainan, the agricultural sector, and industry, and even the technology sector in Xinshi Industrial Park, as well as Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company. Because of this, the people of Tainan are deeply grateful for Mr. Hatta and very friendly toward the people of Japan. A major earthquake, the largest in 50 years, struck Tainan on February 6, 2016, resulting in significant casualties. As mayor of Tainan at the time, I was extremely grateful to then-Prime Minister Abe, who sent five Japanese officials to the disaster site in Tainan the day after the earthquake. They were very thoughtful and asked what kind of assistance we needed from the Japanese government. They offered to provide help based on what we needed. I was deeply moved, as former Prime Minister Abe showed such care, going beyond the formality of just sending supplies that we may or may not have actually needed. Instead, the officials asked what we needed and then provided assistance based on those needs, which really moved me. Similarly, when the Great East Japan Earthquake of 2011 or the later Kumamoto earthquakes struck, the people of Tainan, under my leadership, naturally and dutifully expressed their support. Even earlier, when central Taiwan was hit by a major earthquake in 1999, Japan was the first country to deploy a rescue team to the disaster area. On February 6, 2018, after a major earthquake in Hualien, former Prime Minister Abe appeared in a video holding up a message of encouragement he had written in calligraphy saying “Remain strong, Taiwan.” All of Taiwan was deeply moved. Over the years, Taiwan and Japan have supported each other when earthquakes struck, and have forged bonds that are family-like, not just neighborly. This is truly valuable. In the future, I hope Taiwan and Japan can be like brothers, and that the peoples of Taiwan and Japan can treat one another like family. If Taiwan has a problem, then Japan has a problem; if Japan has a problem, then Taiwan has a problem. By caring for and helping each other, we can face various challenges and difficulties, and pursue a brighter future. Q: President Lai, you just used the phrase “If Taiwan has a problem, then Japan has a problem.” In the event that China attempts to invade Taiwan by force, what kind of response measures would you hope the US military and Japan’s Self-Defense Forces take? President Lai: As I just mentioned, annexing Taiwan is only China’s first step. Its ultimate objective is to change the rules-based international order. That being the case, China’s threats are an international problem. So, I would very much hope to work together with the US, Japan, and others in the global democratic community to prevent China from starting a war – prevention, after all, is more important than cure.

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

  • MIL-OSI USA: 07.30.2025 Sens. Cruz, Scott Lead Bill to Stop Federal Reserve from Paying Interest on Bank Reserves

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Texas Ted Cruz

    WASHINGTON, D.C. – Today, U.S. Sens. Ted Cruz (R-Texas) and Rick Scott (R-Fla.) introduced the Fiscal Accountability for Interest on Reserves (FAIR) Act to eliminate the Federal Reserve’s authority to pay interest on bank reserves.
    Sen. Cruz said, “The Federal Reserve’s authority to pay interest on reserves rewards big banks—including large foreign banks—at the expense of all Americans. The FAIR Act replaces this authority—reducing the deficit, allowing more small businesses to access capital, and putting the Fed back on a path of fiscal responsibility. The Fed should not be in the business of increasing foreign banks’ profits, and I strongly urge my colleagues to pass this bill without delay.”
    Sen. Scott said, “The Federal Reserve under Jay Powell’s leadership has been a failure to the American people – it has failed to provide stability, transparency or accountability Americans deserve from the central bank, and has failed to use dollars in the best interests of the American people. Our bill, the FAIR Act, is a great step to refocusing the Fed on American families by stopping their ability to pay interests to banks on reserves when these dollars could be used to fund the government, benefit American families, and pay down the nation’s $37 trillion debt crisis. Jay Powell has already downplayed inflation, rubber-stamped reckless policies, and has fostered a culture of corruption and mismanagement costing taxpayers trillions, while putting the interests of all others before American families. We must force change at the Federal Reserve to put families’ best interest first, bring accountability to the Federal Reserve, and restore fiscal sanity to the nation – my FAIR Act is a great step and I urge my colleagues to pass this ASAP.”
    Read the full text of the bill here.
    Companion legislation was introduced in the House by Rep. Warren Davidson (R-Ohio-08).
    Rep. Davidson said, “The Federal Reserve should not pay interest on banks’ reserves. It robs the Treasury, and perhaps worse, it distorts markets. If banks want returns, they should deploy their capital by making loans. Market economies need capital, not central planning. I’m glad to sponsor the House version of the Fiscal Accountability for Interest on Reserves Act to end this nonsensical practice.”
    BACKGROUND

    Since 2008, the Federal Reserve’s policy of paying interest on bank reserves has resulted in more than $580 billion in payouts to banks.
    Nearly three-quarters of those interest costs accrued during the Biden administration. In 2024 alone, the Fed paid more than $186 billion in interest payments to banks.
    These payments primarily flowed to the largest banks, which hold the most in reserves at the Fed. At any given time, foreign banks have received between 40 and 50 percent of the Federal Reserve’s total interest payments.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI: LYNO Launches Stage 1 of Token Presale, Introducing AI-Powered Arbitrage Protocol Across 15+ Chains

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ROAD TOWN, British Virgin Islands, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — LYNO, a decentralized cross-chain arbitrage protocol powered by artificial intelligence, has officially launched Stage 1 of its token presale. Designed to democratize arbitrage trading through automation and real-time market tracking, LYNO represents a significant step forward in AI-integrated DeFi infrastructure.

    Presale Stage 1: Early Access at $0.05

    The LYNO presale is structured across seven phases, starting with the Community Round – Early Bird stage. This initial stage will offer 16 million tokens at a price of $0.05, representing 3.20% of the total 140 million token supply. The project aims to raise $800,000 during this round. Once this phase concludes, the price will increase to $0.055, rewarding early participation.

    Transforming Arbitrage with AI and Cross-Chain Access

    LYNO’s core protocol enables AI-driven arbitrage across more than fifteen EVM-compatible blockchains, including Ethereum, BNB Chain, Polygon, Arbitrum, and Optimism. Its autonomous engine identifies and acts on price discrepancies between exchanges, enabling continuous and decentralized arbitrage trading.

    Unlike traditional arbitrage systems limited to institutions, LYNO’s model is open to the public. The platform uses zero-knowledge proofs to protect against front-running and MEV attacks, and its smart contracts are audited by Cyberscope to ensure robust security.

    Governance, Utility, and Security Empower $LYNO Token Holders

    $LYNO token holders can participate in governance by proposing and voting on platform upgrades, fee structures, and supported chains. Holders can also benefit from protocol rewards, with up to 60% of fees distributed to stakers. Additional utilities include access to AI arbitrage agents, staking incentives, and liquidity rewards. A strategic buyback and burn mechanism, supported by treasury allocations, aims to reinforce token value over time.

    Presale Participation

    To join the presale, participants must use an Ethereum-compatible wallet via WalletConnect and can purchase tokens using ETH or USDT on the official LYNO website. Purchased tokens will be claimable after the presale concludes.

    This announcement marks the official opening of LYNO’s fundraising efforts and highlights a new era in AI-based decentralized finance. With the presale offering at its initial price point, early participants are positioned at the foundation of a multi-chain arbitrage protocol with wide-reaching DeFi implications.

    Resources
    Website: https://lyno.ai
    Buy Presale: https://lyno.ai/#presale
    Whitepaper: https://lyno.ai/whitepaper.pdf
    Twitter/X: https://x.com/Lyno_AI
    Telegram: https://t.me/lyno_ai

    Contact
    LYNO AI
    contact@lyno.ai

    Disclaimer: This content is provided by LYNO AI. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice. Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed. Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility. Globenewswire does not endorse any content on this page.

    Legal Disclaimer: This media platform provides the content of this article on an “as-is” basis, without any warranties or representations of any kind, express or implied. We assume no responsibility for any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions. We do not assume any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licenses, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information presented herein. Any concerns, complaints, or copyright issues related to this article should be directed to the content provider mentioned above.

    Photos accompanying this announcement are available at

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/8f0067dc-9fd6-4fb5-946d-da28a2c2c60d

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/1b61824b-5274-43fc-a528-8809701f9bcc

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Eos Energy Enterprises Delivers Record Quarterly Revenue Nearly Equivalent to Full Year 2024, Reports Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results and Reaffirms 2025 Revenue Outlook

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • $15.2 million revenue, highest in Company history and nearly equivalent to full year 2024
    • Z3 customer system performance, averaging nearly 88% RTE across multiple cycles and peaking at 89.5% on its highest individual cycle
    • Closed $336 million in concurrent offerings of common stock and convertible senior notes, strengthening the Company’s balance sheet and creating enhanced financial flexibility
    • Received $22.7 million for its second loan advance from the Department of Energy’s (DOE) Loan Programs Office, totaling $91 million in funding since November 2024 loan closing
    • Extended its 26.5% convertible senior notes maturity to September 30, 2034, and reduced interest rate from 26.5% to 7.0%, beginning on June 30, 2026
    • $18.8 billion commercial pipeline increased $3.2 billion vs. prior quarter led by over 10 GWh submitted to the UK Cap & Floor scheme, 15% sequential growth in 8-hour plus duration projects
    • Continuing capacity expansion: sub-assembly automation ramping in third quarter while second state-of-the-art manufacturing line on order
    • One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) preserves manufacturing production tax credits with full stackability and transferability through 2029; Eos domestic content exceeds FEOC requirements for customer ITC
    • Reaffirms 2025 full year revenue guidance range of $150 million – $190 million

    EDISON, N.J., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Eos Energy Enterprises, Inc. (NASDAQ: EOSE) (“Eos” or the “Company”) is an American energy company and the leading innovator in designing, sourcing, manufacturing, and providing zinc-based battery energy storage systems (BESS) manufactured in the United States, today announced its financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    Second Quarter Highlights

    • Record quarterly revenue of $15.2 million, a 46% increase compared to the prior quarter and up 17x from the same period last year, driven by increased production volumes. Factory shipments increased 122% quarter-over-quarter, with 50% of the production volume delivered for a strategic customer project.   
    • Gross loss of $31.0 million, a 32-point margin improvement from the prior quarter, driven by increased production volumes and operational efficiencies partially offset by one-time lower than average selling prices.
    • Operating expenses totaled $32.9 million, a decrease from prior quarter excluding $5.4 million in one-time non-recurring items.
    • $222.9 million net loss attributable to shareholders driven by $151.8 million non-cash changes in fair value tied to mark-to-market adjustments related to the Company’s increased stock price as of June 30, 2025, loss recorded for the repurchase of the Company’s outstanding 2026 convertible notes, and loss recorded as part of the prepayment under the Delayed Draw Term Loan.
    • Adjusted EBITDA loss of $51.6 million, a 75-point margin improvement from prior quarter, driven by improved gross margins and operational leverage.
    • Total cash of $183.2 million, including restricted cash, as of June 30, 2025.
    • Commercial opportunity pipeline of $18.8 billion, an increase of 21% compared to prior quarter and 37% compared to June 30, 2024, with a $672.5 million orders backlog.

    “The team delivered our strongest operational quarter to date – production scaled rapidly prior to subassembly fully coming online, revenue nearly surpassed all of 2024, and Z3 customer field data has been outperforming its initial product specifications for round trip efficiency,” said Joe Mastrangelo, Eos Chief Executive Officer. “We’ve made significant progress in advancing our commercial pipeline, while improving our operating performance. We are continuing to expand our manufacturing capacity to provide our customers with the confidence in Eos’ ability to deliver large scale projects.”

    2025 Outlook

    • For the full year 2025, Eos continues to expect revenue between $150 million and $190 million. Less than two years ago, the Company initiated its manufacturing expansion plan. Last year, it successfully launched its first state-of-the-art manufacturing line with battery modules being produced every 10 seconds. To further increase capacity and drive cost reductions, Eos is now implementing subassembly automation which should more than double the throughput of the battery module line. Together, these two programs allow the Company to ramp production in the second half of 2025 to an annualized rate of 2 GWh per year.

    Recent Business Highlights

    Commercial Growth
    Macro-level trends are driving a secular shift in power demand, with industries such as artificial intelligence and data centers accelerating the need for resilient, scalable energy infrastructure. Meeting this demand will require a diverse mix of energy solutions, and Eos is well-positioned to be a key contributor to America’s energy independence. In the second quarter, the Company added $3.2 billion to its commercial pipeline, bringing the total to $18.8 billion, representing 77 GWh of energy storage capacity with approximately 20% of it being connected to the build out of data centers.

    Eos continues to advance three large Memorandum of Understanding (MOUs) totaling 6.2 GWh along with several emerging large-scale opportunities. Early in the quarter, Eos signed a 5 GWh MOU with Frontier Power, a leading UK developer of energy infrastructure. Since then, Frontier has submitted over 10 GWh of projects using Eos technology to the UK’s Cap and Floor scheme — more than double the original commitment — highlighting strong UK demand for 8-hour plus storage.

    More than half of Eos’ pipeline is now stand-alone energy storage projects as system operators increasingly look for solutions that manage grid volatility, ease congestion, and minimize curtailment across all types of power generating assets. Crucially, stand-alone storage remains fully eligible under Section 48E of the Investment Tax Credit (ITC) under the OBBBA. With over 90% domestic content, Eos is strongly positioned to meet evolving Foreign Entity of Concern (FEOC) requirements offering customers both energy security and the ability to maximize domestic energy incentives.

    Enhanced Liquidity to Accelerate Growth
    During the quarter, Eos executed and closed $336 million in concurrent offerings of common stock and convertible senior notes. The offerings were significantly oversubscribed, demonstrating strong investor confidence in Eos’ growth potential and progress against its strategic plan. These transformative transactions mark a critical inflection point that unlock the financial flexibility required to scale operations and meet long duration energy storage demand.

    The offerings also allowed the Company to restructure key portions of its debt, materially lowering its cost of capital while strengthening its balance sheet, with the overall transaction resulting in approximately $400 million in savings over the prior terms of the Company’s debt.

    Post quarter end, the Company also extended the maturity of its 26.5% convertible senior notes to September 30, 2034, and reduced the interest rate from 26.5% to 7.0% beginning on June 30, 2026. At the same time, an affiliate of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”) granted a no-penalty extension until and through October 31, 2025, for the Company to achieve the last cash receipt milestone under its Delayed Draw Term Loan. This is the last outstanding performance milestone under the Delayed Draw Term Loan facility.

    Earnings Conference Call and Webcast
    Eos will host a conference call to discuss its second quarter 2025 results on July 31, 2025, at 8:30 a.m. ET. The live webcast of the earnings call will be available on the “Investor Relations” page of the Company’s website at Eos Investors or may be accessed using this link (registration link). To avoid delays, we encourage participants to join the conference call fifteen minutes ahead of the scheduled start time.

    The conference call will be available via webcast through Eos’ investor relations website for twelve months following the live presentation. The webcast replay will be available from approximately 11:30 a.m. ET on July 31, 2025, and can be accessed by visiting Eos Investors.

    About Eos Energy Enterprises

    Eos is accelerating the shift to American energy independence with positively ingenious solutions that transform how the world stores power. The Company’s BESS features the innovative Znyth™ technology, a proven chemistry with readily available non-precious earth components, that is the pre-eminent safe, non-flammable, secure, stable, and scalable alternative to conventional lithium-ion technology. The Company’s BESS is ideal for utility-scale, microgrid, commercial, and industrial long-duration energy storage applications (i.e., 4 to 16+ hours), and provides customers with significant operational flexibility to effectively address current and future increased grid demand and complexity. For more information about Eos (NASDAQ: EOSE), visit eose.com.

    Forward Looking Statements

    Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters set forth in this press release are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our expected revenue, for the fiscal years December 31, 2025, our path to profitability and strategic outlook, statements regarding orders backlog and opportunity pipeline, statements regarding our expectation that we can continue to increase product volume on our state-of-the-art manufacturing line, statements regarding our future expansion and its impact on our ability to scale up operations, statements regarding our expectation that we can continue to strengthen our overall supply chain, statements regarding our expectation that our new comprehensive insurance program will provide increased operational and economic certainty, statements that refer to the delayed draw term loan with Cerberus, milestones thereunder and the anticipated use of proceeds, statements that refer to outlook, projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s beliefs, as well as assumptions made by, and the information currently available to, them. Because such statements are based on expectations as to future financial and operating results and are not statements of fact, actual results may differ materially from those projected.

    Factors which may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to: changes adversely affecting the business in which we are engaged; our ability to forecast trends accurately; our ability to generate cash, service indebtedness and incur additional indebtedness; our ability to achieve the operational milestones on the delayed draw term loan; our ability to raise financing in the future; risks associated with the credit agreement with Cerberus, including risks of default, dilution of outstanding Common Stock, consequences for failure to meet milestones and contractual lockup of shares; our customers’ ability to secure project financing; the amount of final tax credits available to our customers or to Eos pursuant to the Inflation Reduction Act; the timing and availability of future funding under the Department of Energy Loan Facility; our ability to continue to develop efficient manufacturing processes to scale and to forecast related costs and efficiencies accurately; fluctuations in our revenue and operating results; competition from existing or new competitors; our ability to convert firm order backlog and pipeline to revenue; risks associated with security breaches in our information technology systems; risks related to legal proceedings or claims; risks associated with evolving energy policies in the United States and other countries and the potential costs of regulatory compliance; risks associated with changes to the U.S. trade environment; our ability to maintain the listing of our shares of common stock on NASDAQ; our ability to grow our business and manage growth profitably, maintain relationships with customers and suppliers and retain our management and key employees; risks related to the adverse changes in general economic conditions, including inflationary pressures and increased interest rates; risk from supply chain disruptions and other impacts of geopolitical conflict; changes in applicable laws or regulations; the possibility that Eos may be adversely affected by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors; other factors beyond our control; risks related to adverse changes in general economic conditions; and other risks and uncertainties.

    The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are also subject to additional risks, uncertainties, and factors, including those more fully described in the Company’s most recent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and subsequent reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K. Further information on potential risks that could affect actual results will be included in the subsequent periodic and current reports and other filings that the Company makes with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. Moreover, the Company operates in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks and uncertainties may emerge that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this press release.

    Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements, and, except as required by law, the Company assumes no obligation and does not intend to update or revise these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise

    Key Metrics

    Backlog. Our backlog represents the amount of revenue that we expect to realize from existing agreements with our customers for the sale of our battery energy storage systems and performance of services. The backlog is calculated by adding new orders in the current fiscal period to the backlog as of the end of the prior fiscal period and then subtracting the shipments in the current fiscal period. If the amount of an order is modified or cancelled, we adjust orders in the current period and our backlog accordingly, but do not retroactively adjust previously published backlogs. There is no comparable US-GAAP financial measure for backlog. We believe that the backlog is a useful indicator regarding the future revenue of our Company.

    Pipeline. Our pipeline represents projects for which we have submitted technical proposals or non-binding quotes plus letters of intent (“LOI”) or firm commitments from customers. Pipeline does not include lead generation projects.

    Booked Orders. Booked orders are orders where we have legally binding agreements with a Purchase Order (“PO”), or Master Supply Agreement (“MSA”) executed by both parties.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in this earnings release non-GAAP financial measures, including adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EPS, which are non-GAAP financial measures as defined under the rules of the SEC. These non-GAAP financial measures should be considered supplemental to, not a substitute for, or superior to, the financial measures of the Company’s calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The Company believes adjusted EBITDA, and adjusted EPS are useful measures in evaluating its financial and operational performance distinct and apart from financing costs, certain non-cash expenses and non-operational expenses.

    We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively may be helpful to our investors in assessing its operating performance. There are a number of limitations related to the use of these non-GAAP financial measures and their nearest GAAP equivalents. For example, the Company’s definitions of non-GAAP financial measures may differ from non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Below is a description of the non-GAAP financial information included herein as well as reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure. You should review the reconciliations below but not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

    Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings (net loss) attributable to Eos adjusted for interest expense, income tax, depreciation and amortization, non-cash stock-based compensation expense, change in fair value of debt and derivatives, debt extinguishment, and other non-cash or non-recurring items as determined by management which it does not believe to be indicative of its underlying business trends. Adjusted EPS is defined as GAAP net loss per common share as adjusted for non-cash stock-based compensation expense change in fair value of debt and derivatives and debt extinguishment per common share.

    EOS ENERGY ENTERPRISES, INC.
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
        Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
          2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Revenue   $ 15,236     $ 898     $ 25,693     $ 7,499  
    Cost of goods sold     46,189       14,121       81,185       42,350  
    Gross profit (loss)     (30,953 )     (13,223 )     (55,492 )     (34,851 )
    Operating expenses                
    Research and development expenses     7,201       4,250       14,038       9,450  
    Selling, general and administrative expenses     25,488       11,293       46,483       25,535  
    Loss from write-down of property, plant and equipment     205       271       766       336  
    Total operating expenses     32,894       15,814       61,287       35,321  
    Operating Loss     (63,847 )     (29,037 )     (116,779 )     (70,172 )
    Other (expense) income                
    Interest expense, net     (2,129 )     (3,515 )     (2,293 )     (7,782 )
    Interest expense – related party     (4,510 )     (4,912 )     (10,291 )     (9,763 )
    Change in fair value of debt – related party     31,615       (240 )     25,682       (240 )
    Change in fair value of warrants     (57,936 )     (7,941 )     (12,011 )     (5,041 )
    Change in fair value of derivatives – related parties     (76,455 )     (47,727 )     (41,869 )     (47,193 )
    (Loss) gain on debt extinguishment     (49,063 )     68,478       (49,063 )     68,478  
    Other expense     (606 )     (3,270 )     (1,166 )     (3,134 )
    Loss before income taxes   $ (222,931 )   $ (28,164 )   $ (207,790 )   $ (74,847 )
    Income tax expense     6       8       11       33  
    Net Loss attributable to shareholders   $ (222,937 )   $ (28,172 )   $ (207,801 )   $ (74,880 )
    Remeasurement of Preferred Stock – related party     (21,385 )     (23,671 )     58,612       (23,671 )
    Down round deemed dividend     (4,456 )     —       (4,456 )     —  
    Net Loss attributable to common shareholders   $ (248,778 )   $ (51,843 )   $ (153,645 )   $ (98,551 )
    Other Comprehensive Loss                
    Change in fair value of debt – credit risk – related party   $ (6,224 )   $ —     $ (6,224 )   $ —  
    Foreign currency translation adjustment     14       1       21       (4 )
    Comprehensive Loss attributable to common shareholders   $ (254,988 )   $ (51,842 )   $ (159,848 )   $ (98,555 )
                     
    Basic and diluted Loss per share attributable to common shareholders
    Basic   $ (1.05 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.66 )   $ (0.48 )
    Diluted   $ (1.05 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.66 )   $ (0.48 )
                     
    Weighted average shares of common stock                
    Basic     237,741,328       211,137,189       231,616,540       206,225,126  
    Diluted     237,741,328       211,137,189       231,616,540       206,225,126  
                                     
    EOS ENERGY ENTERPRISES, INC.
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
      June 30,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024
    Balance sheet data      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 120,225     $ 74,292  
    Other current assets $ 112,052     $ 105,620  
    Property, plant and equipment, net $ 75,533     $ 45,660  
    Other assets $ 53,185     $ 34,746  
    Total assets $ 360,995     $ 260,318  
    Total liabilities $ 931,693     $ 842,085  
    Mezzanine equity – preferred stock $ 532,269     $ 488,696  
    Total deficit $ (1,102,967 )   $ (1,070,463 )
                   
    EOS ENERGY ENTERPRISES, INC.
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
      Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025       2024  
    Net cash used in operating activities $ (95,046 )   $ (66,807 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (11,959 )     (10,299 )
    Net cash provided by financing activities   186,820       50,024  
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (2 )     (6 )
    Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   79,813       (27,088 )
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of the period   103,362       84,667  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of the period $ 183,175     $ 57,579  
                   
    EOS ENERGY ENTERPRISES, INC.
    UNAUDITED RECONCILIATION OF NET LOSS TO EBITDA LOSS AND ADJUSTED EBITDA LOSS
    (In thousands)
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net loss $ (222,937 )   $ (28,172 )   $ (207,801 )   $ (74,880 )
    add: Interest expense   6,639       8,427       12,584       17,545  
    add: Income tax expense   6       8       11       33  
    add: Depreciation and amortization   2,935       1,371       5,615       2,568  
    EBITDA loss   (213,357 )     (18,366 )     (189,591 )     (54,734 )
    add: Stock based compensation   7,127       1,857       14,701       4,798  
    add: Change in fair value of derivatives   134,390       55,668       53,880       52,234  
    (deduct) add: Change in fair value of debt   (31,615 )     240       (25,682 )     240  
    add (deduct): (Gain) loss on debt extinguishment   49,063       (68,478 )     49,063       (68,478 )
    add: Other non-cash or non-recurring   2,766       —       2,766       —  
    Adjusted EBITDA loss $ (51,626 )   $ (29,079 )   $ (94,863 )   $ (65,940 )
                                   
    EOS ENERGY ENTERPRISES, INC.
    UNAUDITED RECONCILIATION OF NET LOSS TO ADJUSTED NET LOSS PER SHARE
    (In thousands)
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net loss attributable to common shareholders $ (248,778 )   $ (51,843 )   $ (153,645 )   $ (98,551 )
    add: Stock based compensation   7,127       1,857       14,701       4,798  
    add: Change in fair value of derivatives   134,390       55,668       53,880       52,234  
    (deduct) add: Change in fair value of debt   (31,615 )     240       (25,682 )     240  
    add (deduct): (Gain) loss on debt extinguishment   49,063       (68,478 )     49,063       (68,478 )
    add: Other non-cash or non-recurring   2,766       —       2,766       —  
    Adjusted net loss attributable to common shareholders $ (87,047 )   $ (62,556 )   $ (58,917 )   $ (109,757 )
                   
    Basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common shareholders        
    Basic $ (1.05 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.66 )   $ (0.48 )
    Diluted $ (1.05 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.66 )   $ (0.48 )
                   
    Basic and diluted adjusted loss per share attributable to common shareholders    
    Basic $ (0.37 )   $ (0.30 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.53 )
    Diluted $ (0.37 )   $ (0.30 )   $ (0.25 )   $ (0.53 )
                   
    Weighted average shares of common stock              
    Basic   237,741,328       211,137,189       231,616,540       206,225,126  
    Diluted   237,741,328       211,137,189       231,616,540       206,225,126  

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: SuRo Capital Corp. to Report Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results on Wednesday, August 6, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — SuRo Capital Corp. (“SuRo Capital”) (Nasdaq: SSSS) today announced that it will report its financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 after the close of the U.S. market on Wednesday, August 6, 2025.

    Management will hold a conference call and webcast for investors at 2:00 p.m. PT (5:00 p.m. ET). The conference call access number for U.S. participants is 866-580-3963, and the conference call access number for participants outside the U.S. is +1 786-697-3501. The conference ID number for both access numbers is 0912554. Additionally, interested parties can listen to a live webcast of the call from the “Investor Relations” section of SuRo Capital’s website at www.surocap.com. An archived replay of the webcast will also be available for 12 months following the live presentation.

    A replay of the conference call may be accessed until 5:00 p.m. PT (8:00 p.m. ET) on August 13, 2025 by dialing 866-583-1035 (U.S.) or +44 (0) 20 3451 9993 (International) and using conference ID number 0912554.

    About SuRo Capital Corp.

    SuRo Capital Corp. (Nasdaq: SSSS) is a publicly traded investment fund that seeks to invest in high-growth, venture-backed private companies. The fund seeks to create a portfolio of high-growth emerging private companies via a repeatable and disciplined investment approach, as well as to provide investors with access to such companies through its publicly traded common stock. Since inception, SuRo Capital has served as the public’s gateway to venture capital, offering unique access to some of the world’s most innovative and sought-after private companies before they become publicly traded. SuRo Capital’s diverse portfolio encompasses high-growth sectors including AI infrastructure, emerging consumer brands, and cutting-edge software solutions for both consumer and enterprise markets, among others. SuRo Capital is headquartered in New York, NY and has an office in San Francisco, CA. Connect with the company on X, LinkedIn, and at www.surocap.com.

    Contact
    SuRo Capital Corp.
    (212) 931-6331
    IR@surocap.com

    Media Contact
    Deborah Kostroun
    Zito Partners
    SuRoCapitalPR@zitopartners.com

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Reliance Global Group Reports Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results and Provides Business Update

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Reduces Debt by 50%, Strengthens Balance Sheet, and Refocuses Strategic Priorities

    Company to Host Conference Call Today at 4:30 PM Eastern Time

    LAKEWOOD, N.J., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Reliance Global Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: RELI) (“Reliance”, “we” or the “Company”) today provided a business update and reported financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    “During the second quarter, we made meaningful progress toward our long-term strategic objectives, continuing to execute with discipline across both operational and financial fronts,” said Ezra Beyman, Chairman and CEO of Reliance Global Group. “While revenue was modestly lower compared to the prior year period, this was primarily due to a shift in our medical/health client base but offset by an 8% increase in our property and casualty (P&C) revenue stream. Importantly, our core business remained stable, and we continued to drive improvements across the organization. A key pillar of our transformation remains our OneFirm strategy, which unifies our agency operations under a cohesive, integrated model. We believe this approach is driving greater internal efficiency, enhancing collaboration across our teams, and delivering improved service experiences for clients and agents alike. It also positions us to scale more effectively and expand margins as we grow.”

    “As part of this strategy, the recent sale of Fortman Insurance Services marked a key step in streamlining our portfolio. By monetizing this asset, we’ve not only strengthened our balance sheet but also reinforced our focus on tech-enabled, high-growth areas that align with our long-term vision for sustainable, innovation-driven growth.”

    “From the sale proceeds, we took a major step to strengthen our financial position by repaying approximately $5.6 million—about half of our long-term debt, which reduced our annual debt service by over $1.8 million and meaningfully improved our cash flow and financial flexibility.”

    “Another exciting development this quarter was the launch of RELI Auto Leasing, which empowers our RELI Exchange Agency Partners to connect their clients with great auto leasing options. This unique platform not only creates a new revenue stream for our agents—who earn commissions on both the leasing referral and the accompanying insurance—but also delivers a high-convenience experience for consumers, with nationwide delivery available. By integrating leasing solutions into the RELI Exchange platform, we are continuing to strengthen our value proposition and expand the tools our agents can use to grow their businesses,” concluded Mr. Beyman.

    2025 Second Quarter Financial Highlights

    (approximate figures)

    • Commission income was $3.1 million in Q2 2025, compared to $3.2 million in Q2 2024. The swing was primarily due to a shift in our medical/health client base but offset by an 8% increase in our property and casualty (P&C) revenue stream.
    • Commission expense was $989,000 in Q2 2025, compared to $886,000 in Q2 2024 with the swing primarily attributed to the 8% growth in P&C revenues.
    • Salaries and wages were $2.6 million in Q2 2025, compared to $2.0 million in Q2 2024, with the increase due to non-cash share-based compensation, offset by OneFirm efficiencies and overall leaner operations.
    • General and administrative expenses were $1.5 million in Q2 2025, compared to $1.0 million in Q2 2024, with the flux being driven by acquisition related cash and non-cash costs offset by OneFirm efficiencies and overall leaner operations.
    • Net loss for the quarter was $2.7 million, compared to $1.5 million in Q2 2024, reflecting the impacts of non-cash equity compensation and acquisition cash and non-cash related costs.
    • Adjusted EBITDA (“AEBITDA”) (Non-GAAP measure) loss for the quarter was $382,000 compared to $178,000 in Q2 2024. The increase was driven primarily by the fluctuations affecting the commission income and commission expense accounts offset by improvements in the general expense accounts pursuant to OneFirm efficiencies and overall leaner operations.

    “Following the sale of Fortman Insurance Services, we expect to recognize a gain on sale of approximately $3.0 million in the third quarter,” said Joel Markovits, Chief Financial Officer of Reliance Global Group. “Combined with our debt reduction efforts, we’ve significantly deleveraged our balance sheet and lowered our annual debt service obligations by approximately 61%. Our outlook remains strong as we continue to move forward with a focus on disciplined financial management, whilst making strides forward in our pursuit of innovation and expansion of our market footprint.”

    Conference Call

    Reliance Global Group will host a conference call today at 4:30 PM Eastern Time to discuss the Company’s financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, as well as the Company’s corporate progress and other developments.

    The conference call will be available via telephone by dialing toll-free +1 888-506-0062 for U.S. callers or +1 973-528-0011 for international callers and entering access code 627850. A webcast of the call may be accessed at https://www.webcaster4.com/Webcast/Page/2381/52790 or on the investor relations section of the Company’s website, https://relianceglobalgroup.com/events-and-presentations/.

    A webcast replay will be available on the investor relations section of the Company’s website at https://relianceglobalgroup.com/events-and-presentations/ through May 13, 2026. A telephone replay of the call will be available approximately one hour following the call, through May 27, 2025, and can be accessed by dialing +1 877-481-4010 for U.S. callers or +1 919-882-2331 for international callers and entering access code 52473.

    About Reliance Global Group, Inc.

    Reliance Global Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: RELI) is an InsurTech pioneer, leveraging artificial intelligence (AI), and cloud-based technologies, to transform and improve efficiencies in the insurance agency/brokerage industry. The Company’s business-to-business InsurTech platform, RELI Exchange, provides independent insurance agencies an entire suite of business development tools, enabling them to effectively compete with large-scale national insurance agencies, whilst reducing back-office cost and burden. The Company’s business-to-consumer platform, 5minuteinsure.com, utilizes AI and data mining, to provide competitive online insurance quotes within minutes to everyday consumers seeking to purchase auto, home, and life insurance. In addition, the Company operates its own portfolio of select retail “brick and mortar” insurance agencies which are leaders and pioneers in their respective regions throughout the United States, offering a wide variety of insurance products. Further information about the Company can be found at https://www.relianceglobalgroup.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify these statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” “potential,” and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements in this press release include, without limitation, statements regarding:

    • Our expectations regarding the financial and operational benefits of our recent debt reduction, including reduced annual debt service obligations, improved cash flow, and enhanced financial flexibility;
    • Our belief that the OneFirm strategy is enhancing internal efficiency, enabling scalability, and positioning us for sustainable margin expansion;
    • Our intention to continue realigning our portfolio and operations around high-growth, tech-enabled assets, including through the sale of Fortman Insurance Services and the expansion of the RELI Exchange platform;
    • Our expectation that RELI Auto Leasing will generate new revenue opportunities for our agency partners and increase customer convenience and engagement;
    • Our outlook regarding the anticipated gain on the Fortman sale and our ability to continue deleveraging and improving our financial condition; and
    • Other statements relating to our future growth, financial performance, business strategy, and operational execution.

    These forward-looking statements are based on a number of assumptions, including that our OneFirm strategy will continue to drive efficiencies, the RELI Exchange and RELI Auto Leasing platforms will gain market traction as expected, the anticipated gain on the Fortman sale will be recognized, and market, economic, and regulatory conditions will remain favorable. There can be no assurance that these assumptions will prove accurate.

    Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated due to a variety of risks and uncertainties, including: our ability to successfully integrate new business initiatives such as RELI Auto Leasing; challenges in realizing anticipated cost savings, cash flow improvements, or strategic benefits from our restructuring efforts; competitive pressures in the InsurTech and insurance agency markets; adverse economic or regulatory developments; and other factors described under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and other filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    You are encouraged to carefully review our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, as amended, as well as other SEC filings, for a more complete discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties. Except as required by law, Reliance Global Group, Inc. undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

    Contact:

    Crescendo Communications, LLC
    Tel: +1 (212) 671-1020
    Email: RELI@crescendo-ir.com

    INFORMATION REGARDING A NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURE

    The Company believes certain financial measures which meet the definition of non-GAAP financial measures, as defined in Regulation G of the SEC rules, provide important supplemental information. Namely our key financial performance metric Adjusted EBITDA (“AEBITDA”) is a non-GAAP financial measure that is not in accordance with, or an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. “AEBITDA” is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) with additional adjustments as further outlined below, to result in Adjusted EBITDA (“AEBITDA”). The Company considers AEBITDA an important financial metric because it provides a meaningful financial measure of the quality of the Company’s operational, cash impacted and recurring earnings and operating performance across reporting periods. Other companies may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, which might limit its usefulness as a comparative measure to other companies in the industry. AEBITDA is used by management in addition to and in conjunction (and not as a substitute) with the results presented in accordance with GAAP. Management uses AEBITDA to evaluate the Company’s operational performance, including earnings across reporting periods and the merits for implementing cost-cutting measures. We have presented AEBITDA solely as supplemental disclosure because we believe it allows for a more complete analysis of results of operations and assists investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Consistent with Regulation G, a description of such information is provided below herein and tabular reconciliations of this supplemental non-GAAP financial information to our most comparable GAAP information are contained below.

    We exclude the following items when calculating Adjusted EBITDA, and the following items define our non-GAAP financial measure “AEBITDA”:

    • Interest and related party interest expense: Unrelated to core Company operations and excluded to provide more meaningful supplemental information regarding the Company’s core operational performance.
    • Depreciation and amortization: Non-cash charge, excluded to provide more meaningful supplemental information regarding the Company’s core operational performance.
    • Goodwill and/or asset impairments: Non-cash charge, excluded to provide more meaningful supplemental information regarding the Company’s core operational performance.
    • Equity-based compensation: Non-cash compensation provided to employees and service providers, excluded to provide more meaningful supplemental information regarding the Company’s core cash impacted operational performance.
    • Change in estimated acquisition earn-out payables: An earn-out liability is a liability to the seller upon an acquisition which is contingent on future earnings. These liabilities are valued at each reporting period and the changes are reported as either a gain or loss in the change in estimated acquisition earn-out payables account in the consolidated statements of operations. The gain or loss is non-cash, can be highly volatile and overall is not deemed relevant to ongoing operations, thus, it is excluded to provide more meaningful supplemental information regarding the Company’s core operational performance.
    • Recognition and change in fair value of warrant liabilities: This account includes changes to derivative warrant liabilities which are valued at each reporting period and could result in either a gain or loss. The period changes do not impact cash, can be highly volatile, and are unrelated to ongoing operations, and thus are excluded to provide more meaningful supplemental information regarding the Company’s core operational performance.
    • Other income (expense), net: Includes certain non-routine income or expenses and other individually de minimis items and is thus excluded as unrelated to core operations of the company.
    • Transactional costs: This includes expenses related to mergers, acquisitions, financings and refinancings, and amendments or modification to indebtedness. These costs are unrelated to primary Company operations and are excluded to provide more meaningful supplemental information regarding the Company’s core operational performance.
    • Non-standard costs: This account includes non-standard non-operational items, related to costs incurred for a legal suit the Company has filed against one of the third parties involved in the discontinued operations and was excluded to provide more meaningful supplemental information regarding the Company’s core operational performance.
    • Loss from discontinued operations before tax: This account includes the net results from discontinued operations, and since discontinued, are unrelated to the Company’s ongoing operations and thus excluded to provide more meaningful supplemental information regarding the Company’s core operational performance.

    The following table provides a reconciliation from net loss to AEBITDA for the 3 month and 6 month periods ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively:

                             
      The Period Ended June 30,
    		   Six Months Ended June 30,
    		  
      2025   2024   2025   2024  
            As reported on10-Q2’24           As reported on10-Q2’24    
    Net income (loss) (2,710,901 )   (1,489,395 )   (4,447,786 )   (6,836,057 )  
    Adjustments:                        
    Interest and related party interest expense 318,988     403,495     644,230     813,780    
    Depreciation and amortization 346,151     469,788     706,746     1,003,941    
    Asset impairment –     –     –     3,922,110    
    –  –     –                
    Share based compensation employees directors and third parties 1,479,557     333,897     2,504,542     488,808    
    Change in estimated acquisition earn-out payables –     –     –     47,761    
    Other (income) expense, net –     (11 )   24,598     (22 )  
    Transactional costs 248,049     119,203     391,236     373,096    
    Non-standard costs (63,534 )   45,724     (35,254 )   90,963    
    Recognition and change in fair value of warrant liabilities –     (60,667 )   –     (156,000 )  
    Total adjustments 2,329,211     1,311,429     4,236,098     6,584,437    
                             
    AEBITDA  (381,690 )   (177,966 )   (211,688 )   (251,620 )  
                             
                             

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Columbia Financial, Inc. Announces Financial Results for the Second Quarter Ended June 30, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FAIR LAWN, N.J., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Columbia Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) (NASDAQ: CLBK), the mid-tier holding company for Columbia Bank (“Columbia”), reported net income of $12.3 million, or $0.12 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, as compared to $4.5 million, or $0.04 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. Earnings for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 reflected higher net interest income due to both an increase in interest income and a decrease in interest expense, higher non-interest income and a decrease in non-interest expense, partially offset by higher income tax expense.

    For the six months ended June 30, 2025, the Company reported net income of $21.2 million, or $0.21 per basic and diluted share, as compared to $3.4 million, or $0.03 per basic and diluted share, for the six months ended June 30, 2024. Earnings for the six months ended June 30, 2025 reflected higher net interest income due to both an increase in interest income and a decrease in interest expense, a decrease in provision for credit losses and higher non-interest income, and a decrease in non-interest expense, partially offset by higher income tax expense.

    Mr. Thomas J. Kemly, President and Chief Executive Officer commented: “We are pleased with our results for the second quarter of 2025, which reflect a substantial increase in earnings and the continued expansion of our net interest margin resulting from our previously announced strategies. During the quarter, we also experienced solid loan growth, complemented by the purchase of approximately $130.9 million in commercial equipment finance loans. Assets and deposits continued to increase throughout the 2025 period, and we reduced our overall operating costs.”

    Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024

    Net income of $12.3 million was recorded for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $7.8 million, as compared to net income of $4.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The increase in net income was primarily attributable to a $9.6 million increase in net interest income, a $993,000 increase in non-interest income and a $1.3 million decrease in non-interest expense, partially offset by a $3.9 million increase in income tax expense.

    Net interest income was $53.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $9.6 million, or 21.8%, from $44.1 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $3.2 million increase in interest income and a $6.4 million decrease in interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of loans coupled with an increase in average yields on loans and securities. During the fourth quarter of 2024 the Company implemented a balance sheet repositioning transaction which resulted in an increase in the average yield on securities and a decrease in the cost of borrowings, which had a notable impact on net interest income for the quarter ended June 30, 2025. The 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates during the last four months of 2024 contributed to lower interest rates paid on new and repricing deposits and borrowings during the quarter ended June 30, 2025. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $615,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, compared to $436,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    The average yield on loans for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 increased 3 basis points to 4.96%, as compared to 4.93% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. Interest income on loans increased due to an increase in both the average balance and yield on loans. The average yield on securities for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 increased 66 basis points to 3.55%, as compared to 2.89% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. This was a result of lower yielding securities sold as part of the balance sheet repositioning transaction implemented in the fourth quarter of 2024 being replaced with higher yielding securities purchased in 2024 and throughout the six months ended June 30, 2025. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 decreased 114 basis points to 5.16%, as compared to 6.30% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, mainly due to a 150 basis point decrease in the dividend rate received on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

    Total interest expense was $62.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, a decrease of $6.4 million, or 9.3%, from $69.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in interest expense was primarily attributable to a 19 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits along with a 52 basis point decrease in the average cost of borrowings, coupled with a decrease in the average balance of borrowings, partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits. Interest expense on deposits decreased $482,000, or 1.0%, and interest expense on borrowings decreased $5.9 million, or 30.6% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 as compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    The Company’s net interest margin for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 increased 38 basis points to 2.19% when compared to 1.81%, due to an increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets coupled with a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 11 basis points to 4.75% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 as compared to 4.64% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 31 basis points to 3.18% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025 as compared to 3.49% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    Non-interest income was $10.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $993,000, or 10.8%, from $9.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $425,000 in demand deposit account fees mainly related to commercial account treasury services, an increase of $366,000 in loan fees and service charges related to swap income, gains on securities transactions of $336,000, and a $281,000 gain on the sale of real estate owned, partially offset by a decrease of $693,000 in other non-interest income. The gain on the sale of other real estate owned resulted from the sale of a commercial real estate property acquired by foreclosure in 2024 with a book value of $1.3 million which was sold in June 2025.

    Non-interest expense was $44.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, a decrease of $1.3 million, or 2.9%, from $46.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in professional fees of $1.0 million, as legal, regulatory, and compliance-related costs were higher in the 2024 period, a decrease in merger-related expenses of $692,000, and a decrease in other non-interest expense of $798,000.

    Income tax expense was $4.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $3.9 million, as compared to income tax expense of $279,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, mainly due to an increase in pre-tax income. The Company’s effective tax rate was 25.4% and 5.8% for the quarters ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The effective tax rate for the 2024 period was primarily impacted by permanent income tax differences.

    Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024

    Net income of $21.2 million was recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $17.8 million, or 526.4%, compared to net income of $3.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase in net income was primarily attributable to a $17.7 million increase in net interest income, a $2.1 million decrease in provision for credit losses, a $2.0 million increase in non-interest income and a $3.2 million decrease in non-interest expense, partially offset by a $7.2 million increase in income tax expense.

    Net interest income was $104.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $17.7 million, or 20.6%, from $86.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $6.7 million increase in interest income and a $11.0 million decrease in interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of loans coupled with an increase in the average yields on loans and securities. During the fourth quarter of 2024 the Company implemented a balance sheet repositioning transaction which resulted in an increase in the average yield on securities and a decrease in the cost of borrowings, which had a notable impact on net interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2025. The 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates during the last four months of 2024 contributed to a decrease in interest rates paid on new and repricing deposits and borrowings during the six months ended June 30, 2025. The decrease in interest expense on borrowings was also impacted by a decrease in the average balance of borrowings and the decrease in the cost of new borrowings. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $872,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to $703,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

    The average yield on loans for the six months ended June 30, 2025 increased 6 basis points to 4.92%, as compared to 4.86% for the six months ended June 30, 2024. Interest income on loans increased due to an increase in both the average balance and yield on loans. The average yield on securities for the six months ended June 30, 2025 increased 73 basis points to 3.50%, as compared to 2.77% for the six months ended June 30, 2024. This was a result of lower yielding securities sold as part of the balance sheet repositioning transaction implemented in the fourth quarter of 2024 being replaced with higher yielding securities purchased in 2024 and throughout the six months ended June 30, 2025. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the six months ended June 30, 2025 decreased 72 basis points to 5.47%, as compared to 6.19% for the six months ended June 30, 2024, due to lower dividends received on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

    Total interest expense was $124.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, a decrease of $11.0 million, or 8.1%, from $135.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in interest expense was primarily attributable to a 10 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits along with a 53 basis point decrease in the average cost of borrowings coupled with a decrease in the average balance of borrowings. Interest expense on deposits increased $1.2 million, or 1.3%, and interest expense on borrowings decreased $12.3 million, or 32.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2025 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2024.

    The Company’s net interest margin for the six months ended June 30, 2025 increased 37 basis points to 2.15%, when compared to 1.78% for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The net interest margin increased for the six months ended June 30, 2025, due to an increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets coupled with a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 15 basis points to 4.72% for the six months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to 4.57% for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 25 basis points to 3.19% for the six months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to 3.44% for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

    The provision for credit losses for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was $5.4 million, a decrease of $2.1 million, or 27.7% from $7.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in provision for credit losses was primarily attributable to a decrease in net charge-offs, which totaled $4.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 as compared to $5.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024, and a decrease in quantitative loss rates based on the evaluation of current and projected economic conditions.

    Non-interest income was $18.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $2.0 million, or 12.1%, from $16.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gain on securities transactions of $1.6 million, an increase of $900,000 in demand deposit account fees mainly related to commercial account treasury services, an increase of $461,000 in loan fees and service charges related to swap income and a $281,000 gain on the sale of real estate owned, partially offset by a decrease of $2.0 million in other non-interest income.

    Non-interest expense was $88.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, a decrease of $3.2 million, or 3.4% from $91.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in federal deposit insurance premiums of $615,000, a decrease in professional fees of $3.1 million, a decrease in merger-related expenses of $714,000 and a decrease in other non-interest expense of $1.3 million, partially offset by an increase in compensation and employee benefits expense of $2.3 million. Professional fees for legal, regulatory and compliance-related costs decreased in the 2025 period.

    Income tax expense was $7.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of $7.2 million, as compared to income tax expense of $150,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2024, mainly due to an increase in pre-tax income. The Company’s effective tax rate was 25.6% and 4.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The effective tax rate for the 2024 period was impacted by permanent income tax differences.

    Balance Sheet Summary

    Total assets increased $263.5 million, or 2.5%, to $10.7 billion at June 30, 2025 as compared to $10.5 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase in total assets was primarily attributable to an increase in debt securities available for sale of $31.0 million, and an increase in loans receivable, net, of $254.1 million, partially offset by a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $41.0 million.

    Cash and cash equivalents decreased $41.0 million, or 14.2%, to $248.2 million at June 30, 2025 from $289.2 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to purchases of securities of $159.3 million, purchases of loans of $150.9 million and the origination of loans receivable, partially offset by proceeds from principal repayments on securities of $98.5 million, and repayments on loans receivable.

    Debt securities available for sale increased $31.0 million, or 3.0%, to $1.1 billion at June 30, 2025 from $1.0 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was attributable to purchases of securities of $126.0 million, consisting primarily of U.S. government obligations and mortgage-backed securities, and a decrease in the gross unrealized loss on securities of $22.1 million, partially offset by maturities on securities of $28.5 million, repayments on securities of $73.6 million, and the sale of securities of $15.7 million.

    Loans receivable, net, increased $254.1 million, or 3.2%, to $8.1 billion at June 30, 2025 from $7.9 billion at December 31, 2024. Multifamily loans, commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans increased $118.1 million, $177.8 million, and $104.5 million, respectively, partially offset by decreases in one-to-four family real estate loans, construction loans and home equity loans and advances of $81.6 million, $58.2 million, and $2.6 million, respectively. The increase in commercial business loans was primarily due to the purchase of $130.9 million in equipment finance loans from a third party in May 2025, at a $3.2 million discount, which included $5.1 million of purchased credit deteriorated loans (“PCD”). The principal balance of the PCD loans was charged-off by $3.2 million. The allowance for credit losses for loans increased $4.5 million to $64.5 million at June 30, 2025 from $60.0 million at December 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase in the outstanding balance of loans.

    Total liabilities increased $223.2 million, or 2.4%, to $9.6 billion at June 30, 2025 from $9.4 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in total deposits of $39.3 million, or 0.5%, and an increase in borrowings of $192.0 million, or 17.8%, partially offset by a decrease in other liabilities of $12.2 million. The increase in total deposits consisted of increases in non-interest-bearing demand deposits, money market accounts and certificates of deposit of $1.9 million, $114.0 million, and $80.2 million, respectively, partially offset by decreases in interest-bearing demand deposits and savings and club accounts of $149.0 million and $7.7 million, respectively. The $192.0 million increase in borrowings was driven by a net increase in short-term borrowings of $122.0 million, coupled with new long-term borrowings of $130.0 million, partially offset by repayments of $60.0 million in maturing long-term borrowings. Proceeds from borrowings were utilized to fund the purchase of $130.9 million in equipment finance loans from a third party in May 2025.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $40.3 million, or 3.7%, with a balance of $1.1 billion at both June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The increase in total stockholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income of $21.2 million, and an increase of $15.3 million in other comprehensive income, which includes changes in unrealized losses on debt securities available for sale and unrealized gains on swap contracts, net of taxes, included in other comprehensive income.

    Asset Quality

    The Company’s non-performing loans at June 30, 2025 totaled $39.5 million, or 0.49% of total gross loans, as compared to $21.7 million, or 0.28% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2024. The $17.8 million increase in non-performing loans was primarily attributable to a $5.9 million construction loan designated as non-performing during the 2025 period, an increase in non-performing one-to-four family real estate loans of $2.6 million, an increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $7.5 million, and an increase in non-performing commercial business loans of $1.3 million. The $5.9 million non-performing construction loan represents the construction of a mixed use five-story building with both commercial space and apartments. The increase in non-performing one-to-four family real estate loans was due to an increase in the number of loans from 32 non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 to 43 loans at June 30, 2025. The increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans was due to an increase in the number of loans from four non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 to 14 loans at June 30, 2025. The increase in non-performing commercial business loans was due to an increase in the number of loans from 11 non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 to 16 loans at June 30, 2025. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets totaled 0.37% at June 30, 2025, as compared to 0.22% at December 31, 2024.

    For the quarter ended June 30, 2025, net charge-offs totaled approximately $3.2 million, as compared to $533,000 in net charge-offs recorded for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, net charge-offs totaled $4.1 million as compared to $5.5 million in net charge-offs recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2024. Charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 included $3.2 million in charge-offs related to PCD loans included in the equipment finance loan purchase noted above.

    The Company’s allowance for credit losses on loans was $64.5 million, or 0.79% of total gross loans, at June 30, 2025, compared to $60.0 million, or 0.76% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2024. The increase in the allowance for credit losses for loans was primarily due to an increase in the outstanding balance of loans.

    About Columbia Financial, Inc.

    The consolidated financial results include the accounts of Columbia Financial, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary Columbia Bank (the “Bank”) and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a Delaware corporation organized as Columbia Bank’s mid-tier stock holding company. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a majority-owned subsidiary of Columbia Bank, MHC. Columbia Bank is a federally chartered savings bank headquartered in Fair Lawn, New Jersey that operates 69 full-service banking offices and offers traditional financial services to consumers and businesses in its market area.

    Forward Looking Statements

    Certain statements herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “will,” “would,” “expects,” “projects,” “may,” “could,” “developments,” “strategic,” “launching,” “opportunities,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” and similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to, adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on the Company’s business activities; changes in interest rates, higher inflation and their impact on national and local economic conditions; changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental entities; the impact of tariffs, sanctions and other trade policies of the United States and its global trading counterparts; the impact of legal, judicial and regulatory proceedings or investigations, competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates, including changes that adversely affect a borrowers’ ability to service and repay the Company’s loans; the effect of acts of terrorism, war or pandemics, including on our credit quality and business operations, as well as its impact on general economic and financial market conditions; changes in the value of securities in the Company’s portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and securities; legislative changes and changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements will become impaired; cyber-attacks, computer viruses and other technological risks that may breach the security of our systems and allow unauthorized access to confidential information; the inability of third party service providers to perform; demand for loans in the Company’s market area; the Company’s ability to attract and maintain deposits and effectively manage liquidity; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; the successful implementation of our December 2024 balance sheet repositioning transaction; the risk that the Company may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy, or its integration of acquired financial institutions and businesses, and changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements which are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and those set forth in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, all as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Should one or more of these risks materialize or should underlying beliefs or assumptions prove incorrect, the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except as required by law.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Reported amounts are presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). This press release also contains certain supplemental non-GAAP information that the Company’s management uses in its analysis of the Company’s financial results. Specifically, the Company provides measures based on what it believes are its operating earnings on a consistent basis and excludes material non-routine operating items which affect the GAAP reporting of results of operations. The Company’s management believes that providing this information to analysts and investors allows them to better understand and evaluate the Company’s core financial results for the periods presented. Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names.

    The Company also provides measurements and ratios based on tangible stockholders’ equity. These measures are commonly utilized by regulators and market analysts to evaluate a company’s financial condition and, therefore, the Company’s management believes that such information is useful to investors.

    A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures are included at the end of this press release. See “Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.

           
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (In thousands)
           
      June 30,   December 31,
      2025   2024
    Assets (Unaudited)    
    Cash and due from banks $ 248,113     $ 289,113  
    Short-term investments   111       110  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   248,224       289,223  
           
    Debt securities available for sale, at fair value   1,056,950       1,025,946  
    Debt securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $368,232, and $350,153 at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   402,159       392,840  
    Equity securities, at fair value   7,253       6,673  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   68,663       60,387  
           
    Loans receivable   8,175,499       7,916,928  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   64,467       59,958  
    Loans receivable, net   8,111,032       7,856,970  
           
    Accrued interest receivable   41,161       40,383  
    Office properties and equipment, net   82,176       81,772  
    Bank-owned life insurance   278,756       274,908  
    Goodwill and intangible assets   120,003       121,008  
    Other real estate owned   —       1,334  
    Other assets   322,651       324,049  
    Total assets $ 10,739,028     $ 10,475,493  
           
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      
    Liabilities:      
    Deposits $ 8,135,483     $ 8,096,149  
    Borrowings   1,272,578       1,080,600  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance   49,525       45,453  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   160,734       172,915  
    Total liabilities   9,618,320       9,395,117  
           
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,120,708       1,080,376  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,739,028     $ 10,475,493  
           
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Income
    (In thousands, except per share data)
           
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
      2025   2024   2025   2024
    Interest income: (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
    Loans receivable $ 99,646     $ 95,252     $ 194,756     $ 188,201  
    Debt securities available for sale and equity securities   10,301       9,241       20,043       17,026  
    Debt securities held to maturity   2,922       2,502       5,733       4,871  
    Federal funds and interest-earning deposits   2,443       4,459       5,301       8,022  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends   1,179       1,832       2,821       3,793  
    Total interest income   116,491       113,286       228,654       221,913  
    Interest expense:              
    Deposits   49,344       49,826       99,489       98,244  
    Borrowings   13,444       19,380       25,137       37,389  
    Total interest expense   62,788       69,206       124,626       135,633  
                   
    Net interest income   53,703       44,080       104,028       86,280  
                   
    Provision for credit losses   2,468       2,194       5,401       7,472  
                   
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   51,235       41,886       98,627       78,808  
                   
    Non-interest income:              
    Demand deposit account fees   2,015       1,590       3,903       3,003  
    Bank-owned life insurance   1,990       1,804       3,849       3,584  
    Title insurance fees   861       744       1,507       1,247  
    Loan fees and service charges   1,744       1,378       2,800       2,339  
    Gain (loss) on securities transactions   336       —       336       (1,256 )
    Change in fair value of equity securities   272       101       580       452  
    (Loss) gain on sale of loans   (15 )     181       500       366  
    Gain on sale of other real estate owned   281       —       281       —  
    Other non-interest income   2,689       3,382       4,888       6,897  
    Total non-interest income   10,173       9,180       18,644       16,632  
                   
    Non-interest expense:              
    Compensation and employee benefits   28,933       27,659       57,516       55,172  
    Occupancy   5,968       6,054       12,153       12,027  
    Federal deposit insurance premiums   1,739       1,879       3,619       4,234  
    Advertising   563       661       1,094       1,287  
    Professional fees   3,519       4,509       6,034       9,143  
    Data processing and software expenses   4,103       3,914       8,164       7,881  
    Merger-related expenses   —       692       —       714  
    Other non-interest expense, net   81       879       171       1,447  
    Total non-interest expense   44,906       46,247       88,751       91,905  
                   
    Income before income tax expense   16,502       4,819       28,520       3,535  
                   
    Income tax expense   4,197       279       7,315       150  
                   
    Net income $ 12,305     $ 4,540     $ 21,205     $ 3,385  
                   
    Earnings per share-basic $ 0.12     $ 0.04     $ 0.21     $ 0.03  
    Earnings per share-diluted $ 0.12     $ 0.04     $ 0.21     $ 0.03  
    Weighted average shares outstanding-basic   101,985,784       101,651,511       101,898,636       101,699,126  
    Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted   101,985,784       101,651,511       101,898,636       101,804,386  
                                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Average Balances/Yields
       
      For the Three Months Ended June 30,
      2025   2024
      Average
    Balance    		   Interest
    and
    Dividends    		   Yield / Cost   Average
    Balance    		   Interest
    and
    Dividends    		   Yield / Cost
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest-earnings assets:                      
    Loans $ 8,059,332     $ 99,646       4.96 %   $ 7,774,052     $ 95,252       4.93 %
    Securities   1,493,913       13,223       3.55 %     1,633,801       11,743       2.89 %
    Other interest-earning assets   281,611       3,622       5.16 %     401,633       6,291       6.30 %
    Total interest-earning assets   9,834,856       116,491       4.75 %     9,809,486       113,286       4.64 %
    Non-interest-earning assets   860,948               871,525          
    Total assets $ 10,695,804             $ 10,681,011          
                           
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing demand $ 1,938,459     $ 10,898       2.25 %   $ 1,948,389     $ 13,708       2.83 %
    Money market accounts   1,332,835       9,424       2.84 %     1,220,774       8,323       2.74 %
    Savings and club deposits   645,167       1,114       0.69 %     674,793       1,370       0.82 %
    Certificates of deposit   2,788,547       27,908       4.01 %     2,545,967       26,425       4.17 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   6,705,008       49,344       2.95 %     6,389,923       49,826       3.14 %
    FHLB advances   1,218,442       13,303       4.38 %     1,576,514       19,219       4.90 %
    Junior subordinated debentures   7,045       141       8.03 %     7,023       161       9.22 %
    Total borrowings   1,225,487       13,444       4.40 %     1,583,537       19,380       4.92 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   7,930,495     $ 62,788       3.18 %     7,973,460     $ 69,206       3.49 %
                           
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   1,443,627               1,416,047          
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   215,390               260,107          
    Total liabilities   9,589,512               9,649,614          
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,106,292               1,031,397          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,695,804             $ 10,681,011          
                           
    Net interest income     $ 53,703             $ 44,080      
    Interest rate spread           1.57 %             1.15 %
    Net interest-earning assets $ 1,904,361             $ 1,836,026          
    Net interest margin           2.19 %             1.81 %
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   124.01 %             123.03 %        
                                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Average Balances/Yields
       
      For the Six Months Ended June 30,
      2025   2024
      Average
    Balance    		   Interest
    and
    Dividends    		   Yield / Cost   Average
    Balance    		   Interest
    and
    Dividends    		   Yield / Cost
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest-earnings assets:                      
    Loans $ 7,977,402     $ 194,756       4.92 %   $ 7,788,459     $ 188,201       4.86 %
    Securities   1,485,771       25,776       3.50 %     1,588,767       21,897       2.77 %
    Other interest-earning assets   299,424       8,122       5.47 %     383,989       11,815       6.19 %
    Total interest-earning assets   9,762,597       228,654       4.72 %     9,761,215       221,913       4.57 %
    Non-interest-earning assets   866,499               861,632          
    Total assets $ 10,629,096             $ 10,622,847          
                           
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing demand $ 1,999,157     $ 22,438       2.26 %   $ 1,973,569     $ 27,092       2.76 %
    Money market accounts   1,307,676       18,662       2.88 %     1,227,857       17,093       2.80 %
    Savings and club deposits   647,201       2,221       0.69 %     681,664       2,607       0.77 %
    Certificates of deposit   2,772,808       56,168       4.08 %     2,531,145       51,452       4.09 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   6,726,842       99,489       2.98 %     6,414,235       98,244       3.08 %
    FHLB advances   1,140,113       24,857       4.40 %     1,511,830       37,067       4.93 %
    Junior subordinated debentures   7,041       280       8.02 %     7,020       322       9.22 %
    Total borrowings   1,147,154       25,137       4.42 %     1,518,850       37,389       4.95 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   7,873,996     $ 124,626       3.19 %     7,933,085     $ 135,633       3.44 %
                           
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   1,438,262               1,404,161          
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   218,314               248,514          
    Total liabilities   9,530,572               9,585,760          
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,098,524               1,037,087          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,629,096             $ 10,622,847          
                           
    Net interest income     $ 104,028             $ 86,280      
    Interest rate spread           1.53 %             1.13 %
    Net interest-earning assets $ 1,888,601             $ 1,828,130          
    Net interest margin           2.15 %             1.78 %
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   123.99 %             123.04 %        
                                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Components of Net Interest Rate Spread and Margin
       
      Average Yields/Costs by Quarter
      June 30,
    2025    		   March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024    		   September 30,
    2024    		   June 30,
    2024
    Yield on interest-earning assets:                  
    Loans   4.96 %     4.89 %     4.88 %     5.00 %     4.93 %
    Securities   3.55       3.45       2.99       2.90       2.89  
    Other interest-earning assets   5.16       5.75       6.00       6.72       6.30  
    Total interest-earning assets   4.75 %     4.69 %     4.61 %     4.70 %     4.64 %
                       
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   2.95 %     3.01 %     3.13 %     3.21 %     3.14 %
    Total borrowings   4.40       4.44       4.65       4.87       4.92  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3.18 %     3.21 %     3.38 %     3.52 %     3.49 %
                       
    Interest rate spread   1.57 %     1.48 %     1.23 %     1.18 %     1.15 %
    Net interest margin   2.19 %     2.11 %     1.88 %     1.84 %     1.81 %
                       
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   124.01 %     123.96 %     124.02 %     123.06 %     123.03 %
                                           
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Selected Financial Highlights
       
      June 30,
    2025    		   March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024    		   September 30,
    2024    		   June 30,
    2024
    SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS (1):                  
    Return on average assets   0.46 %     0.34 %   (0.79 )%     0.23 %     0.17 %
    Core return on average assets   0.47 %     0.35 %     0.42 %     0.23 %     0.20 %
    Return on average equity   4.46 %     3.31 %   (7.86 )%     2.32 %     1.77 %
    Core return on average equity   4.58 %     3.37 %     4.09 %     2.29 %     2.06 %
    Core return on average tangible equity   5.14 %     3.78 %     4.74 %     2.58 %     2.34 %
    Interest rate spread   1.57 %     1.48 %     1.23 %     1.18 %     1.15 %
    Net interest margin   2.19 %     2.11 %     1.88 %     1.84 %     1.81 %
    Non-interest income to average assets   0.38 %     0.33 %   (0.88 )%     0.33 %     0.35 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets   1.68 %     1.68 %     1.73 %     1.60 %     1.74 %
    Efficiency ratio   70.30 %     74.57 %     205.17 %     78.95 %     86.83 %
    Core efficiency ratio   69.41 %     74.20 %     73.68 %     79.14 %     85.34 %
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   124.01 %     123.96 %     124.02 %     123.06 %     123.03 %
    Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans (2)   0.04 %     0.04 %     0.07 %     0.14 %     0.03 %
                       
    (1) Ratios are annualized when appropriate.
    (2) The June 30, 2025 ratio includes $3.2 million of non-annualized PCD charge-offs related to the purchased commercial equipment finance loans.
     
    ASSET QUALITY DATA:  
      June 30,
    2025    		   March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024    		   September 30,
    2024    		   June 30,
    2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
                       
    Non-accrual loans $ 39,545     $ 24,856     $ 21,701     $ 28,014     $ 25,281  
    90+ and still accruing   —       —       —       —       —  
    Non-performing loans   39,545       24,856       21,701       28,014       25,281  
    Real estate owned   —       1,334       1,334       1,974       1,974  
    Total non-performing assets $ 39,545     $ 26,190     $ 23,035     $ 29,988     $ 27,255  
                       
    Non-performing loans to total gross loans   0.49 %     0.31 %     0.28 %     0.36 %     0.33 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.37 %     0.25 %     0.22 %     0.28 %     0.25 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACL”) $ 64,467     $ 62,034     $ 59,958     $ 58,495     $ 57,062  
    ACL to total non-performing loans   163.02 %     249.57 %     276.29 %     208.81 %     225.71 %
    ACL to gross loans   0.79 %     0.78 %     0.76 %     0.75 %     0.73 %
                                           
    LOAN DATA:  
      June 30,
    2025    		   March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024    		   September 30,
    2024    		   June 30,
    2024
      (In thousands)
    Real estate loans:          
    One-to-four family $ 2,629,372     $ 2,676,566     $ 2,710,937     $ 2,737,190     $ 2,764,177  
    Multifamily   1,578,733       1,567,862       1,460,641       1,399,000       1,409,316  
    Commercial real estate   2,517,693       2,429,429       2,339,883       2,312,759       2,316,252  
    Construction   415,403       437,081       473,573       510,439       462,880  
    Commercial business loans   726,526       614,049       622,000       586,447       554,768  
    Consumer loans:                  
    Home equity loans and advances   256,384       253,439       259,009       261,041       260,427  
    Other consumer loans   2,602       2,547       3,404       2,877       2,689  
    Total gross loans   8,126,713       7,980,973       7,869,447       7,809,753       7,770,509  
    Purchased credit deteriorated loans   11,998       10,395       11,686       11,795       12,150  
    Net deferred loan costs, fees and purchased premiums and discounts   36,788       35,940       35,795       35,642       36,352  
    Allowance for credit losses   (64,467 )     (62,034 )     (59,958 )     (58,495 )     (57,062 )
    Loans receivable, net $ 8,111,032     $ 7,965,274     $ 7,856,970     $ 7,798,695     $ 7,761,949  
                                           
      At June 30, 2025
      (Dollars in thousands)
      Balance   % of Gross Loans   Weighted Average
    Loan to Value Ratio    		   Weighted
    Average
    Debt Service
    Coverage
    Multifamily Real Estate $ 1,578,733       19.8 %     59.0 %     1.86 x
                       
    Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate $ 686,005       8.6 %     53.1 %     2.23 x
                       
    Investor Owned Commercial Real Estate:                  
    Retail / Shopping centers $ 544,476       6.8 %     54.2 %     1.45 x
    Mixed Use   209,619       2.6       58.5       2.52  
    Industrial / Warehouse   435,261       5.5       54.4       1.60  
    Non-Medical Office   167,986       2.1       51.6       1.69  
    Medical Office   98,801       1.2       61.0       1.49  
    Single Purpose   43,332       0.5       60.7       1.44  
    Other   332,213       4.2       50.4       1.85  
    Total $ 1,831,688       23.0 %     54.3 %     1.70 x
                       
    Total Multifamily and Commercial Real Estate Loans $ 4,096,426       51.3 %     55.9 %     1.85  
                                   
    DEPOSIT DATA:  
      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
      Balance   Weighted
    Average Rate    		   Balance   Weighted
    Average Rate    		   Balance   Weighted
    Average Rate
      (Dollars in thousands)
           
    Non-interest-bearing demand $ 1,439,951       — %   $ 1,490,243       — %   $ 1,438,030       — %
    Interest-bearing demand   1,872,265       2.03       1,935,384       2.08       2,021,312       2.19  
    Money market accounts   1,355,682       2.79       1,333,668       2.84       1,241,691       2.82  
    Savings and club deposits   644,761       0.70       651,713       0.70       652,501       0.75  
    Certificates of deposit   2,822,824       3.96       2,783,927       4.08       2,742,615       4.24  
    Total deposits $ 8,135,483       2.36 %   $ 8,194,935       2.40 %   $ 8,096,149       2.47 %
                                                   
    CAPITAL RATIOS:      
      June 30,   December 31,
      2025 (1)   2024
    Company:      
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   14.18 %     14.20 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.35 %     13.40 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.27 %     13.31 %
    Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)   10.37 %     10.02 %
           
    Columbia Bank:      
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   14.40 %     14.41 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.53 %     13.56 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.53 %     13.56 %
    Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)   9.95 %     9.64 %
           
    (1) Estimated ratios at June 30, 2025      
           
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures
           
    Book and Tangible Book Value per Share
      June 30,   December 31,
      2025   2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
       
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 1,120,708     $ 1,080,376  
    Less: goodwill   (110,715 )     (110,715 )
    Less: core deposit intangible   (7,933 )     (8,964 )
    Total tangible stockholders’ equity $ 1,002,060     $ 960,697  
           
    Shares outstanding   104,927,137       104,759,185  
           
    Book value per share $ 10.68     $ 10.31  
    Tangible book value per share $ 9.55     $ 9.17  
                   
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
                   
    Reconciliation of Core Net Income              
      Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
      2025   2024   2025   2024
      (In thousands)
                   
    Net income $ 12,305     $ 4,540     $ 21,205     $ 3,385  
    Less/add: (gain) loss on securities transactions, net of tax   (251 )     —       (251 )     1,130  
    Add: FDIC special assessment, net of tax   —       97       —       490  
    Add: severance expense, net of tax   354       —       517       67  
    Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax   —       652       —       672  
    Add: litigation expenses, net of tax   242       —       242       —  
    Core net income $ 12,650     $ 5,289     $ 21,713     $ 5,744  
                                   
    Return on Average Assets              
      Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
      2025   2024   2025   2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Net income $ 12,305     $ 4,540     $ 21,205     $ 3,385  
                   
    Average assets $ 10,695,804     $ 10,681,011     $ 10,629,096     $ 10,622,847  
                   
    Return on average assets   0.46 %     0.17 %     0.40 %     0.06 %
                   
    Core net income $ 12,650     $ 5,289     $ 21,713     $ 5,744  
                   
    Core return on average assets   0.47 %     0.20 %     0.41 %     0.11 %
                                   
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
                   
    Return on Average Equity              
      Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
      2025   2024   2025   2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Total average stockholders’ equity $ 1,106,292     $ 1,031,397     $ 1,098,524     $ 1,037,087  
    Less/add: (gain)loss on securities transactions, net of tax   (251 )     —       (251 )     1,130  
    Add: FDIC special assessment, net of tax   —       97       —       490  
    Add: severance expense, net of tax   354       —       517       67  
    Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax   —       652       —       672  
    Add: litigation expenses, net of tax   242       —       242       —  
    Core average stockholders’ equity $ 1,106,637     $ 1,032,146     $ 1,099,032     $ 1,039,446  
                   
    Return on average equity   4.46 %     1.77 %     3.89 %     0.66 %
                   
    Core return on core average equity   4.58 %     2.06 %     3.98 %     1.11 %
                                   
    Return on Average Tangible Equity        
      Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
      2025   2024   2025   2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Total average stockholders’ equity $ 1,106,292     $ 1,031,397     $ 1,098,524     $ 1,037,087  
    Less: average goodwill   (110,715 )     (110,715 )     (110,715 )     (110,715 )
    Less: average core deposit intangible   (8,241 )     (10,381 )     (8,511 )     (10,668 )
    Total average tangible stockholders’ equity $ 987,336     $ 910,301     $ 979,298     $ 915,704  
                   
    Core return on average tangible equity   5.14 %     2.34 %     4.47 %     1.26 %
                                   
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
                   
    Efficiency Ratios              
      Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
      2025   2024   2025   2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Net interest income $ 53,703     $ 44,080     $ 104,028     $ 86,280  
    Non-interest income   10,173       9,180       18,644       16,632  
    Total income $ 63,876     $ 53,260     $ 122,672     $ 102,912  
                   
    Non-interest expense $ 44,906     $ 46,247     $ 88,751     $ 91,905  
                   
    Efficiency ratio   70.30 %     86.83 %     72.35 %     89.30 %
                   
    Non-interest income $ 10,173     $ 9,180     $ 18,644     $ 16,632  
    Less /add: (gain) loss on securities transactions   (336 )     —       (336 )     1,256  
    Core non-interest income $ 9,837     $ 9,180     $ 18,308     $ 17,888  
                   
    Non-interest expense $ 44,906     $ 46,247     $ 88,751     $ 91,905  
    Less: FDIC special assessment, net   —       (103 )     —       (565 )
    Less: severance expense   (475 )     —       (695 )     (74 )
    Less: merger-related expenses   —       (692 )     —       (714 )
    Less: litigation expenses   (325 )     —       (325 )     —  
    Core non-interest expense $ 44,106     $ 45,452     $ 87,731     $ 90,552  
                   
    Core efficiency ratio   69.41 %     85.34 %     71.71 %     86.93 %
                                   

    Columbia Financial, Inc.
    Investor Relations Department
    (833) 550-0717

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Robinhood Reports Second Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Revenues up 45% year-over-year to $989 million
    Net Deposits were $13.8 billion, and Robinhood Gold Subscribers reached a record 3.5 million
    Diluted EPS up 100% year-over-year to $0.42

    MENLO PARK, Calif., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Robinhood Markets, Inc. (“Robinhood”) (NASDAQ: HOOD) today announced financial results for the second quarter of 2025, which ended June 30, 2025.

    “We delivered strong business results in Q2 driven by relentless product velocity, and we launched tokenization—which I believe is the biggest innovation our industry has seen in the past decade,” said Vlad Tenev, Chairman and CEO of Robinhood.

    “Q2 was another great quarter as we drove market share gains, closed the acquisition of Bitstamp and remained disciplined on expenses,” said Jason Warnick, Chief Financial Officer of Robinhood. “And Q3 is off to a great start in July, as customers accelerated their net deposits to around $6 billion and leaned in with strong trading across categories.”

    Second Quarter Results

    • Total net revenues increased 45% year-over-year to $989 million.
      • Transaction-based revenues increased 65% year-over-year to $539 million, primarily driven by options revenue of $265 million, up 46%, cryptocurrencies revenue of $160 million, up 98%, and equities revenue of $66 million, up 65%.
      • Net interest revenues increased 25% year-over-year to $357 million, primarily driven by growth in interest-earning assets and securities lending activity, partially offset by lower short-term interest rates.
      • Other revenues increased 33% year-over-year to $93 million, primarily due to increased Robinhood Gold subscribers.
    • Net income increased 105% year-over-year to $386 million.
    • Diluted earnings per share (EPS) increased 100% year-over-year to $0.42.
    • Total operating expenses increased 12% year-over-year to $550 million.
      • Adjusted Operating Expenses and Share-Based Compensation (SBC) (non-GAAP) increased 6% year-over-year to $522 million, which includes costs related to Bitstamp.
    • Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) increased 82% year-over-year to $549 million.
    • Funded Customers increased by 2.3 million, or 10%, year-over-year to 26.5 million.
      • Investment Accounts increased by 2.6 million, or 10%, year-over-year to 27.4 million.
    • Total Platform Assets increased 99% year-over-year to $279 billion, driven by continued Net Deposits, acquired assets, and higher equity and cryptocurrency valuations.
    • Net Deposits were $13.8 billion, an annualized growth rate of 25% relative to Total Platform Assets at the end of Q1 2025. Over the past twelve months, Net Deposits were $57.9 billion, a growth rate of 41% relative to Total Platform Assets at the end of Q2 2024.
    • Average Revenue Per User (ARPU) increased 34% year-over-year to $151.
    • Robinhood Gold Subscribers increased by 1.5 million, or 76%, year-over-year to 3.5 million.
    • Cash and cash equivalents totaled $4.2 billion compared with $4.5 billion at the end of Q2 2024.
    • Share repurchases were $124 million, representing 3 million shares of our Class A common stock at an average price per share of $41.52. Over the past twelve months, share repurchases were $703 million, representing 21 million shares of our Class A common stock at an average price per share of $34.24.

    Highlights

    Industry-leading product velocity and global expansion drive strong business results as Robinhood delivers on core focus areas

    • A Powerful Platform For Active Traders – Robinhood continues to deliver cutting-edge trading tools, including expanding Robinhood Legend availability to all customers in the UK, and capabilities with strong adoption among active traders. In June 2025, the company hosted its first ever product spotlight livestream, announcing Robinhood Legend charts on mobile and options simulated returns pre-trade. Looking ahead, we will host active traders at HOOD Summit 2025 this September—Robinhood’s second annual active trader event—to explore the latest in trading technology.
    • Serving a New Generation of Investors’ Financial Needs – Robinhood continues to grow its share of wallet as it extends into new categories. Since rolling out in March 2025, Robinhood Strategies, our digital advisory offering, is now managing over $0.5 billion in assets and serving over 100 thousand customers; Robinhood Retirement AUC is now over $20 billion, up 50 percent year-to-date; Robinhood Gold has continued to grow after reaching a record 3.5 million subscribers in Q2, an adoption rate of over 13 percent; and the Gold Card, Robinhood’s credit card, is now in the hands of more than 300,000 customers. Together Robinhood is demonstrating continued momentum in serving far more customer assets and needs.
    • Robinhood Accelerates Global Crypto Expansion – At our recent event Robinhood Presents: To Catch a Token in June 2025, the company unveiled a suite of new crypto products, expanded into 30 European countries, launched Stock Tokens in Europe on over 200 US stocks and ETFs, and offered Crypto staking to eligible US customers. Also in June 2025, Robinhood closed its acquisition of Bitstamp Ltd., a cryptocurrency exchange with over 50 active licenses and registrations globally, and significantly expanded Robinhood’s institutional business. Robinhood has also entered into an agreement to acquire WonderFi, a Canadian leader in digital asset products and services. The transaction is expected to close in the second half of 2025, subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals.

    Additional Q2 2025 Operating Data

    • Robinhood Retirement AUC increased 118% year-over-year to a record $19.0 billion.
    • Cash Sweep increased 56% year-over-year to a record $32.7 billion.
    • Margin Book increased 90% year-over-year to a record $9.5 billion.
    • Equity Notional Trading Volumes increased 112% year-over-year to a record $517 billion.
    • Options Contracts Traded increased 32% year-over-year to a record 515 million.
    • Robinhood App Crypto Notional Trading Volumes increased 32% year-over-year to $28 billion.
    • Bitstamp Exchange Crypto Notional Trading Volumes were $7 billion following the closing of the acquisition of Bitstamp in June 2025.

    Conference Call and Livestream Information

    Robinhood will host a video call to discuss its results at 2 p.m. PT / 5 p.m. ET today, July 30, 2025. The video call can be accessed at investors.robinhood.com, along with the earnings press release and accompanying slide presentation. The event will also be live streamed to YouTube and X.com via Robinhood’s official channels, @RobinhoodApp, on Vlad Tenev’s X.com account, @vladtenev, as well as in the Robinhood App.

    Following the call, a replay and transcript will also be available at investors.robinhood.com.

    Financial Outlook

    The paragraph below provides information on our 2025 expense plan and outlook. We are not providing a 2025 outlook for total operating expenses and have not reconciled our 2025 outlook for Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, total operating expenses, because we are unable to predict with reasonable certainty the impact of certain items without unreasonable effort. These items include, but are not limited to, provision for credit losses and significant regulatory expenses which may be material and could have a significant impact on total operating expenses for 2025.

    Our 2025 expense plan includes growth investments in new products, features, and international expansion while also getting more efficient in our existing businesses. Our prior outlook for combined Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC for full-year 2025 provided at Q1 2025 Earnings (April 30, 2025) was $2.085 billion to $2.185 billion, which did not include expenses related to our acquisition of Bitstamp. As a result of the acquisition closing in the second quarter, we are updating our outlook to $2.15 billion to $2.25 billion to include $65 million of anticipated costs related to Bitstamp as previously announced. This expense outlook does not include provision for credit losses, costs related to our pending acquisition of WonderFi, potential significant regulatory matters, or other significant expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and other business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses) that may arise or accruals we may determine in the future are required, as we are unable to accurately predict the size or timing of such matters, expenses or accruals at this time.

    Actual results might differ materially from our outlook due to several factors, including the rate of growth in Funded Customers and our effectiveness to cross-sell products which affects variable marketing costs, the degree to which we are successful in managing credit losses and preventing fraud, and our ability to manage web-hosting expenses efficiently, among other factors. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information on Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC, including significant items that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing expenses that would be adjusted out of total operating expenses (GAAP) to get to Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC (non-GAAP) should they occur.

    About Robinhood

    Robinhood Markets, Inc. (NASDAQ: HOOD) transformed financial services by introducing commission-free stock trading and democratizing access to the markets for millions of investors. Today, Robinhood, through its subsidiaries, lets you trade stocks, options, futures (which includes event contracts), and crypto, invest for retirement, earn with Robinhood Gold, and access an expert-managed portfolio with Robinhood Strategies. Headquartered in Menlo Park, California, Robinhood puts customers in the driver’s seat, delivering unprecedented value and products intentionally designed for a new generation of investors. Additional information about Robinhood can be found at www.robinhood.com.

    Robinhood uses the “Overview” tab of its Investor Relations website (accessible at investors.robinhood.com/overview) and its Newsroom (accessible at newsroom.aboutrobinhood.com), as means of disclosing information to the public in a broad, non-exclusionary manner for purposes of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) Regulation Fair Disclosure (Reg. FD). Investors should routinely monitor those web pages, in addition to Robinhood’s press releases, SEC filings, and public conference calls and webcasts, as information posted on them could be deemed to be material information.

    “Robinhood” and the Robinhood feather logo are registered trademarks of Robinhood Markets, Inc. All other names are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

    Contacts

    Investors:
    ir@robinhood.com    		 Press:
    press@robinhood.com
     
    ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Unaudited)
     
      December 31,   June 30,
    (in millions, except share and per share data)   2024       2025  
    Assets      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 4,332     $ 4,162  
    Cash, cash equivalents, and securities segregated under federal and other regulations   4,724       8,939  
    Receivables from brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations   471       374  
    Receivables from users, net   8,239       9,685  
    Securities borrowed   3,236       6,159  
    Deposits with clearing organizations   489       720  
    User-held fractional shares   2,530       3,083  
    Held-to-maturity investments   398       134  
    Prepaid expenses   75       108  
    Deferred customer match incentives   100       124  
    Other current assets   509       345  
    Total current assets   25,103       33,833  
    Property, software, and equipment, net   139       149  
    Goodwill   179       383  
    Intangible assets, net   38       191  
    Non-current deferred customer match incentives   195       267  
    Other non-current assets, including non-current prepaid expenses of $17 as of December 31, 2024 and $15 as of June 30, 2025   533       501  
    Total assets $ 26,187     $ 35,324  
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity      
    Current liabilities:      
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses $ 397     $ 369  
    Payables to users   7,448       10,511  
    Securities loaned   7,463       12,640  
    Fractional shares repurchase obligation   2,530       3,083  
    Other current liabilities   266       519  
    Total current liabilities   18,104       27,122  
    Other non-current liabilities   111       130  
    Total liabilities   18,215       27,252  
    Commitments and contingencies      
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. 210,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2025.   —       —  
    Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value. 21,000,000,000 shares authorized, 764,903,997 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024; 21,000,000,000 shares authorized, 771,931,128 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2025.   —       —  
    Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value. 700,000,000 shares authorized, 119,588,986 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024; 700,000,000 shares authorized, 116,286,427 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2025.   —       —  
    Class C common stock, $0.0001 par value. 7,000,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2025.   —       —  
    Additional paid-in capital   12,008       11,378  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (1 )     7  
    Accumulated deficit   (4,035 )     (3,313 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   7,972       8,072  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 26,187     $ 35,324  
                   
    ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (Unaudited)
                   
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   YOY%
    Change    		   Three Months Ended March 31,   QOQ%
    Change
    (in millions, except share, per share, and percentage data) 2024   2025     2025 
    Revenues:                  
    Transaction-based revenues $ 327   $ 539   65%   $ 583   (8)%
    Net interest revenues   285     357   25%     290   23%
    Other revenues   70     93   33%     54   72%
    Total net revenues   682     989   45%     927   7%
                       
    Operating expenses(1)(2):                  
    Brokerage and transaction   40     48   20%     50   (4)%
    Technology and development   209     214   2%     214   —%
    Operations   28     29   4%     31   (6)%
    Provision for credit losses   18     28   56%     24   17%
    Marketing   64     99   55%     105   (6)%
    General and administrative   134     132   (1)%     133   (1)%
    Total operating expenses   493     550   12%     557   (1)%
                       
    Other income, net   2     3   50%     1   200%
    Income before income taxes   191     442   131%     371   19%
    Provision for income taxes   3     56   NM     35   60%
    Net income $ 188   $ 386   105%   $ 336   15%
    Net income attributable to common stockholders:                  
    Basic $ 188   $ 386       $ 336    
    Diluted $ 188   $ 386       $ 336    
    Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:                  
    Basic $ 0.21   $ 0.44       $ 0.38    
    Diluted $ 0.21   $ 0.42       $ 0.37    
    Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders:                  
    Basic   881,076,624     882,149,402         884,577,603    
    Diluted   904,490,572     909,127,658         909,241,619    
     
    ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (Unaudited)
     
        Six Months Ended
    June 30,    		   YOY%
    Change
    (in millions, except share, per share, and percentage data)   2024   2025  
    Revenues:            
    Transaction-based revenues   $ 656   $ 1,122   71%
    Net interest revenues     539     647   20%
    Other revenues     105     147   40%
    Total net revenues     1,300     1,916   47%
                 
    Operating expenses(1)(2):            
    Brokerage and transaction     75     98   31%
    Technology and development     405     428   6%
    Operations     56     60   7%
    Provision for credit losses     34     52   53%
    Marketing     131     204   56%
    General and administrative     252     265   5%
    Total operating expenses     953     1,107   16%
                 
    Other income, net     6     4   (33)%
    Income before income taxes     353     813   130%
    Provision for income taxes     8     91   NM
    Net income   $ 345   $ 722   109%
    Net income attributable to common stockholders:            
    Basic   $ 345   $ 722    
    Diluted   $ 345   $ 722    
    Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:            
    Basic   $ 0.39   $ 0.82    
    Diluted   $ 0.38   $ 0.79    
    Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders:            
    Basic     878,198,015     883,356,794    
    Diluted     900,026,613     911,013,005    
     
    ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (Unaudited)

    ____________
    (1)  The following table presents operating expenses as a percent of total net revenues:

     
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Three Months Ended
    March 31,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
      2024   2025   2025   2024   2025
    Brokerage and transaction 5 %   5 %   6 %   6 %   5 %
    Technology and development 31 %   22 %   23 %   31 %   22 %
    Operations 4 %   3 %   3 %   4 %   3 %
    Provision for credit losses 3 %   3 %   3 %   3 %   3 %
    Marketing 9 %   10 %   11 %   10 %   11 %
    General and administrative 20 %   13 %   14 %   19 %   14 %
    Total operating expenses 72 %   56 %   60 %   73 %   58 %

    (2)  The following table presents the SBC on our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated:

      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Three Months Ended
    March 31,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
    (in millions) 2024   2025   2025   2024   2025
    Brokerage and transaction $ 3   $ 3   $ 2   $ 5     5
    Technology and development   52     39     44     96     83
    Operations   2     2     1     4     3
    Marketing   1     2     2     3     4
    General and administrative   28     32     24     40     56
    Total SBC $ 86   $ 78   $ 73   $ 148   $ 151
     
    ROBINHOOD MARKETS, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
    (in millions) 2024   2025   2024   2025
    Operating activities:              
    Net income $ 188     $ 386     $ 345     $ 722  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:              
    Depreciation and amortization   18       21       35       41  
    Provision for credit losses   18       28       34       52  
    Share-based compensation   86       78       148       151  
    Other   (1 )     4       (1 )     8  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:              
    Securities segregated under federal and other regulations   145       (198 )     (547 )     199  
    Receivables from brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations   58       (94 )     (60 )     112  
    Receivables from users, net   (742 )     (389 )     (1,538 )     (1,300 )
    Securities borrowed   (110 )     (2,045 )     (615 )     (2,923 )
    Deposits with clearing organizations   34       (79 )     (213 )     (231 )
    Current and non-current prepaid expenses   (20 )     (11 )     (20 )     (24 )
    Current and non-current deferred customer match incentives   (122 )     (40 )     (196 )     (96 )
    Other current and non-current assets   (45 )     —       (128 )     351  
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   20       12       (26 )     (112 )
    Payables to users   (285 )     2,280       692       1,948  
    Securities loaned   876       3,542       1,544       5,177  
    Other current and non-current liabilities   (64 )     14       (23 )     76  
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   54       3,509       (569 )     4,151  
    Investing activities:              
    Purchases of property, software, and equipment   —       (8 )     (2 )     (10 )
    Capitalization of internally developed software   (7 )     (10 )     (14 )     (19 )
    Consideration transferred for business acquisitions   (6 )     (224 )     (6 )     (399 )
    Cash, cash equivalents, and segregated cash acquired in business acquisitions   —       1,168       —       1,193  
    Purchases of held-to-maturity investments   (131 )     —       (302 )     —  
    Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity investments   135       58       289       266  
    Purchases of credit card receivables by Credit Card Funding Trust   (41 )     (979 )     (70 )     (1,528 )
    Collections of purchased credit card receivables   37       835       48       1,346  
    Asset acquisition, net of cash acquired   —       —       (3 )     —  
    Other   1       (8 )     1       (8 )
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   (12 )     832       (59 )     841  
    Financing activities:              
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options   4       4       8       11  
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock under the Employee Share Purchase Plan   10       15       10       15  
    Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards   (59 )     (252 )     (99 )     (372 )
    Repurchase of Class A common stock   —       (124 )     —       (446 )
    Draws on credit facilities   11       1       11       1  
    Repayments on credit facilities   (11 )     (1 )     (11 )     (1 )
    Borrowings by the Credit Card Funding Trust   —       80       17       104  
    Change in principal collected from customers due to Coastal Bank   4       (9 )     7       1  
    Repayments on borrowings by the Credit Card Funding Trust   (1 )     —       (1 )     —  
    Payments of debt issuance costs   —       —       (14 )     (16 )
    Net cash used in financing activities   (42 )     (286 )     (72 )     (703 )
    Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   —       7       —       8  
    Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash, and restricted cash   —       4,062       (700 )     4,297  
    Cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash, and restricted cash, beginning of the period   8,646       8,930       9,346       8,695  
    Cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash, and restricted cash, end of the period $ 8,646     $ 12,992     $ 8,646     $ 12,992  
                   
    Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash and restricted cash, end of the period:
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period $ 4,524     $ 4,162     $ 4,524     $ 4,162  
    Segregated cash and cash equivalents, end of the period   4,037       8,740       4,037       8,740  
    Restricted cash in other current assets, end of the period   69       72       69       72  
    Restricted cash in other non-current assets, end of the period   16       18       16       18  
    Cash, cash equivalents, segregated cash and restricted cash, end of the period $ 8,646     $ 12,992     $ 8,646     $ 12,992  
    Supplemental disclosures:              
    Cash paid for interest $ 1     $ 3     $ 8     $ 12  
    Cash paid for income taxes, net of refund received $ 4     $ 53     $ 6     $ 82  
     
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Results
    (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Three Months Ended
    March 31,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
    (in millions, except for percentage data)   2024   2025   2025   2024   2025
    Net income   $ 188     $ 386     $ 336     $ 345     $ 722  
    Net margin     28 %     39 %     36 %     27 %     38 %
    Add:                    
    Interest expenses related to credit facilities     6       8       6       12       14  
    Provision for income taxes     3       56       35       8       91  
    Depreciation and amortization     18       21       20       35       41  
    EBITDA (non-GAAP)     215       471       397       400       868  
    Add:                    
    SBC     86       78       73       148       151  
    Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)   $ 301     $ 549     $ 470     $ 548     $ 1,019  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin (non-GAAP)     44 %     56 %     51 %     42 %     53 %
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Three Months Ended
    March 31,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
    (in millions) 2024   2025   2025   2024   2025
    Total operating expenses (GAAP) $ 493     $ 550     $ 557     $ 953     $ 1,107  
    Less:                  
    SBC   86       78       73       148       151  
    Provision for credit losses(1)   —       28       24       —       52  
    Adjusted Operating Expenses (non-GAAP) $ 407     $ 444     $ 460     $ 805     $ 904  
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Three Months Ended
    March 31,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
    (in millions) 2024   2025   2025   2024   2025
    Total operating expenses (GAAP) $ 493     $ 550     $ 557     $ 953     $ 1,107  
    Less:                  
    SBC   86       78       73       148       151  
    Provision for credit losses(1)   —       28       24       —       52  
    Adjusted Operating Expenses (non-GAAP)   407       444       460       805       904  
    Add:                  
    SBC   86       78       73       148       151  
    Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC (non-GAAP) $ 493     $ 522     $ 533     $ 953     $ 1,055  

    ____________

    (1) Starting in Q1 2025, Adjusted Operating Expenses and Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC no longer include provision for credit losses.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements regarding the expected financial performance of Robinhood Markets, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“we,” “Robinhood,” or the “Company”) and our strategic and operational plans, including (among others) statements regarding that we believe tokenization is the biggest innovation our industry has seen in the past decade; that Robinhood continues to deliver cutting-edge trading tools and capabilities with strong adoption among active traders; that looking ahead, traders will convene at HOOD Summit 2025 this September to explore the latest in trading technology; that Robinhood continues to grow its share of wallet as it extends into new categories; that Robinhood is demonstrating continued momentum in serving far more customer assets and needs; that the acquisition of WonderFi is expected to close in the second half of 2025, subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals; and all statements and information under the heading “Financial Outlook”. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Our forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other factors that may cause our actual future results, performance, or achievements to differ materially from any future results expressed or implied in this press release. Reported results should not be considered an indication of future performance. Factors that contribute to the uncertain nature of our forward-looking statements include, among others: our rapid and continuing expansion, including continuing to introduce new products and services on our platforms as well as geographic expansion; the difficulty of managing our business effectively, including the size of our workforce, and the risk of declining or negative growth; the fluctuations in our financial results and key metrics from quarter to quarter; our reliance on transaction-based revenue, including payment for order flow (“PFOF”), the risk of new regulation or bans on PFOF and similar practices, and the addition of our new fee-based model for cryptocurrency; our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and rapidly changing interest rate environments; the difficulty of raising additional capital (to provide liquidity needs and support business growth and objectives) on reasonable terms, if at all; the need to maintain capital levels required by regulators and self-regulatory organizations; the risk that we might mishandle the cash, securities, and cryptocurrencies we hold on behalf of customers, and our exposure to liability for processing, operational, or technical errors in clearing functions; the impact of negative publicity on our brand and reputation; the risk that changes in business, economic, or political conditions that impact the global financial markets, or a systemic market event, might harm our business; our dependence on key employees and a skilled workforce; operational and regulatory risks and expenditures prior to and following closing of our acquisitions and investments; the difficulty of complying with an extensive, complex, and changing regulatory environment, the risk of monetary and other penalties for noncompliance, and the need to adjust our business model in response to new or modified laws and regulations; the possibility of adverse developments in pending litigation and regulatory investigations; the effects of competition; our need to innovate and acquire or invest in new products, services, technologies and geographies in order to attract and retain customers and deepen their engagement with us in order to maintain growth; our reliance on third parties to perform some key functions and the risk that processing, operational or technological failures could impair the availability or stability of our platforms; the risk of cybersecurity incidents, theft, data breaches, and other online attacks; the difficulty of processing customer data in compliance with privacy laws; our need as a regulated financial services company to develop and maintain effective compliance and risk management infrastructures; the risks associated with incorporating artificial intelligence technologies into some of our products and processes; the regulatory, litigation, contractual, operational, and reputational risks associated with our introduction of new products such as Robinhood Stock Tokens in the European Economic Area and our staking services offered in the U.S.; and the risk that substantial future sales of Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that they may occur, could cause the price of our stock to fall. Because some of these risks and uncertainties cannot be predicted or quantified and some are beyond our control, you should not rely on our forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. More information about potential risks and uncertainties that could affect our business and financial results can be found in Part II, Item 1A of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 and in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, which we expect to be available on July 31, 2025, as well as in our other filings with the SEC, all of which are available on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment; new risks and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks nor identify all uncertainties. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements might not be achieved and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as otherwise noted, all forward-looking statements in this press release are made as of the date of this press release, July 30, 2025, and are based on information and estimates available to us at this time. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, performance, or achievements. Except as required by law, Robinhood assumes no obligation to update any of the statements in this press release whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances, or otherwise. You should read this press release with the understanding that our actual future results, performance, events, and circumstances might be materially different from what we expect.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    We collect and analyze operating and financial data to evaluate the health of our business, allocate our resources and assess our performance. In addition to total net revenues, net income, and other results under GAAP, we utilize non-GAAP calculations of adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”), Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Operating Expenses, and Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC. This non-GAAP financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP are provided in the financial tables included in this press release.

    Adjusted EBITDA

    Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income, excluding (i) interest expenses related to credit facilities, (ii) provision for (benefit from) income taxes, (iii) depreciation and amortization, (iv) SBC, (v) significant legal and tax settlements and reserves, and (vi) other significant gains, losses, and expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses) that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing results.

    The above items are excluded from our Adjusted EBITDA measure because these items are non-cash in nature, or because the amount and timing of these items are unpredictable, are not driven by core results of operations, and render comparisons with prior periods and competitors less meaningful. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business performance. Moreover, Adjusted EBITDA is a key measurement used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting.

    Adjusted EBITDA Margin

    Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total net revenues. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is net margin (calculated as net income divided by total net revenues). We believe Adjusted EBITDA Margin provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business performance. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting.

    Adjusted Operating Expenses

    Adjusted Operating Expenses is defined as GAAP total operating expenses minus (i) SBC, (ii) provision for credit losses, (iii) significant legal and tax settlements and reserves, and (iv) other significant expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses) that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing expenses. The amount and timing of the excluded items are unpredictable, are not driven by core results of operations, and render comparisons with prior periods less meaningful. We believe Adjusted Operating Expenses provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our cost structure. Adjusted Operating Expenses is used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting. Starting in Q1 2025, Adjusted Operating Expenses no longer includes provision for credit losses.

    Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC

    Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC is defined as GAAP total operating expenses minus (i) provision for credit losses, (ii) significant legal and tax settlements and reserves, and (iii) other significant expenses (such as impairments, restructuring charges, and business acquisition- or disposition-related expenses), that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing expenses. The amount and timing of the excluded items are unpredictable, are not driven by core results of operations, and render comparisons with prior periods less meaningful. Unlike Adjusted Operating Expenses, Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC does not adjust for SBC. We believe Adjusted Operating Expense and SBC provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations, as well as providing a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our cost structure. Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC is used by our management internally to make operating decisions, including those related to operating expenses, evaluate performance, and perform strategic planning and annual budgeting. Starting in Q1 2025, Adjusted Operating Expenses and SBC no longer includes provision for credit losses.

    Key Performance Metrics

    In addition to the measures presented in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, we use the following key performance metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.

    Assets Under Custody

    We define Assets Under Custody as the fair value of all equities, options, cryptocurrency, futures (including options on futures, swaps, and event contracts), and cash held by users in their accounts, net of receivables from users, as of a stated date or period end on a trade date basis. As previously disclosed in Q1 2025, we introduced a new Key Performance Metric called Total Platform Assets, which includes Assets Under Custody and is defined below. Starting in June 2025, the fair value of all cryptocurrency includes cryptocurrency on Bitstamp.

    Funded Customers

    We define a Funded Customer as a unique person who has at least one account with a Robinhood entity and, within the past 45 calendar days (a) had an account balance that was greater than zero (excluding amounts that are deposited into a Funded Customer account by the Company with no action taken by the unique person) or (b) completed a transaction using any such account. Individuals who share a funded joint investing account (which launched in July 2024) are each considered to be a Funded Customer. Starting in Q1 2025, individuals who are customers of Registered Investment Advisors (“RIAs”) that use the TradePMR platform, and, starting in June 2025, customers of Bitstamp, are also considered Funded Customers.

    Total Platform Assets

    We define Total Platform Assets as the sum of the fair value of all equities, options, cryptocurrency, futures (including options on futures, swaps, and event contracts), cash held by users in their accounts, net of receivables from users (previously reported as Assets Under Custody), and any such assets managed by RIAs using TradePMR’s platform that are not custodied by Robinhood, as of a stated date or period end on a trade date basis. Net Deposits and net market gains (losses) drive the change in Total Platform Assets in any given period. Starting in June 2025, the fair value of all cryptocurrency includes cryptocurrency on Bitstamp.

    Net Deposits

    We define Net Deposits as all cash deposits and asset transfers from customers, as well as dividends, interest, and cash or assets earned in connection with Company promotions (such as account transfer and retirement match incentives, free stock bonuses, and lending and staking rewards by Bitstamp) received by customers, net of reversals, customer cash withdrawals, margin interest, Robinhood Gold subscription fees, and assets transferred off of our platforms for a stated period. Starting in June 2025, Net Deposits include results from Bitstamp. Due to data limitations, we have not included TradePMR client figures in our Net Deposits key performance metric.

    Average Revenue Per User (“ARPU”)

    We define ARPU as total revenue for a given period divided by the average number of Funded Customers on the last day of that period and the last day of the immediately preceding period. Figures in this press release represent ARPU annualized for each three-month period presented.

    Robinhood Gold Subscribers

    We define a Robinhood Gold Subscriber as a unique person who has at least one account with a Robinhood entity and who, as of the end of the relevant period (a) is subscribed to Robinhood Gold and (b) has made at least one Robinhood Gold subscription fee payment.

    Additional Operating Metrics

    Robinhood Retirement AUC

    We define Robinhood Retirement AUC as the total Assets Under Custody in traditional individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and Roth IRAs. This does not include accounts with an RIA using TradePMR’s platform.

    Cash Sweep

    We define Cash Sweep as the period-end total amount of participating users’ uninvested brokerage cash that has been automatically “swept” or moved from their brokerage accounts into deposits for their benefit at a network of program banks. This is an off-balance-sheet amount. Robinhood earns a net interest spread on Cash Sweep balances based on the interest rate offered by the banks less the interest rate given to users as stated in our program terms. This includes balances from customers of RIAs using TradePMR’s platform.

    Margin Book

    We define Margin Book as our period-end aggregate outstanding margin loan balances receivable (i.e., the period-end total amount we are owed by customers on loans made for the purchase of securities, supported by a pledge of assets in their margin-enabled brokerage accounts). This includes margin loan balances from customers of RIAs using TradePMR’s platform.

    Notional Trading Volume

    We define Notional Trading Volume for any specified asset class as the aggregate dollar value (purchase price or sale price as applicable) of trades executed in that asset class on our platforms over a specified period of time. Robinhood App Crypto Notional Trading Volume represents the dollar value of executed trades on the Robinhood platform over a specified period of time. Starting in June 2025, Bitstamp Exchange Crypto Notional Trading Volume represents the dollar value of executed trades on the Bitstamp platform over a specified period of time. For example, each $1 of transaction value executed between a buyer and seller is counted as $1 of transaction value in the relevant period, rather than $2 if counted for each of the buyer and seller.

    Options Contracts Traded

    We define Options Contracts Traded as the total number of options contracts bought or sold over a specified period of time. Each contract generally entitles the holder to trade 100 shares of the underlying stock.

    Glossary Terms

    Investment Accounts

    We define an Investment Account as a funded individual brokerage account, a funded joint investing account, a funded IRA, or an account with an RIA using TradePMR’s platform. As of June 30, 2025, a Funded Customer can have up to five Investment Accounts – individual brokerage account, joint investing account (which launched in July 2024), traditional IRA, Roth IRA, and RIA custody account using TradePMR’s platform. Does not include Bitstamp as such accounts are not brokerage or other Investment Accounts.

    Robinhood Gold Adoption Rate

    We define the Robinhood Gold adoption rate as end of period Robinhood Gold Subscribers divided by end of period Funded Customers.

    Growth Rate and Annualized Growth Rate with respect to Net Deposits

    Growth rate is calculated as aggregate Net Deposits over a specified 12-month period, divided by Total Platform Assets for the fiscal quarter that immediately precedes such 12-month period. Annualized growth rate is calculated as Net Deposits for a specified quarter multiplied by 4 and divided by Total Platform Assets for the immediately preceding quarter.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: AMSC Reports First Quarter Fiscal Year 2025 Financial Results and Business Outlook

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    First Quarter Financial Highlights:

    • Increased Revenue by 80% Year Over Year to Above $70 Million
    • Reported Net Income of Over $6 Million and Non-GAAP Net Income Exceeding $11 million
    • Achieved Gross Margin Greater than 30%

    Company to host conference call tomorrow, July 31, at 10:00 am ET

    AYER, Mass., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — AMSC (Nasdaq: AMSC), a leading system provider of megawatt-scale power resiliency solutions that orchestrate the rhythm and harmony of power on the grid™ and protect and expand the capability and resiliency of our Navy’s fleet, today reported financial results for its first quarter of fiscal year 2025 ended June 30, 2025.

    Revenues for the first quarter of fiscal 2025 were $72.4 million compared with $40.3 million for the same period of fiscal 2024. The year-over-year increase was driven by organic growth and the acquisition of NWL, Inc. 

    AMSC’s net income for the first quarter of fiscal 2025 was $6.7 million, or $0.17 per share, compared to a net loss of $2.5 million, or $0.07 per share, for the same period of fiscal 2024. The Company’s non-GAAP net income for the first quarter of fiscal 2025 was $11.6 million, or $0.30 per share, compared with a non-GAAP net income of $3.0 million, or $0.09 per share, in the same period of fiscal 2024. Please refer to the financial table below for a reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP results.

    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash on June 30, 2025, totaled $213.4 million, compared with $85.4 million at March 31, 2025.

    “We’ve kicked off fiscal 2025 with accelerated growth, delivering a standout first quarter marked by significant progress and exceptional execution that surpassed our expectations,” said Daniel P. McGahn, Chairman, President and CEO, AMSC. “AMSC grew fiscal first quarter revenue by 80% year-over-year, generated net income of over $6 million marking our fourth consecutive quarter of profitability, and achieved expanded gross margins surpassing 30%. Strength in the semiconductor market—driven by growing demand for applications such as artificial intelligence and data centers—contributed to our momentum, while bookings and backlog remained steady. These results highlight our continued progress in scaling the business, diversifying revenue streams, and driving outstanding financial performance. We approach the remainder of fiscal 2025 with confidence in our team and business.”

    Business Outlook
    For the second quarter ending September 30, 2025, AMSC expects that its revenues will be in the range of $65.0 million to $70.0 million. The Company’s net income for the second quarter of fiscal 2025 is expected to exceed $2.0 million, or $0.05 per share. The Company’s non-GAAP net income (as defined below) is expected to exceed $6.0 million, or $0.14 per share.

    Conference Call Reminder
    In conjunction with this announcement, AMSC management will participate in a conference call with investors beginning at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on Thursday, July 31, 2025, to discuss the Company’s financial results and business outlook. Those who wish to listen to the live or archived conference call webcast should visit the “Investors” section of the Company’s website at https://ir.amsc.com. The live call can be accessed by dialing 1-844-481-2802 or 1-412-317-0675 and asking to join the AMSC call. A replay of the call may be accessed 2 hours following the call by dialing 1-877-344-7529 and using conference passcode 4291224.

    About AMSC (Nasdaq: AMSC)
    AMSC generates the ideas, technologies and solutions that meet the world’s demand for smarter, cleaner … better energy™. Through its Gridtec™ Solutions, AMSC provides the engineering planning services and advanced grid systems that optimize network reliability, efficiency and performance.  Through its Marinetec™ Solutions, AMSC provides ship protection systems and is developing propulsion and power management solutions designed to help fleets increase system efficiencies, enhance power quality and boost operational safety. Through its Windtecc™ Solutions, AMSC provides wind turbine electronic controls and systems, designs and engineering services that reduce the cost of wind energy. The Company’s solutions are enhancing the performance and reliability of power networks, increasing the operational safety of navy fleets, and powering gigawatts of renewable energy globally. Founded in 1987, AMSC is headquartered near Boston, Massachusetts with operations in Asia, Australia, Europe and North America. For more information, please visit www.amsc.com.

    AMSC, American Superconductor, D-VAR, D-VAR VVO, Gridtec, Marinetec, Windtec, Neeltran, NEPSI, NWL, Smarter, Cleaner … Better Energy, and Orchestrate the Rhythm and Harmony of Power on the Grid are trademarks or registered trademarks of American Superconductor Corporation. All other brand names, product names, trademarks or service marks belong to their respective holders.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Any statements in this release regarding execution of our goals and strategies, including scaling our business and diversifying revenue streams; growing demand for applications such as artificial intelligence and data centers; backlog; expectations regarding the second quarter of fiscal 2025; our expected GAAP and non-GAAP financial results for the quarter ending September 30, 2025; and other statements containing the words “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects,” “will” and similar expressions, constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements represent management’s current expectations and are inherently uncertain. There are a number of important factors that could materially impact the value of our common stock or cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements. These important factors include, but are not limited to: We have not been historically profitable, which may recur in the future. Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and may fall below expectations in any particular fiscal quarter; While we generated positive operating cash flow in fiscal 2024 and the prior year, we have a history of negative operating cash flows, and we may require additional financing in the future, which may not be available to us; Our technology and products could infringe intellectual property rights of others, which may require costly litigation and, if we are not successful, could cause us to pay substantial damages and disrupt our business; Changes in exchange rates could adversely affect our results of operations; If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired and may lead investors and other users to lose confidence in our financial data; We may be required to issue performance bonds, which restricts our ability to access any cash used as collateral for the bonds; We may not realize all of the sales expected from our backlog of orders and contracts; If we fail to implement our business strategy successfully, our financial performance could be harmed; We rely upon third-party suppliers for the components and subassemblies of many of our Grid and Wind products, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations, which could harm our business; Our contracts with the U.S. and Canadian governments are subject to audit, modification or termination by such governments and include certain other provisions in favor of the governments. The continued funding of such contracts may remain subject to annual legislative appropriation, which, if not approved, could reduce our revenue and lower or eliminate our profit; Changes in U.S. government defense spending could negatively impact our financial position, results of operations, liquidity and overall business; Our business and operations may be materially adversely impacted in the event of a failure or security breach of our or any critical third parties’ IT Systems or Confidential Information; Failure to comply with evolving data privacy and data protection laws and regulations or to otherwise protect personal data, may adversely impact our business and financial results; Our success is dependent upon attracting and retaining qualified personnel and our inability to do so could significantly damage our business and prospects; We may acquire additional complementary businesses or technologies, which may require us to incur substantial costs for which we may never realize the anticipated benefits; A significant portion of our Wind segment revenues are derived from a single customer. If this customer’s business is negatively affected, it could adversely impact our business; Our success in addressing the wind energy market is dependent on the manufacturers that license our designs; Many of our revenue opportunities are dependent upon subcontractors and other business collaborators; Problems with product quality or product performance may cause us to incur warranty expenses and may damage our market reputation and prevent us from achieving increased sales and market share; Many of our customers outside of the United States may be either directly or indirectly related to governmental entities, and we could be adversely affected by violations of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws outside the United States; We have had limited success marketing and selling our superconductor products and system-level solutions, and our failure to more broadly market and sell our products and solutions could lower our revenue and cash flow; We or third parties on whom we depend may be adversely affected by natural disasters, including events resulting from climate change, and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us or our value chain from such events; Uncertainty surrounding our prospects and financial condition may have an adverse effect on our customer and supplier relationships; Pandemics, epidemics, or other public health crises may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations; Adverse changes in domestic and global economic conditions could adversely affect our operating results; Our international operations are subject to risks that we do not face in the United States, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results; Our products face competition, which could limit our ability to acquire or retain customers; We have operations in, and depend on sales in, emerging markets, including India, and global conditions could negatively affect our operating results or limit our ability to expand our operations outside of these markets. Changes in India’s political, social, regulatory and economic environment may affect our financial performance; Industry consolidation could result in more powerful competitors and fewer customers; Our success could depend upon the commercial adoption of the REG system, which is currently limited, and a widespread commercial market for our REG products may not develop; Increasing focus and scrutiny on environmental sustainability and social initiatives could adversely impact our business and financial results; Growth of the wind energy market depends largely on the availability and size of government subsidies, economic incentives and legislative programs designed to support the growth of wind energy; Lower prices for other energy sources may reduce the demand for wind energy development, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow our Wind business; We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information; Our patents may not provide meaningful or long-term protection for our technology, which could result in us losing some or all of our market position; Third parties have or may acquire patents that cover the materials, processes and technologies we use or may use in the future to manufacture our Amperium products, and our success depends on our ability to license such patents or other proprietary rights; There are a number of technological challenges that must be successfully addressed before our superconductor products can gain widespread commercial acceptance, and our inability to address such technological challenges could adversely affect our ability to acquire customers for our products; Our common stock has experienced, and may continue to experience, market price and volume fluctuations, which may prevent our stockholders from selling our common stock at a profit and could lead to costly litigation against us that could divert our management’s attention; Unfavorable results of legal proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition and the other important factors discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part 1. Item 1A of our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, and our other reports filed with the SEC. These important factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by forward-looking statements made herein and presented elsewhere by management from time to time. Any such forward-looking statements represent management’s estimates as of the date of this press release. While we may elect to update such forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we disclaim any obligation to do so, even if subsequent events cause our views to change. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this press release.

         
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (In thousands, except per share data)
         
      Three Months Ended June 30,  
      2025   2024  
    Revenues            
    Grid $ 60,087   $ 32,336  
    Wind   12,271     7,954  
    Total revenues   72,358     40,290  
                 
    Cost of revenues   47,869     28,065  
                 
    Gross margin   24,489     12,225  
                 
    Operating expenses:            
    Research and development   4,304     2,286  
    Selling, general and administrative   14,204     8,898  
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles   337     412  
    Change in fair value of contingent consideration   —     3,920  
    Total operating expenses   18,845     15,516  
                 
    Operating income (loss)   5,644     (3,291 )
                 
    Interest income, net   932     1,120  
    Other income (expense), net   347     (160 )
    Income (loss) before income tax expense   6,923     (2,331 )
                 
    Income tax expense   199     193  
                 
    Net income (loss) $ 6,724   $ (2,524 )
                 
    Net income (loss) per common share            
    Basic $ 0.17   $ (0.07 )
    Diluted $ 0.17   $ (0.07 )
                 
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding            
    Basic   38,875     35,676  
    Diluted   39,742     35,676  
                 
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (In thousands, except per share data)
               
      June 30, 2025     March 31, 2025  
    ASSETS              
    Current assets:              
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 207,890     $ 79,494  
    Accounts receivable, net   54,684       46,186  
    Inventory, net   71,602       71,169  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   13,332       8,055  
    Restricted cash   1,349       1,613  
    Total current assets   348,857       206,517  
                   
    Property, plant and equipment, net   38,521       38,572  
    Intangibles, net   5,579       5,916  
    Right-of-use assets   4,041       3,829  
    Goodwill   48,164       48,164  
    Restricted cash   4,180       4,274  
    Deferred tax assets   1,262       1,178  
    Equity-method investments   1,406       1,113  
    Other assets   836       958  
    Total assets $ 452,846     $ 310,521  
                   
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY              
                   
    Current liabilities:              
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses $ 38,401     $ 32,282  
    Lease liability, current portion   854       685  
    Deferred revenue, current portion   66,055       66,797  
    Total current liabilities   105,310       99,764  
                   
    Deferred revenue, long term portion   9,836       9,336  
    Lease liability, long term portion   2,906       2,684  
    Deferred tax liabilities   1,647       1,595  
    Other liabilities   31       28  
    Total liabilities   119,730       113,407  
                   
    Stockholders’ equity:              
    Common stock, $0.01 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized; 45,564,273 and 39,887,536 shares issued and 45,160,922 and 39,484,185 shares outstanding at June 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, respectively   456       399  
    Additional paid-in capital   1,388,948       1,259,540  
    Treasury stock, at cost, 403,351 at June 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025   (3,765 )     (3,765 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive income   1,378       1,565  
    Accumulated deficit   (1,053,901 )     (1,060,625 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   333,116       197,114  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 452,846     $ 310,521  
                   
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (In thousands)
         
      Three Months Ended June 30,  
      2025     2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:              
                   
    Net income (loss) $ 6,724     $ (2,524 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operations:              
    Depreciation and amortization   1,229       1,008  
    Stock-based compensation expense   4,526       1,229  
    Provision for excess and obsolete inventory   711       503  
    Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets   243       192  
    Deferred income taxes   7       (2 )
    Earnings from equity method investments   (293 )     —  
    Change in fair value of contingent consideration   —       3,920  
    Other non-cash items   140       (3 )
    Changes in operating asset and liability accounts:              
    Accounts receivable   (8,512 )     2,786  
    Inventory   (1,046 )     (3,799 )
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   (5,084 )     (3,099 )
    Operating leases   (64 )     (195 )
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   6,321       (1,734 )
    Deferred revenue   (777 )     5,127  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   4,125       3,409  
                   
    Cash flows from investing activities:              
    Purchases of property, plant and equipment   (814 )     (265 )
    Change in other assets   79       245  
    Net cash used in investing activities   (735 )     (20 )
                   
    Cash flows from financing activities:              
    Repayment of debt   —       (16 )
    Employee taxes paid related to net settlement of equity awards   —       (126 )
    Proceeds from public equity offering, net of offering expenses   124,577       —  
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   124,577       (142 )
                   
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash   71       (4 )
                   
    Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   128,038       3,243  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period   85,381       92,280  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period $ 213,419     $ 95,523  
                   
    RECONCILIATION OF GAAP NET INCOME (LOSS) TO NON-GAAP NET INCOME
    (In thousands, except per share data)
         
      Three Months Ended June 30,  
      2025   2024  
    Net income (loss) $ 6,724   $ (2,524 )
    Stock-based compensation   4,526     1,229  
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles   337     412  
    Change in fair value of contingent consideration   —     3,920  
    Non-GAAP net income $ 11,587   $ 3,037  
                 
    Non-GAAP net income per share – basic $ 0.30   $ 0.09  
    Non-GAAP net income per share – diluted $ 0.29   $ 0.08  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – basic   38,875     35,676  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted   39,742     37,032  
                 
    Reconciliation of Forecast GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP Net Income
    (In millions, except per share data)
       
      Three Months Ending
      September 30, 2025
    Net income   $ 2.0
    Stock-based compensation     3.7
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles     0.3
    Non-GAAP net income   $ 6.0
    Non-GAAP net income per share   $ 0.14
    Shares outstanding     43.5
           
           

    Note: Non-GAAP net income is defined by the Company as net income before stock-based compensation; amortization of acquisition-related intangibles; change in fair value of contingent consideration, other non-cash or unusual charges, and the tax effect of adjustments calculated at the relevant rate for our non-GAAP metric. The Company believes non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP net income per share assist management and investors in comparing the Company’s performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding these non-cash, non-recurring or other charges that it does not believe are indicative of its core operating performance. Actual GAAP and non-GAAP net income for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2025, including the above adjustments, may differ materially from those forecasted in the table above. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flow that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. The non-GAAP measure included in this release, however, should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, net income or other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP net income is set forth in the table above.

    Contacts:

    AMSC Director, Communications:
    Nicol Golez
    978-399-8344
    Nicol.Golez@amsc.com

    Investor Relations:
    Carolyn Capaccio
    Phone: (212) 838-3777
    amscIR@allianceadvisors.com

    Public Relations:
    Joe Luongo
    (914) 906-5903
    jluongo@rooneypartners.com

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: SPS Commerce Reports Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Company delivers 98th consecutive quarter of topline growth

    Second quarter 2025 revenue grew 22% and recurring revenue grew 24% from the second quarter of 2024

    MINNEAPOLIS, July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — SPS Commerce, Inc. (NASDAQ: SPSC), a leader in retail supply chain cloud services, today announced financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    Financial Highlights

    Second Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights

    • Revenue was $187.4 million in the second quarter of 2025, compared to $153.6 million in the second quarter of 2024, reflecting 22% growth.
    • Recurring revenue grew 24% from the second quarter of 2024.
    • Net income was $19.7 million or $0.52 per diluted share, compared to net income of $18.0 million or $0.48 per diluted share in the second quarter of 2024.
    • Non-GAAP income per diluted share was $1.00, compared to non-GAAP income per diluted share of $0.80 in the second quarter of 2024.
    • Adjusted EBITDA for the second quarter of 2025 increased 27% to $56.1 million compared to the second quarter of 2024.
    • Share repurchases in the second quarter of 2025 totaled $20.0 million.

    “SPS Commerce is the only full-service EDI solution on the market uniquely positioned to help suppliers effortlessly maintain EDI compliance with retailers’ frequently changing requirements,” said Chad Collins, CEO of SPS Commerce. “Our product portfolio enables a stronger collaboration between trading partners, unlocking greater efficiency, cost savings, and shared success. These are dynamics that we believe position SPS for long-term growth.”

    “We delivered strong second-quarter performance, and we remain confident in our full-year 2025 outlook,” said Kim Nelson, CFO of SPS Commerce. “In the long term, we are well positioned to capitalize on the growth opportunities across our large addressable market, while we continue to demonstrate strong operating leverage and the resilience of our business model.”

    Guidance

    Third Quarter 2025 Guidance

    • Revenue is expected to be in the range of $191.7 million to $193.2 million, representing 17% to 18% year-over-year growth.
    • Net income per diluted share is expected to be in the range of $0.50 to $0.54, with fully diluted weighted average shares outstanding of 38.5 million shares.
    • Non-GAAP income per diluted share is expected to be in the range of $0.96 to $1.00.
    • Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be in the range of $57.9 million to $59.9 million.
    • Non-cash, share-based compensation expense is expected to be $16.0 million, depreciation expense is expected to be $5.6 million, and amortization expense is expected to be $9.5 million.

    Fiscal Year 2025 Guidance

    • Revenue is expected to be in the range of $759.0 million to $763.0 million, representing 19% to 20% growth over 2024.
    • Net income per diluted share is expected to be in the range of $2.17 to $2.22, with fully diluted weighted average shares outstanding of 38.3 million shares.
    • Non-GAAP income per diluted share is expected to be in the range of $3.99 to $4.04.
    • Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be in the range of $230.7 million to $233.7 million, representing 24% to 25% growth over 2024.
    • Non-cash, share-based compensation expense is expected to be $60.9 million, depreciation expense is expected to be $21.8 million, and amortization expense is expected to be $37.1 million.

    The forward-looking measures and the underlying assumptions involve significant known and unknown risks and uncertainties, and actual results may vary materially. The Company does not present a reconciliation of the forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, and non-GAAP income per share, to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures because it is impractical to forecast certain items without unreasonable efforts due to the uncertainty and inherent difficulty of predicting, within a reasonable range, the occurrence and financial impact of and the periods in which such items may be recognized.

    Quarterly Conference Call

    To access the call, please dial 1-833-816-1382, or outside the U.S. 1-412-317-0475 at least 15 minutes prior to the 3:30 p.m. CT start time. Please ask to join the SPS Commerce Q2 2025 conference call. A live webcast of the call will also be available at http://investors.spscommerce.com under the Events and Presentations menu. The replay will also be available on our website at http://investors.spscommerce.com.

    About SPS Commerce

    SPS Commerce is the world’s leading retail network, connecting trading partners around the globe to optimize supply chain operations for all retail partners. We support data-driven partnerships with innovative cloud technology, customer-obsessed service, and accessible experts so our customers can focus on what they do best. Over 50,000 recurring revenue customers in retail, grocery, distribution, supply, manufacturing, and logistics are using SPS as their retail network. SPS has achieved 98 consecutive quarters of revenue growth and is headquartered in Minneapolis. For additional information, contact SPS at 866-245-8100 or visit www.spscommerce.com.

    SPS COMMERCE, SPS, SPS logo and INFINITE RETAIL POWER are marks of SPS Commerce, Inc. and registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, along with other SPS marks. Such marks may also be registered or otherwise protected in other countries. 

    SPS-F

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    To supplement our condensed consolidated financial statements, we provide investors with Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, and non-GAAP income per share, all of which are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to our management, Board of Directors, and investors regarding certain financial and business trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations.

    Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to compare our performance to that of prior periods for trend analyses and planning purposes. Adjusted EBITDA is also used for purposes of determining executive and senior management incentive compensation. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to an investor as they are widely used in evaluating operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are used to measure operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive of capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired.

    These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures exclude significant expenses and income that are required by GAAP to be recorded in our condensed consolidated financial statements and are subject to inherent limitations. Investors should review the reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures that are included in this press release.

    Adjusted EBITDA Measures:

    Adjusted EBITDA consists of net income adjusted for income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, realized gain or loss from investments held and foreign currency impact on cash and investments, investment income, and other adjustments as necessary for a fair presentation. Other adjustments for the three months ended June 30, 2025 included the expense impact from disposals of certain capitalized internally developed software and for the six months ended June 30, 2025 included the expense impacts from disposals of certain capitalized internally developed software and one-time acquisition-related insurance costs. Net income is the comparable GAAP measure of financial performance.

    Adjusted EBITDA Margin consists of Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Margin, the comparable GAAP measure of financial performance, consists of net income divided by revenue.

    Non-GAAP Income Per Share Measure:

    Non-GAAP income per share consists of net income adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, amortization expense related to intangible assets, realized gain or loss from investments held and foreign currency impact on cash and investments, other adjustments as necessary for a fair presentation, including for the three months ended June 30, 2025 the expense impact from disposals of certain capitalized internally developed software and for the six months ended June 30, 2025 the expense impacts from disposals of certain capitalized internally developed software and one-time acquisition-related insurance costs, and the corresponding tax impacts of the adjustments to net income, divided by the weighted average number of shares of common and diluted stock outstanding during each period. Net income per share, the comparable GAAP measure of financial performance, consists of net income divided by the weighted average number of shares of common and diluted stock outstanding during each period. To quantify the tax effects, we recalculated income tax expense excluding the direct book and tax effects of the specific items constituting the non-GAAP adjustments. The difference between this recalculated income tax expense and GAAP income tax expense is presented as the income tax effect of the non-GAAP adjustments.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release may contain forward-looking statements, including information about management’s view of SPS Commerce’s future expectations, plans and prospects, including our views regarding future execution within our business, the opportunity we see in the retail supply chain world and our performance for the third quarter and full year of 2025, within the safe harbor provisions under The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the results of SPS Commerce to be materially different than those expressed or implied in such statements. Certain of these risk factors and others are included in documents SPS Commerce files with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including but not limited to, SPS Commerce’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, as well as subsequent reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could have material adverse effects on SPS Commerce’s future results. The forward-looking statements included in this press release are made only as of the date hereof. SPS Commerce cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Finally, SPS Commerce expressly disclaims any intent or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

    Contact:
    Investor Relations
    The Blueshirt Group
    Irmina Blaszczyk & Lisa Laukkanen
    SPSC@blueshirtgroup.com
    415-217-4962

     
    SPS COMMERCE, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (In thousands, except shares)
     
      June 30,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024
    ASSETS (unaudited)    
    Current assets      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 107,603     $ 241,017  
    Accounts receivable   72,798       56,214  
    Allowance for credit losses   (5,286 )     (4,179 )
    Accounts receivable, net   67,512       52,035  
    Deferred costs   66,809       65,342  
    Other assets   27,453       23,513  
    Total current assets   269,377       381,907  
    Property and equipment, net   40,150       37,547  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   7,395       8,192  
    Goodwill   543,514       399,180  
    Intangible assets, net   237,105       181,294  
    Other assets      
    Deferred costs, non-current   21,095       20,572  
    Deferred income tax assets   645       505  
    Other assets, non-current   1,823       2,033  
    Total assets $ 1,121,104     $ 1,031,230  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current liabilities      
    Accounts payable $ 11,604     $ 8,577  
    Accrued compensation   38,708       47,160  
    Accrued expenses   12,710       12,108  
    Deferred revenue   79,198       74,256  
    Operating lease liabilities   5,749       4,583  
    Total current liabilities   147,969       146,684  
    Other liabilities      
    Deferred revenue, non-current   5,477       6,189  
    Operating lease liabilities, non-current   5,049       7,885  
    Deferred income tax liabilities   12,533       15,541  
    Other liabilities, non-current   296       241  
    Total liabilities   171,324       176,540  
    Commitments and contingencies      
    Stockholders’ equity      
    Common stock   40       40  
    Treasury stock   (122,096 )     (99,748 )
    Additional paid-in capital   693,113       627,982  
    Retained earnings   378,028       336,099  
    Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)   695       (9,683 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   949,780       854,690  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 1,121,104     $ 1,031,230  
     
    SPS COMMERCE, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (Unaudited; in thousands, except per share amounts)
        
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Revenues $ 187,400     $ 153,596     $ 368,949     $ 303,172  
    Cost of revenues   59,826       52,018       116,740       103,505  
    Gross profit   127,574       101,578       252,209       199,667  
    Operating expenses              
    Sales and marketing   43,434       35,691       85,068       72,123  
    Research and development   17,271       14,366       34,710       30,375  
    General and administrative   30,890       23,516       61,908       49,423  
    Amortization of intangible assets   9,509       4,840       18,097       9,178  
    Total operating expenses   101,104       78,413       199,783       161,099  
    Income from operations   26,470       23,165       52,426       38,568  
    Other income, net   773       4,056       2,980       7,188  
    Income before income taxes   27,243       27,221       55,406       45,756  
    Income tax expense   7,510       9,189       13,477       9,721  
    Net income $ 19,733     $ 18,032     $ 41,929     $ 36,035  
                   
    Net income per share              
    Basic $ 0.52     $ 0.49     $ 1.10     $ 0.97  
    Diluted $ 0.52     $ 0.48     $ 1.10     $ 0.96  
                   
    Weighted average common shares used to compute net income per share              
    Basic   37,965       37,078       37,978       37,063  
    Diluted   38,099       37,683       38,132       37,690  
     
    SPS COMMERCE, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (Unaudited; in thousands)
     
      Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025       2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities      
    Net income $ 41,929     $ 36,035  
    Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities      
    Deferred income taxes   (5,914 )     (8,172 )
    Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment   9,948       9,377  
    Amortization of intangible assets   18,097       9,178  
    Provision for credit losses   4,111       3,646  
    Stock-based compensation   28,865       31,512  
    Other, net   274       (907 )
    Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions      
    Accounts receivable   (13,713 )     (11,407 )
    Deferred costs   (412 )     (1,996 )
    Other assets and liabilities   (2,258 )     1,899  
    Accounts payable   2,082       (1,450 )
    Accrued compensation   (11,006 )     (10,763 )
    Accrued expenses   (1,833 )     1,489  
    Deferred revenue   3,012       5,965  
    Operating leases   (876 )     (900 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities   72,306       63,506  
    Cash flows from investing activities      
    Purchases of property and equipment   (12,815 )     (8,592 )
    Purchases of investments   —       (78,994 )
    Maturities of investments   —       105,000  
    Acquisition of business, net   (142,628 )     (29,343 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (155,443 )     (11,929 )
    Cash flows from financing activities      
    Repurchases of common stock   (59,558 )     (37,483 )
    Net proceeds from exercise of options to purchase common stock   2,406       2,314  
    Net proceeds from employee stock purchase plan activity   5,426       5,219  
    Net cash used in financing activities   (51,726 )     (29,950 )
    Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes   1,449       (476 )
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   (133,414 )     21,151  
    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period   241,017       219,081  
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $ 107,603     $ 240,232  
     
    SPS COMMERCE, INC.
    NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS
    (Unaudited; in thousands, except Margin, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, and per share amounts)
     
    Adjusted EBITDA
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net income $ 19,733     $ 18,032     $ 41,929     $ 36,035  
    Income tax expense   7,510       9,189       13,477       9,721  
    Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment   4,991       4,683       9,948       9,377  
    Amortization of intangible assets   9,509       4,840       18,097       9,178  
    Stock-based compensation expense   14,998       11,494       28,865       31,512  
    Realized gain from investments held and foreign currency impact on cash and investments   (107)       (1,255)       (473)       (1,559)  
    Investment income   (688)       (2,794)       (2,537)       (5,673)  
    Other   106       —       1,119       —  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 56,052     $ 44,189     $ 110,425     $ 88,591  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Revenue $ 187,400     $ 153,596     $ 368,949     $ 303,172  
                                   
    Net income   19,733       18,032       41,929       36,035  
    Margin   11 %     12 %     11 %     12 %
                                   
    Adjusted EBITDA   56,052       44,189       110,425       88,591  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin   30 %     29 %     30 %     29 %
    Non-GAAP Income per Share
      Three Months Ended
    June 30,    		   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net income $ 19,733     $ 18,032     $ 41,929     $ 36,035  
    Stock-based compensation expense   14,998       11,494       28,865       31,512  
    Amortization of intangible assets   9,509       4,840       18,097       9,178  
    Realized gain from investments held and foreign currency impact on cash and investments   (107 )     (1,255 )     (473 )     (1,559 )
    Other   106       —       1,119       —  
    Income tax effects of adjustments   (6,285 )     (3,066 )     (13,570 )     (12,620 )
    Non-GAAP income $ 37,954     $ 30,045     $ 75,967     $ 62,546  
                                   
    Shares used to compute net income and non-GAAP income per share                              
    Basic   37,965       37,078       37,978       37,063  
    Diluted   38,099       37,683       38,132       37,690  
                                   
    Net income per share, basic $ 0.52     $ 0.49     $ 1.10     $ 0.97  
    Non-GAAP adjustments to net income per share, basic   0.48       0.32       0.90       0.72  
    Non-GAAP income per share, basic $ 1.00     $ 0.81     $ 2.00     $ 1.69  
                                   
    Net income per share, diluted $ 0.52     $ 0.48     $ 1.10     $ 0.96  
    Non-GAAP adjustments to net income per share, diluted   0.48       0.32       0.89       0.70  
    Non-GAAP income per share, diluted $ 1.00     $ 0.80     $ 1.99     $ 1.66  

    The annual per share amounts may not cross-sum due to rounding.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Tenable Announces Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Revenue of $247.3 million, up 12% year-over-year.
    • Calculated current billings of $238.6 million, up 8% year-over-year.
    • GAAP operating margin of (3)%; Non-GAAP operating margin of 19%.
    • Net cash provided by operating activities of $42.5 million; Unlevered free cash flow of $44.3 million.
    • Announced a $250 million expansion of our existing stock repurchase program.

    COLUMBIA, Md., July 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Tenable Holdings, Inc. (“Tenable”) (Nasdaq: TENB), the exposure management company, today announced financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    “We beat all of our guided metrics during the quarter, delivering 12% revenue growth and 19% operating margin,” said Steve Vintz, Co-CEO of Tenable. “Our outperformance was driven by the adoption of our exposure management platform, as customers are becoming more strategic with their security investments, prioritizing preemptive measures and seeking a unified view of their attack surface to reduce risk.”

    “This quarter showcased the exceptional value Tenable One delivers, as we saw major expansions across industries and secured strong wins against major players,” said Mark Thurmond, Co-CEO of Tenable. “Our leadership in exposure management uniquely positions us to help customers address their complex security challenges.”

    Second Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights

    • Revenue was $247.3 million, a 12% increase year-over-year.
    • Calculated current billings was $238.6 million, an 8% increase year-over-year.
    • GAAP loss from operations was $7.4 million, compared to $8.8 million in the second quarter of 2024.
    • Non-GAAP income from operations was $47.7 million, compared to $42.8 million in the second quarter of 2024.
    • GAAP net loss was $14.7 million, compared to $14.6 million in the second quarter of 2024.
    • GAAP net loss per share was $0.12, consistent with the second quarter of 2024.
    • Non-GAAP net income was $41.4 million, compared to $38.2 million in the second quarter of 2024.
    • Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share was $0.34, compared to $0.31 in the second quarter of 2024.
    • Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were $386.5 million at June 30, 2025, compared to $577.2 million at December 31, 2024.
    • Net cash provided by operating activities was $42.5 million, compared to $31.4 million in the second quarter of 2024.
    • Unlevered free cash flow was $44.3 million, compared to $36.5 million in the second quarter of 2024.
    • Repurchased 2.0 million shares of our common stock for $65.0 million.

    Recent Business Highlights

    • Added 367 new enterprise platform customers and 76 net new six-figure customers.
    • Announced a $250 million expansion of our existing stock repurchase program.
    • Completed our acquisition of Apex Security, which is expected to strengthen our industry-leading exposure management platform to help organizations secure both the AI they use and the AI they build.
    • Launched Tenable One connectors and advanced risk dashboards, which are designed to seamlessly combine data from third-party security tools with our native sensor data for a comprehensive and actionable view of organizational risk.
    • Named a “Major Player” in IDC’s inaugural MarketScape report for Cloud-Native Application Protection Platforms (CNAPP).
    • Published the 2025 Cloud Security Risk Report, delivering in-depth, real-world insights into the most pressing security challenges organizations face.
    • Awarded two AI-powered security awards from the 2025 Globee Awards and 2025 Cybersecurity Excellence Awards.

    Financial Outlook

    For the third quarter of 2025, we currently expect:

    • Revenue in the range of $246.0 million to $248.0 million.
    • Non-GAAP income from operations in the range of $52.0 million to $54.0 million.
    • Non-GAAP net income in the range of $44.0 million to $46.0 million, assuming interest expense of $7.2 million, interest income of $3.3 million and a provision for income taxes of $3.4 million.
    • Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share in the range of $0.36 to $0.37.
    • 123.0 million diluted weighted average shares outstanding.

    For the year ending December 31, 2025, we currently expect:

    • Calculated current billings in the range of $1.038 billion to $1.048 billion.
    • Revenue in the range of $981.0 million to $987.0 million.
    • Non-GAAP income from operations in the range of $205.0 million to $215.0 million.
    • Non-GAAP net income in the range of $179.0 million to $189.0 million, assuming interest expense of $28.5 million, interest income of $15.6 million and a provision for income taxes of $12.8 million.
    • Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share in the range of $1.45 to $1.53.
    • 123.5 million diluted weighted average shares outstanding.
    • Unlevered free cash flow in the range of $265.0 million to $275.0 million.

    Conference Call Information

    Tenable will host a conference call on July 30, 2025 at 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time to discuss its financial results. The conference call can be accessed at 877-407-9716 (U.S.) and 201-493-6779 (international). A live webcast of the event will be available on the Tenable Investor Relations website at https://investors.tenable.com. An archived replay of the live broadcast will be available on the Investor Relations page of the website following the call.

    About Tenable

    Tenable® is the exposure management company, exposing and closing the cybersecurity gaps that erode business value, reputation and trust. The company’s AI-powered exposure management platform radically unifies security visibility, insight and action across the attack surface, equipping modern organizations to protect against attacks from IT infrastructure to cloud environments to critical infrastructure and everywhere in between. By protecting enterprises from security exposure, Tenable reduces business risk for approximately 44,000 customers around the globe. Learn more at tenable.com.

    Contact Information

    Investor Relations
    investors@tenable.com

    Media Relations
    tenablepr@tenable.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this press release other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our platform’s ability to help protect enterprises from security exposure and streamline vulnerability analysis and response, business strategy and plans and objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements and represent our views as of the date of this press release. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “will” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of assumptions and risks and uncertainties, many of which involve factors or circumstances that are beyond our control that could affect our financial results. These risks and uncertainties are detailed in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and other filings that we make from time to time with the SEC, which are available on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this press release may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we are under no obligation to update these forward-looking statements subsequent to the date of this press release, or to update the reasons if actual results differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, as described below, to understand and evaluate our core operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures, which may be different than similarly titled measures used by other companies, are presented to enhance the overall understanding of our financial performance and should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

    We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information about our financial performance, enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allow for greater transparency with respect to important metrics used by management for financial and operational decision-making. We include these non-GAAP financial measures to present our financial performance using a management view and because we believe that these measures provide an additional comparison of our core financial performance over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.

    Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are included in the financial tables accompanying this press release.

    Calculated Current Billings: We define calculated current billings, a non-GAAP financial measure, as total revenue recognized in a period plus the change in current deferred revenue in the corresponding period. We believe that calculated current billings is a key metric to measure our periodic performance. Given that most of our customers pay in advance (including multi-year contracts), but we generally recognize the related revenue ratably over time, we use calculated current billings to measure and monitor our ability to provide our business with the working capital generated by upfront payments from our customers. We believe that calculated current billings, which excludes deferred revenue for periods beyond twelve months in a customer’s contractual term, more closely correlates with annual contract value and that the variability in total billings, depending on the timing of large multi-year contracts and the preference for annual billing versus multi-year upfront billing, may distort growth in one period over another.

    Free Cash Flow and Unlevered Free Cash Flow: We define free cash flow, a non-GAAP financial measure, as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment and capitalized software development costs. We believe free cash flow is an important liquidity measure of the cash that is available (if any), after purchases of property and equipment and capitalized software development costs, for investment in our business and to make acquisitions. We believe that free cash flow is useful as a liquidity measure because it measures our ability to generate cash. We define unlevered free cash flow as free cash flow plus cash paid for interest and other financing costs. We believe unlevered free cash flow is useful as a liquidity measure as it measures the cash that is available to invest in our business and meet our current debt obligations and future financing needs. However, given our debt obligations, non-cancelable commitments and other contractual obligations, unlevered free cash flow does not represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenses.

    Non-GAAP Income from Operations and Non-GAAP Operating Margin: We define these non-GAAP financial measures as their respective GAAP measures, excluding the effect of stock-based compensation, acquisition-related expenses, restructuring expenses, costs related to the intra-entity asset transfers resulting from the internal restructuring of legal entities, and amortization of acquired intangible assets. Acquisition-related expenses include transaction and integration expenses, as well as costs related to the intercompany transfer of acquired intellectual property. Restructuring expenses include non-ordinary course severance, employee related benefits, and other charges to reorganize business operations. We believe that the exclusion of these expenses provides for a useful comparison of our operating results to prior periods and to our peer companies, which commonly exclude restructuring expenses.

    Non-GAAP Net Income and Non-GAAP Earnings Per Share: We define non-GAAP net income as GAAP net loss, excluding the effect of stock-based compensation, acquisition-related expenses, restructuring expenses and amortization of acquired intangible assets, including the applicable tax impacts. In addition, we exclude the tax impact and related costs of intra-entity asset transfers resulting from the internal restructuring of legal entities as well as deferred income tax benefits recognized in connection with acquisitions. We use non-GAAP net income to calculate non-GAAP earnings per share.

    Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Non-GAAP Gross Margin: We define non-GAAP gross profit as GAAP gross profit, excluding the effect of stock-based compensation and amortization of acquired intangible assets. Non-GAAP gross margin is defined as non-GAAP gross profit as a percentage of revenue.

    Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense, Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense and Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense: We define these non-GAAP measures as their respective GAAP measures, excluding stock-based compensation, acquisition-related expenses and costs related to intra-entity asset transfers resulting from the internal restructuring of legal entities.

    TENABLE HOLDINGS, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (in thousands, except per share data)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Revenue $ 247,295     $ 221,241     $ 486,432     $ 437,202  
    Cost of revenue(1)   54,434       48,798       106,894       97,730  
    Gross profit   192,861       172,443       379,538       339,472  
    Operating expenses:              
    Sales and marketing(1)   107,091       101,129       210,273       200,954  
    Research and development(1)   59,236       45,149       112,459       88,876  
    General and administrative(1)   33,982       30,302       81,965       61,320  
    Restructuring   —       4,681       —       6,070  
    Total operating expenses   200,309       181,261       404,697       357,220  
    Loss from operations   (7,448 )     (8,818 )     (25,159 )     (17,748 )
    Interest income   4,080       5,974       9,007       11,598  
    Interest expense   (7,139 )     (8,073 )     (14,150 )     (16,185 )
    Other income (expense), net   25       93       499       (1,217 )
    Loss before income taxes   (10,482 )     (10,824 )     (29,803 )     (23,552 )
    Provision for income taxes   4,224       3,748       7,838       5,406  
    Net loss $ (14,706 )   $ (14,572 )   $ (37,641 )   $ (28,958 )
                   
    Net loss per share, basic and diluted $ (0.12 )   $ (0.12 )   $ (0.31 )   $ (0.25 )
    Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted   120,979       118,681       120,533       118,111  

    _______________

    (1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

      Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Cost of revenue $ 3,460     $ 3,288     $ 6,775     $ 6,270  
    Sales and marketing   17,818       16,276       34,448       31,576  
    Research and development   15,300       11,799       28,267       22,960  
    General and administrative(2)   9,948       10,035       32,939       20,311  
    Total stock-based compensation $ 46,526     $ 41,398     $ 102,429     $ 81,117  

    _______________

    (2) Stock-based compensation in the six months ended June 30, 2025 includes $14.6 million of expense related to the accelerated vesting of equity awards in Q1 for our late CEO.

    TENABLE HOLDINGS, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
     
      June 30, 2025   December 31, 2024
    (in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)    
    Assets      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 175,025     $ 328,647  
    Short-term investments   211,489       248,547  
    Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $691 and $525 at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   181,114       258,734  
    Deferred commissions   50,785       51,791  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   54,079       53,026  
    Total current assets   672,492       940,745  
    Property and equipment, net   42,577       39,265  
    Deferred commissions (net of current portion)   64,274       67,914  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   36,880       45,139  
    Acquired intangible assets, net   128,860       94,461  
    Goodwill   697,769       541,292  
    Other assets   13,720       13,303  
    Total assets $ 1,656,572     $ 1,742,119  
           
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      
    Current liabilities:      
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses $ 18,828     $ 19,981  
    Accrued compensation   55,574       55,784  
    Deferred revenue   624,548       650,372  
    Operating lease liabilities   7,138       6,801  
    Other current liabilities   7,179       5,154  
    Total current liabilities   713,267       738,092  
    Deferred revenue (net of current portion)   173,261       182,815  
    Term loan, net of issuance costs (net of current portion)   355,439       356,705  
    Operating lease liabilities (net of current portion)   54,059       56,224  
    Other liabilities   9,847       8,329  
    Total liabilities   1,305,873       1,342,165  
           
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Common stock (par value: $0.01; 500,000 shares authorized; 127,352 and 122,371 shares issued at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   1,274       1,224  
    Additional paid-in capital   1,489,379       1,374,659  
    Treasury stock (at cost: 6,365 and 2,673 shares at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   (241,239 )     (114,911 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive income   262       318  
    Accumulated deficit   (898,977 )     (861,336 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   350,699       399,954  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 1,656,572     $ 1,742,119  
    TENABLE HOLDINGS, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (unaudited)
     
      Six Months Ended June 30,
    (in thousands)   2025       2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net loss $ (37,641 )   $ (28,958 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:    
    Depreciation and amortization   20,680       15,864  
    Stock-based compensation   102,429       81,117  
    Net accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on short-term investments   (1,975 )     (4,378 )
    Amortization of debt issuance costs   707       662  
    Restructuring   —       4,528  
    Other   1,496       2,184  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Accounts receivable   79,766       40,462  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   5,092       18,105  
    Accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued compensation   (4,120 )     (20,162 )
    Deferred revenue   (43,107 )     (24,807 )
    Other current and noncurrent liabilities   6,543       (2,867 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities   129,870       81,750  
           
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Purchases of property and equipment   (10,901 )     (1,191 )
    Capitalized software development costs   (1,323 )     (4,767 )
    Purchases of short-term investments   (83,338 )     (160,405 )
    Sales and maturities of short-term investments   122,314       147,778  
    Proceeds from other investments   664       3,512  
    Purchases of other investments   —       (250 )
    Business combinations, net of cash acquired   (196,182 )     (29,162 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (168,766 )     (44,485 )
           
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Payments on term loan   (1,875 )     (1,875 )
    Proceeds from stock issued in connection with the employee stock purchase plan   9,712       9,878  
    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options   2,187       4,135  
    Payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards   (1,329 )     —  
    Purchase of treasury stock   (124,999 )     (49,991 )
    Net cash used in financing activities   (116,304 )     (37,853 )
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash   1,578       (3,077 )
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash   (153,622 )     (3,665 )
    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period   328,647       237,132  
    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period $ 175,025     $ 233,467  
    TENABLE HOLDINGS, INC.
    REVENUE COMPONENTS AND RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    (unaudited)
     
    Revenue Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (in thousands)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Subscription revenue $ 228,031     $ 202,538     $ 448,474     $ 400,173  
    Perpetual license and maintenance revenue   11,411       12,016       22,963       24,172  
    Professional services and other revenue   7,853       6,687       14,995       12,857  
    Revenue(1) $ 247,295     $ 221,241     $ 486,432     $ 437,202  

    _______________

    (1) Recurring revenue, which includes revenue from subscription arrangements for software (both recognized ratably over the subscription term and upon delivery) and cloud-based solutions and maintenance associated with perpetual licenses, represented 96% of revenue in the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024.

    Calculated Current Billings Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (in thousands)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Revenue $ 247,295     $ 221,241     $ 486,432     $ 437,202  
    Deferred revenue (current), end of period   624,548       562,587       624,548       562,587  
    Deferred revenue (current), beginning of period(1)   (633,258 )     (562,683 )     (657,035 )     (580,887 )
    Calculated current billings $ 238,585     $ 221,145     $ 453,945     $ 418,902  

    ________________
    (1) Deferred revenue (current), beginning of period for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, and the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 includes $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $6.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively, related to acquired deferred revenue.

    Remaining Performance Obligations June 30,   Change
    (in thousands)   2025       2024     %
    Remaining performance obligations, short-term $ 641,918     $ 572,015       12 %
    Remaining performance obligations, long-term   247,225       175,526       41 %
    Remaining performance obligations $ 889,143     $ 747,541       19 %
    Free Cash Flow and Unlevered Free Cash Flow Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (in thousands)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net cash provided by operating activities $ 42,463     $ 31,424     $ 129,870     $ 81,750  
    Purchases of property and equipment   (4,348 )     (526 )     (10,901 )     (1,191 )
    Capitalized software development costs   (699 )     (2,235 )     (1,323 )     (4,767 )
    Free cash flow   37,416       28,663       117,646       75,792  
    Cash paid for interest and other financing costs   6,859       7,839       13,433       15,450  
    Unlevered free cash flow $ 44,275     $ 36,502     $ 131,079     $ 91,242  

    Free cash flow and unlevered free cash flow for the periods presented were impacted by:

      Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (in thousands)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Employee stock purchase plan activity $ 4,923     $ 3,702     $ (490 )   $ (2,630 )
    Acquisition-related expenses   (1,630 )     (197 )     (4,819 )     (663 )
    Restructuring   —       (1,597 )     —       (5,419 )
    Non-GAAP Income from Operations and Non-GAAP Operating Margin Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Loss from operations $ (7,448 )   $ (8,818 )   $ (25,159 )   $ (17,748 )
    Stock-based compensation   46,526       41,398       102,429       81,117  
    Acquisition-related expenses   2,081       763       6,702       924  
    Restructuring   —       4,681       —       6,070  
    Amortization of acquired intangible assets   6,537       4,760       12,401       9,429  
    Non-GAAP income from operations $ 47,696     $ 42,784     $ 96,373     $ 79,792  
    Operating margin   (3 )%     (4 )%     (5 )%     (4 )%
    Non-GAAP operating margin   19 %     19 %     20 %     18 %
    Non-GAAP Net Income and Non-GAAP Earnings Per Share Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (in thousands, except per share data)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net loss $ (14,706 )   $ (14,572 )   $ (37,641 )   $ (28,958 )
    Stock-based compensation   46,526       41,398       102,429       81,117  
    Tax impact of stock-based compensation(1)   1,041       1,175       1,896       98  
    Acquisition-related expenses(2)   2,081       763       6,702       924  
    Restructuring(2)   —       4,681       —       6,070  
    Amortization of acquired intangible assets(2)   6,537       4,760       12,401       9,429  
    Tax impact of acquisitions   (42 )     (43 )     (100 )     (78 )
    Non-GAAP net income $ 41,437     $ 38,162     $ 85,687     $ 68,602  
                   
    Net loss per share, diluted $ (0.12 )   $ (0.12 )   $ (0.31 )   $ (0.25 )
    Stock-based compensation   0.38       0.35       0.85       0.69  
    Tax impact of stock-based compensation(1)   0.01       0.01       0.02       —  
    Acquisition-related expenses(2)   0.02       —       0.05       0.01  
    Restructuring(2)   —       0.04       —       0.05  
    Amortization of acquired intangible assets(2)   0.05       0.04       0.10       0.08  
    Tax impact of acquisitions   —       —       —       —  
    Adjustment to diluted earnings per share(3)   —       (0.01 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
    Non-GAAP earnings per share, diluted $ 0.34     $ 0.31     $ 0.69     $ 0.56  
                   
    Weighted-average shares used to compute GAAP net loss per share, diluted   120,979       118,681       120,533       118,111  
                   
    Weighted-average shares used to compute non-GAAP earnings per share, diluted   122,875       123,056       123,516       123,161  

    ________________

    (1) The tax impact of stock-based compensation is based on the tax treatment for the applicable tax jurisdictions.
    (2) The tax impact of acquisition-related expenses, restructuring and the amortization of acquired intangible assets are not material.
    (3) An adjustment to reconcile GAAP net loss per share, which excludes potentially dilutive shares, to non-GAAP earnings per share, which includes potentially dilutive shares.

    Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Non-GAAP Gross Margin Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Gross profit $ 192,861     $ 172,443     $ 379,538     $ 339,472  
    Stock-based compensation   3,460       3,288       6,775       6,270  
    Amortization of acquired intangible assets   6,537       4,760       12,401       9,429  
    Non-GAAP gross profit $ 202,858     $ 180,491     $ 398,714     $ 355,171  
    Gross margin   78 %     78 %     78 %     78 %
    Non-GAAP gross margin   82 %     82 %     82 %     81 %
    Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Sales and marketing expense $ 107,091     $ 101,129     $ 210,273     $ 200,954  
    Less: Stock-based compensation   17,818       16,276       34,448       31,576  
    Less: Acquisition-related expenses   258       49       1,312       49  
    Non-GAAP sales and marketing expense $ 89,015     $ 84,804     $ 174,513     $ 169,329  
    Non-GAAP sales and marketing expense % of revenue   36 %     38 %     36 %     39 %
    Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Research and development expense $ 59,236     $ 45,149     $ 112,459     $ 88,876  
    Less: Stock-based compensation   15,300       11,799       28,267       22,960  
    Less: Acquisition-related expenses   532       —       1,771       (20 )
    Non-GAAP research and development expense $ 43,404     $ 33,350     $ 82,421     $ 65,936  
    Non-GAAP research and development expense % of revenue   18 %     15 %     17 %     15 %
    Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,
    (dollars in thousands)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    General and administrative expense $ 33,982     $ 30,302     $ 81,965     $ 61,320  
    Less: Stock-based compensation   9,948       10,035       32,939       20,311  
    Less: Acquisition-related expenses   1,291       714       3,619       895  
    Non-GAAP general and administrative expense $ 22,743     $ 19,553     $ 45,407     $ 40,114  
    Non-GAAP general and administrative expense % of revenue   9 %     9 %     9 %     9 %

    The following adjustments to reconcile forecasted non-GAAP income from operations, non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP earnings per share, free cash flow and unlevered free cash flow are subject to a number of uncertainties and assumptions, each of which are inherently difficult to forecast. As a result, actual adjustments and GAAP results may differ materially.

    Forecasted Non-GAAP Income from Operations Three Months Ending
    September 30, 2025    		   Year Ending
    December 31, 2025
    (in millions) Low   High   Low   High
    Forecasted loss from operations $ (3.1 )   $ (1.1 )   $ (25.8 )   $ (15.8 )
    Forecasted stock-based compensation   47.6       47.6       197.5       197.5  
    Forecasted acquisition-related expenses   0.7       0.7       7.3       7.3  
    Forecasted amortization of acquired intangible assets   6.8       6.8       26.0       26.0  
    Forecasted non-GAAP income from operations $ 52.0     $ 54.0     $ 205.0     $ 215.0  
    Forecasted Non-GAAP Net Income and Non-GAAP Earnings Per Share Three Months Ending
    September 30, 2025    		   Year Ending
    December 31, 2025
    (in millions, except per share data) Low   High   Low   High
    Forecasted net loss(1) $ (12.0 )   $ (10.0 )   $ (55.4 )   $ (45.4 )
    Forecasted stock-based compensation   47.6       47.6       197.5       197.5  
    Forecasted tax impact of stock-based compensation   1.0       1.0       3.8       3.8  
    Forecasted acquisition-related expenses   0.7       0.7       7.3       7.3  
    Forecasted amortization of acquired intangible assets   6.8       6.8       26.0       26.0  
    Forecasted tax impact of acquisitions   (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )     (0.2 )
    Forecasted non-GAAP net income $ 44.0     $ 46.0     $ 179.0     $ 189.0  
                   
    Forecasted net loss per share, diluted(1) $ (0.10 )   $ (0.08 )   $ (0.46 )   $ (0.38 )
    Forecasted stock-based compensation   0.39       0.39       1.63       1.63  
    Forecasted tax impact of stock-based compensation   0.01       0.01       0.03       0.03  
    Forecasted acquisition-related expenses   0.01       0.01       0.06       0.06  
    Forecasted amortization of acquired intangible assets   0.06       0.06       0.21       0.21  
    Forecasted tax impact of acquisitions   —       —       —       —  
    Adjustment to diluted earnings per share(2)   (0.01 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
    Forecasted non-GAAP earnings per share, diluted $ 0.36     $ 0.37     $ 1.45     $ 1.53  
                   
    Forecasted weighted-average shares used to compute GAAP net loss per share, diluted   121.0       121.0       121.0       121.0  
    Forecasted weighted-average shares used to compute non-GAAP earnings per share, diluted   123.0       123.0       123.5       123.5  

    ________________
    (1) The forecasted GAAP net loss assumes income tax expense of $4.3 million and $16.4 million in the three months ending September 30, 2025 and year ending December 31, 2025, respectively.

    (2) Adjustment to reconcile GAAP net loss per share, which excludes potentially dilutive shares, to non-GAAP earnings per share, which includes potentially dilutive shares.

    Forecasted Free Cash Flow and Unlevered Free Cash Flow Year Ending
    December 31, 2025
    (in millions) Low   High
    Forecasted net cash provided by operating activities $ 254.0     $ 264.0  
    Forecasted purchases of property and equipment   (13.0 )     (13.0 )
    Forecasted capitalized software development costs   (3.0 )     (3.0 )
    Forecasted free cash flow   238.0       248.0  
    Forecasted cash paid for interest and other financing costs   27.0       27.0  
    Forecasted unlevered free cash flow $ 265.0     $ 275.0  

    The MIL Network –